David Sciulli - Theory of Societal Constitutionalism PDF
David Sciulli - Theory of Societal Constitutionalism PDF
David Sciulli - Theory of Societal Constitutionalism PDF
The Rose Monograph Series was established in 1968 in honor of the distinguished sociologists Arnold and Caroline Rose, whose bequest makes the
series possible. The sole criterion for publication in the series is that a
manuscript contribute to knowledge in the discipline of sociology in a
systematic and substantial manner. All areas of the discipline and all established and promising modes of inquiry are equally eligible for consideration. The Rose Monograph Series is an official publication of the American Sociological Association.
Editor: Teresa Sullivan
Board of Editors
Andrew Cherlin
Daniel Chirot
Phillips Cutright
Kai Erikson
Robert Hauser
Virginia Hiday
Jonathan Turner
See page 367 for other books in the ASA Rose Monograph Series.
David Sciulli
Department of Sociology
Texas A &M University
Sydney
Contents
11
15
17
Section I.
21
1
1
23
23
27
33
37
40
41
43
45
46
51
vi
Contents
54
54
56
59
83
85
87
87
90
96
107
109
121
131
131
132
134
144
Contents
Chapter 8. Societal constitutionalism's organizational
manifestation, II: from voluntaristic action to
collegial formations
8.1. Again, the possibility of social integration
8.2. The organizational expression of internal
procedural restraints
8.3. The collegial form of organization
8.4. Preliminary proposals for orienting empirical
research
Section III. Implications of the analytical distinctions and
conceptual foundations
Chapter 9. Procedural institutionalization beyond the Western
democracies: three bases of voluntaristic restraint
9.1. Once again, the Weberian Dilemma
9.2. Three bases of voluntaristic restraint
9.3. Institutionalizing collegial formations as public
policy
Chapter 10. External restraints: prospects for reason and
"tradition"
10.1. Why Parsons and Weber distorted restraints
10.2. Are restraints on drift intrinsically
unreasoned?
10.3. Rethinking tradition: lived distinctiveness v.
transferable qualities
10.4. Prospects for "tradition"
vn
150
150
159
164
171
181
183
185
187
205
214
214
224
228
232
254
266
Notes
Bibliography
Name Index
Subject Index
271
325
349
355
242
242
operate with concepts that can credibly claim grounding against the presupposition's normative relativism. Instead, they advance their sharpest criticisms of existing Western democracies by radicalizing the mainstream's
relativism, and using the latter against it.
Charles Tilly's most theoretical work provides an excellent example
(1984; also 1985). He refuses to be bothered with distinguishing legitimate
from illegitimate uses of collective force conceptually. He insists instead
that any such distinction is a mere label that is intrinsically normative, and
ultimately ideological (also Black 1984).6 In illustrating why this is so, he
points out that the rise of existing Western democracies followed a path
indistinguishable, in principle, from that of protection rackets. He explicitly insists that Western democracies secured control over their populations
historically in much the same way that organized criminals today secure
control over neighborhood shopkeepers. Existing institutions of Western
democracy are no more "moral" or "legitimate" within Tilly's framework
of concepts, therefore, than the organizations established by rational criminals. Tilly is confident, of course, that this is so iconoclastic that it establishes the value-neutrality of his research in the face of any and all charges
of Europocentrism, including the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
Yet, at a second glance, Tilly fails to provide any concepts that challenge
the presupposition of exhausted possibilities in any way at all, let alone
radically. His easy comparison to protection rackets ironically has quite the
opposite effect: It secures the presupposition's status as an unseen, seemingly incontrovertible collective prejudice. Existing Western democracies
may well have emerged in the manner of protection rackets, but how can
Tilly rebut the facile reply that they happen to be the best protection
rackets possible under modern conditions? Nothing in Tilly's writings suggests why this belief is false or even narrow-minded. Indeed, Tilly's (and
others') failure to tackle the conceptual distinction between legitimate and
illegitimate uses of collective force, or to develop typologies of nonliberal
or nonmarket "democracy," is one reflection of his (and their) more basic
failure: the failure to challenge the presupposition of exhausted possibilities directly with critical concepts that can credibly claim grounding.
Still, the elevation of the presupposition of exhausted possibilities to a
collective prejudice began only in the first third of the twentieth century.
Few of the classical social theorists of the mid-nineteenth and early twentieth century, for instance, operated with any such presupposition. Yet, these
theorists, too, failed to distinguish social integration from social control,
and, as a result, their works are clearly marked by the lacuna of integrative
possibilities. If the presupposition of exhausted possibilities cannot be
found in their works, and yet this lacuna can, then the former's elevation to
a collective prejudice cannot be traced exclusively to this single factor. Its
elevation must be a product of other factors distinctive to the early twenti-
eth century. A second factor coming into play, beginning in the mid-1920s
and early 1930s, was strictly practical rather than theoretical or conceptual:
This was the international elevation of the "moral" status of Western democracies in the face of unambiguously authoritarian threats from left and
right (Mann 1987).7
This moral elevation, in practice, continued into the immediate postwar
years with the seemingly unrivaled, and unbounded, promise of the United
States. In the context of a dangerously polarized cold war, the presupposition of exhausted possibilities was literally institutionalized within the social
sciences by modernization theory, and then by other developmental theories. Whether viewed macrosociologically or microsociologically, "progress" appeared to be a linear process of maturation, one surprisingly amenable to instrumental and strategic assistance. Even more surprisingly, this
process of maturation was portrayed as more immutable than contingent,
and, for that matter, unaffected by old age (Huntington 1971 on modernization theory's optimism, and Luhmann 1990 on system immutability). The
status of the presupposition of exhausted possibilities as a collective prejudice was simultaneously perpetuated conceptually by functionalists, including Parsons, Merton, and today Niklas Luhmann, and no less by "conflict
theorists" in both Great Britain and the United States, including Rex and
Giddens, and Coser and Collins.8
As America's promise of the immediate postwar years gave way to at
best an uneven performance, second thoughts about the "moral" status and
legitimacy of existing Western democracies were bound to increase. This
began in particular in the mid-1960s, with violent resistance to the civil
rights movement in the United States, early student and Vietnam protests
internationally, and increasing violent crime and urban blight in the United
States. It continued into the 1970s with the oil crisis and sustained recession
across the West, and then through the 1980s with international economic
and cultural competition within the West and seemingly insoluble problems
of drugs, poverty, and displacement in the United States. Today, with processes of democratization and liberalization underway in Eastern Europe
since the fall of 1989, second thoughts about the "moral" status of existing
Western democracies can only accumulate. Without an "evil empire" available to conveniently guarantee Western democracies' "moral" status irrespective of everyday performance, how can they not?
Indeed, are East Europeans embracing Western political and economic
forms today because they are convinced that the latter ensure a nonauthoritarian social order, and also enhance actors' possibilities for social
integration within sectors, industries, and organizations of a modern civil
society? As they zealously adopt Western political and economic forms, do
East Europeans have in mind the permanently marginalized British working class or American underclass, or the increasing rigidity of stratification
systems across the West generally, including Scandinavia? Have they considered how neocorporatist peak associations across Western Europe and
Scandinavia have irreversibly altered these forms, in practice, and how
pervasive corporate crime is across the West - even more so in Western
Europe than in the United States (Braithwaite 1984: 32-7)? Or are East
Europeans instead reacting, as best they can at the moment, to systemic
pressures of international economic competition, the unrelenting harshness
of everyday life across the former Eastern bloc, and the West's demonstrated capacity, whatever its faults, to keep government's boot off people's
necks and both to encourage and sate middle class consumerism and possessive individualism? The issue, regardless, is whether the "moral" status of
existing Western democracies can be expected to become more or less
uncertain after the fall of 1989.9
1.1.3. Filling the lacuna: the distinct concept of social integration
As was the case at the turn of the century, the lacuna of integrative possibilities is once again becoming the sole factor preventing comparativists from
exposing the presupposition of exhausted possibilities for what it has always been: a comforting collective prejudice or strictly normative generalization. This lacuna accounts for why this normative generalization implicitly informs the works of social scientists who are endeavoring to be critical
of existing Western institutions and practices. It explains, for instance, why
Latin American researchers such as Henrique Cardoso, or, say, Theotonio
dos Santos further on the left, or Helio Jaguaribe and Guillermo O'Donnell
further on the right, also have failed - like their American, European, and
Scandinavian colleagues - to scrutinize and criticize the presupposition of
exhausted possibilities. The conceptual frameworks currently available to
comparativists contain the lacuna of integrative possibilities at their cores,
and this shields the presupposition from methodical challenges irrespective
of mounting uncertainties, and an increasingly palpable sense of drift.
How did this state of affairs in comparative research come about? With
rare exception (e.g. Philippe Schmitter's use of Tocqueville in 1971), the
most basic ideal types and concepts underlying the theoretical frameworks
available to comparativists today were derived, in one way or another,
from the works of Marx, Durkheim and, particularly, Weber (chapter 3). It
is startling, actually, how persistently theorists and researchers today resort
to Weber's concepts of purposive-rational, value-rational, and substantively rational action (see table 8.1 for alternatives). The problem is that
the lacuna of integrative possibilities riddles all three classic social theorists'
works, and this lacuna has yet to be filled in the many works of their
successors, including the works of the Frankfurt school, and both French
and British structuralist Marxists; as well as the works of Parsonian func-
or absent within a civil society: the collegia! form. The theory of societal
constitutionalism does not propose that the presence of coUegial formations
within a civil society guarantees that heterogeneous actors and competing
groups are integrated rather than controlled. It does propose, however,
that the absence of coUegial formations does indeed guarantee that actors'
behavioral conformity within any complex social unit, and the social order
that results, are both reducible to their social control.11
But what are coUegial formations? And why is their presence so critical
to the direction of social change? Answering these questions is a central
task of this volume, and the concepts needed to do so are introduced in
chapter 4 and fully presented in chapter 8. For now it suffices to say that the
theory of societal constitutionalism offers a framework of analytical concepts that substitutes the social integration/social control distinction for
normative generalizations regarding "democracy," "authoritarianism," or
"social order."
What is wrong, for instance, with the democracy/authoritarianism distinction? "Authoritarianism" is defined residually, against the backdrop of the
presupposition of exhausted possibilities.12 It is ultimately defined by the
absence of the particular political institutions and economic practices of
existing Western democracies (e.g. Hall 1987, Mann 1987). The problem
with this is the narrow-mindedness involved in elevating the latter to the
standard of comparison, whether explicitly or implicitly. This is narrowminded not only because (a) the presupposition is itself a normative generalization, (b) one side of the democracy/authoritarianism distinction is a
mere residual category, and (c) the distinction itself is applicable only to
forms of government rather than to sectors of a civil society. It is narrowminded because it is not possible to apply the democracy/authoritarianism
distinction to shifts in the direction of social change. Yet, is it self-evident
that increases in control and social authoritarianism are restricted, in practice, to the civil societies of the Third World and former Eastern bloc? Is it
self-evident that existing Western democracies are somehow intrinsically
immune from social authoritarianism in every single sector, industry, organization, and organizational division of their civil societies? Exposing these
issues to empirical study in itself challenges the presupposition of exhausted possibilities directly: It moves empirical research into areas of
study obfuscated by this collective prejudice.
1.1.4. Can collective prejudice be attributed to researchers?
est associations, political parties, classes, the stratification system, and functional, ethnic, and religious solidarities than the classics ever knew. Researchers' substantive findings not only routinely refute or significantly
amend those of the classic theorist-researchers but also exceed the possible
scope of application of the latter's concepts and ideal types (see Walker and
Cohen 1985 on "scope statements"). The problem is that researchers today
nonetheless continue to present their findings in terms of ideal types and
concepts that, after all is said and done, remain derivatives of the classics'
own. Because substantive findings have gone unmatched by advances in
theory construction,13 the numerous respects in which research today exceeds the scope of application of existing conceptual frameworks in comparative political sociology, and simultaneously calls into question the presupposition of exhausted possibilities, have yet to be appreciated.
Consider the organizations literature. Substantive findings here are routinely reported that exceed the scope of application of Weber's ideal type of
bureaucracy. But too often these findings are left in a catch-all or residual
category: the "nonbureaucratic." They are not placed into, and thereby
illuminated by, positive categories attuned to their own richness and suggestiveness (Perrow 1979 is quite clear about this, but consider also e.g. Scott
1981/1987 and contributions in Zucker 1988). These findings are at times
categorized more positively in terms of Weber's even more basic concepts of
social action: the purposive-rational, the value-rational, and the substantively rational. Yet, as one example, John Meyer's characterization of organizations' "institutionalized environments" is literally hamstrung by such Weberian terminology (Meyer and Rowan 1977, Meyer and Scott 1983). Meyer
is clearly reporting something of great significance when he refers to "rationalized institutional myths" within these environments. But the crude Weberian concepts he employs in presenting hisfindingshopelessly obfuscate
what this might be (see chapter 8 for further discussion). In too many other
instances as well, the classics' concepts turn out to be unnecessary crutches in
the hands of remarkably skillful researchers.
To be sure, when stated bluntly and formally labeled, a great many
comparativists, including Meyer and researchers in other specialties, would
object strenuously to having the presupposition of exhausted possibilities
attributed to their works. These comparativists include, as prominent candidates: Barrington Moore, Charles Tilly, and Theda Skocpol; Philippe
Schmitter and Walter Korpi; and S.N. Eisenstadt, Reinhard Bendix, Seymour Martin Lipset, and Neil Smelser. Still, none of these researchers can
demonstrate that their works distinguish social integration from social control, either explicitly or implicitly. And only on this conceptual basis can
comparative study escape the presupposition of exhausted possibilities. For
three interrelated reasons, it is fair to attribute this presupposition to their
works as well as to those of many other researchers:
10
The comparativists just noted do not explicitly close the door on the possibility of there being a nonliberal "democracy," of course. But by leaving
the latter a residual category, they do so implicitly. This is a good example
of how theory broadly orients research. Even the most richly documented
empirical studies, supported by the most sophisticated methodological techniques, fail ever to yield the conclusion that a modern nation-state is closer
to nonliberal democracy today than it was ten years ago, or twenty years
ago. In short, the meaning or significance of any set of social events is tied
inextricably to researchers' basic concepts and presuppositions (Alexander
1982a). Only alternative concepts at this basic level can possibly allow them
to detect and then overcome distortions of meaning or significance, not
additional empirical studies or methodological advances.14
It is fair to attribute the presupposition of exhausted possibilities to these
researchers' works for two additional, related reasons:
Second, the social integration/social control distinction is collapsed in
all of their works in particular and in the literature generally (Tilly
1984 is one particularly eloquent example). As noted above, it is also
collapsed in the works of classical and contemporary social theorists.15
Third, as a result, an ideal type of heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration within any unit of a modern civil
society has never been applied to a nation-state that currently lacks
most Western political institutions and economic practices, and that is
unlikely ever to recapitulate all of them (whether, e.g., Brazil or the
Soviet Union, Zaire or the People's Republic of China).
In short, the presupposition of exhausted possibilities does indeed inform: (a) how Moore, Skocpol, and Tilly (and e.g. Alapuro 1987) characterize the direction of revolutionary change, as well as the prospects for
contemporary revolutions, (b) how Schmitter characterizes neocorporatist
arrangements within Western Europe and Latin America, and also prospects for "societal" and "state" neocorporatism, and (c) how Walter Korpi
and others (e.g. John Stephens, Gosta Esping-Anderson, Adam Przeworski, and Leo Panitch) characterize labor movements and social-democratic
parties within Scandinavia, and also prospects for greater egalitarianism.
What is ironic is that these comparativists and others have already published substantive findings that richly contradict the presupposition of exhausted possibilities. The conceptual limitations that these otherwise diverse researchers share literally prevent them, individually and collectively,
from seeing their own findings in this light.
11
12
however, is that this could change once it is brought into the larger project.
This is not likely. But it is a possibility.
Walking to his laboratory station, William's second consideration is to
appraise his options realistically:
First, he could go to the manager of the division, Dr. Elston, and
explain his situation. But Elston would immediately consult with
Scott, and William would be accused of going over Scott's head.
Elston may not know what is going on, of course, and may appreciate
William's candor. But it might also be the case that it is Elston who is
pressing Scott to get results.
Second, William could discuss the situation informally with colleagues.
But after a year and a half in the division, it is not clear to him who
Scott's eyes and ears are among the chemists, and Scott seems always
to know what is going on.
Third, William could anonymously inform someone at the Federal
Drug Administration or the American Chemical Society. But William
doesn't know a single official in either organization. Even if he did,
neither a governmental agency nor a professional association would
take action against a major pharmaceutical company with a single incident in mind, based strictly on information provided by a single employee - even if the information is scrupulously documented.
Worse, if the FDA got wind of this particular project, the firm's
management would never believe that the tip had been anonymous.
One or two other chemists in other research divisions also may be
testing this compound, of course. But it may also be the case that
William is the only person testing it. He will never know.
Fourth, William could resign on principle: Scott is asking him to act
unprofessionally, and William takes pride in his credentials and skills.
But how will William's career look to prospective employers once he
resigns from one of the better entry-level positions in the entire industry? Who could he approach to recommend him to another firm? His
career literally could end right here with a hasty decision. His marriage
could end as well. What is certain is that his status among his friends
would plummet since they envy his position. What is also certain is
that William has never been attracted to reformers, nor to their
causes.
Even before taking his seat at his station, William knows precisely what his
only "option" is: He will bring Scott the results that Scott is expecting. The
third consideration now looms largest in his mind: What will Scott ask him
to do next? What does it mean to be a professional chemist within a
corporation? Does this sort of thing occur often across the firm's research
13
14
tion of social change from the very outset. The presupposition of exhausted
possibilities guarantees this distortion, after all, by conceptual default.
With this in mind, consider that the comparativists noted earlier whose
works were said to illustrate the collective prejudice of the presupposition
of exhausted possibilities might readily refute this charge by answering the
following questions: If the issue of social authoritarianism is significant,
and if comparativists' theoretical frameworks are left open conceptually to
considering the empirical evidence as it stands rather than to prejudging it
by casually accepting the label of corporate crime, then where might one
find case studies that put the empirical evidence in this light? To the extent
that corporate abuses of power are indeed increasing across Western civil
societies, do none of these abuses challenge the presupposition of exhausted possibilities - albeit anecdotally rather than conceptually? Clearly,
William may own property, vote, speak, assemble with others, and either
worship as he prefers or read pornography (or, for that matter, racy criticisms of political and corporate leaders' public and private behavior). Moreover, the press and electronic media all around William are relatively
"free" of government control. But does any of this somehow guarantee
that William is any more integrated, or any less controlled, in his everyday
life than his counterparts in Brazil, the Soviet Union, or France?
Moreover, is it really the case that the vast majority of professionals
within Western civil societies never or seldom experience William's situation within their respective sites of employment? Or is it rather the case
that such situations are only too typical today, and, if anything, are increasing both in their frequency and seriousness all across Western civil societies? Put differently, is the multiplication of such abuses intrinsically insignificant? Or does such a trend provide unambiguous evidence of the decay
of the social infrastructure of a nonauthoritarian direction of social change
under modern conditions?
One purpose of this volume is to demonstrate that these are empirical
rather than speculative or ideological issues. Another purpose is to specify
why comparativists' conceptual frameworks currently prevent them from
seeing these issues in this way. Currently, even should the multiplication of
abuses of power within a Western civil society reach the point where situations such as William's are literally pervasive - and this point might already
have been reached, at least within selected sectors of selected Western civil
societies (Clinard and Yeager 1980; Braithwaite 1985) - comparativists currently have no alternative conceptually. From the outset, they can only
categorize both (a) the (possible) increasing number of such situations within
Western civil societies as well as (b) the (possible) decreasing number of
them within Third World or Eastern civil societies as equally insignificant.
Researchers often demonstrate, of course, that Western democracies are
inegalitarian. For the United States in particular it is an easy matter to
15
show that the gap of disposable income available to upper classes and both
middle and lower classes is increasing rather than decreasing (Gans 1988).
Researchers also often decry "status closure" or "credentialism" (Larson
1977; Collins 1979; Parkin 1979; Murphy 1988). Yet, these same researchers lack the conceptual apparatus necessary to demonstrate that even economically privileged actors within Western democracies are increasingly
being manipulated and controlled. They clearly fail to demonstrate that
this, more than any of the inequalities just noted, contributes directly to
shifts in the direction of social change. It does so by undermining the social
infrastructure of a nonauthoritarian direction of social change under modern conditions.18
The second possibility raised earlier in the form of a question is that of
decreasing social authoritarianism within non-Western nation-states. Even
more clearly here, comparativists lack the conceptual apparatus necessary
to recognize and describe prospects for a nonauthoritarian direction of
social change within nation-states that continue to resist adopting all of the
political institutions and economic practices of existing Western democracies. Bringing the same example above to such a nation-state, but now
reversing William's situation, would a multiplication of restraints on such
abuses of collective power within a civil society not contribute in some way
to a nonauthoritarian direction of social change? That is, if William and
other professionals were protected from such encroachments - even as
they could not vote or read popular exposes, and even as the electronic
media in particular remained more monitored by state agencies than is
currently the case in the West - would they be less controlled in significant
ways in their daily lives than their counterparts in the West? Can restraints
on abuses of collective power within a civil society be institutionalized,
both in principle and in practice, quite irrespective of whether all of the
political institutions and economic practices of existing Western democracies are also present within a nation-state?
1.3. Societal constitutionalism as critical theory
16
societal constitutionalism severs critique from the Marxist tradition altogether. It endeavors, on the one hand, to pinpoint when specific exercises
of collective power within particular sectors of a civil society remain consistent with heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration. It also endeavors, on the other hand, to pinpoint when specific
exercises of collective power are manifestations of these actors' and groups'
demonstrable social control.
The theory of societal constitutionalism rests in large part on a synthesis
of concepts developed at different levels of analysis and for different purposes by Talcott Parsons, the Harvard sociologist; Lon Fuller, the Harvard
legal theorist; and Jiirgen Habermas, the German critical theorist. Parsons,
Fuller, and Habermas are the most important postwar representatives of
three quite different traditions of social theory, respectively: the functionalist tradition, the common law tradition, and the tradition of critical
theory (as one significant strand of neo-Marxism).
In 1964, with the first edition of The Morality of Law, Fuller systematically formulated for the first time in the long tradition of common-law
theory and practice the most fundamental, general principles underlying
civil opposition to arbitrary government within Anglo-American countries.
With these principles, he held that he had specified a threshold of procedural norms marking the most irreducible basis of the lawful/lawless distinction. But Fuller's principles are more generalizable than this, and more
sociological. His procedural threshold specifies whether heterogeneous actors and competing groups can recognize and understand in common what
the shared social duties are that are being sanctioned within any complex
social unit, and not simply whether a nation-state's positive laws are lawful
or not.
By the late 1960s, Habermas's work also took what he calls a "procedural turn." He developed a communication theory in an effort to specify
when actors' mutual understandings of "speech acts" are either purposefully manipulated or inadvertently "distorted." Habermas proposes that an
admittedly "unreal" or "counterfactual" ideal, that of actors' nondistorted
and nonmanipulated mutual understanding or what he also calls "communicative action" and "procedural reason," replaces Marx's alternative conceptual grounding, the concept of alienation, as well as Weber's most critical
concept, the concept of substantive rationality. Habermas is convinced that
to charge social enterprises with alienating labor or with being substantively nonrational is unnecessarily vague and, ultimately, unnecessarily restricting. Whether his own standard of procedural reason is (a) grounded
against normative relativism, (b) capable of supporting charges that are
simultaneously sharper and broader, and (c) capable of informing detailed
empirical research, are, however, all open questions (chapter 5). What is
not problematic is that a standard of procedural reason can credibly claim
1.4. Acknowledgement
17
Social theorists are a curious lot, as are methodologists. For both, criticisms
come to their lips more readily than breath itself. In my view this enriches
collegiality within the academy in the only way that matters. Most sociology departments sense that it is a good thing to keep around at least one
each of these curiosities, and on occasion to tolerate their criticisms. But
18
the best departments appreciate that one of their strengths is that they have
many more of these curiosities around, and that they are encouraged to do
what comes naturally, however annoying this may be at times for everyone
affected.
Over the past two or three years many colleagues have responded critically to chapters of this book in draft, or to the preliminary and partial
arguments that appeared earlier in journals, or else to my own public or
private presentations of the theory. I begin by thanking in particular Ira
Cohen, Dean Gerstein, and Bernard Barber. I thank them not for doing
what theorists do naturally but rather for doing it so skillfully and with such
eloquence and helpfulness. To be questioned by any one of these three
social theorists is to receive simultaneously a high honor and a humbling
experience. To be questioned by all three independently is to feel prepared
to meet any other audience, whether one of social theorists or, possibly,
one of methodologists (to consider a worst case scenario).
At the same time, this book would never have been written, for a great
variety of reasons, if Jeffrey Alexander had not revitalized the enterprise of
social theory in the United States beginning in the early 1980s. I am personally convinced that only Jeff could have accomplished so much at that point
in time. More than anyone else in the 1980s, he has made it easier for all of
us - here and abroad - not only to seek but possibly to secure an audience
in the United States. This is something that his critics would do well to
acknowledge. It does not violate tenets of our curious lot for them to do so.
At the same time, Jeff is not likely to agree with much of the argument
presented below, even as many of these points of disagreement are fruits,
albeit indirect, of his remarkable labors across the last decade. If social
theory's audience is to continue to grow rather than to revert to its sorry
state of the late-1970s, it may well be that open, rigorous, and specific
disagreements are the only means we have to secure it.
There are two other colleagues without whose assistance this book would
never have been written, but now I am referring in the most literal sense to
my personal, material situation of the mid-1980s. Mayer Zald and then
Russell Dynes each offered me a different kind of academic position at
moments most dire. Anyone reading this now who considers this hyperbole
is demonstrating handily that he or she did not know me then. Even now,
with relative "affluence" staring me in the face, with its own special hazards, I suppose, I cannot forget what those moments were like. I have also
learned a great deal from the following colleagues, several of whom have
lambasted my work plenty in the curious manner of our shared lot: First
and foremost, in Washington, D.C., Ruth Wallace, William D'Antonio,
and John McCarthy. Among my former colleagues at the University of
Delaware, Sally Bould and Gerald Turkel in particular. More generally,
Harold Bershady, Frank Adler, Robert Antonio, Denes Nemedi, Birgitta
I A. Acknowledgement
19
Nedelmann, Anna Wessely, Elzbieta Halas, Robert Merton, John Braithwaite, Paul Colomy, David Wilier, Wendell Bell, Donald Levine, John R.
Hall, Michael Hammond, Robert Marsh, David Jacobs, Michael Kennedy,
Carl Klockars, Wallace Dynes, Scott McNall, Frank Lechner, John Meyer,
Mark Mizruchi, Kurt Finsterbusch, Terence Russell, Sheldon Stryker, and
R. Stephen Warner. I also received excellent comments and suggestions
from an anonymous reviewer, from a second reviewer, Karol Soltan, from
two anonymous members of the Rose Monograph Series Board, and from
series editor Teresa Sullivan.
In addition, three graduate students at the University of Delaware were
enormously helpful at various stages in this work's completion; they are
William Lofquist, Patricia Jenkins, and in particular Pan Hao. Their contributions are exemplars of voluntaristic action in the sense that the latter is
defined in this volume.
At home, my greatest debts are to Cynthia Sciulli, Julia and Emilia
Fernandez, Oreste Sciulli, Michael Poli, Joseph Rutkowski, and Kathyrn
Plesivac.
SECTION I
24
In short, the orderliness of any complex social unit cannot be said to rest
on the absence of moments of manifest coercion, interest competition, and
personal anxiety. Nor, for that matter, does it rest on the absence of moments of outright conflict. But it can be said to rest on the absence however temporary - of unambiguous behavioral encroachments against
its members' acknowledged ranges of expectations regarding acceptable
behavior. This may be said irrespective of how distinctive or idiosyncratic
these ranges might be in any given case. Correlatively, the antonym of
social order is by no means entropy, randomness, or even competition and
conflict; it is subjectively unacceptable behavior. When members of a congregation or a gang begin to encroach against acknowledged ranges of
expectations, by no means are they necessarily acting randomly, entropically, or even conflictually. Their behavior is nonetheless subjectively unacceptable to other members, and thereby disorderly. At the same time, a
congregation or a gang engaged in conflict with other social units, or else
riddled internally by its own members' intense competition, may be wellordered: Each actors' behavior may fall within members' acknowledged
ranges of expectations (see note 2).
This strictly relativist definition of social order becomes more difficult to
apply empirically, of course, when researchers move it to more macrosociological units such as social movements, complex organizations, or
national institutions. And yet, evidence may readily be found of heterogeneous actors and competing groups endeavoring independently to restrict
their behavior to what they independently perceive to be the ranges of
expectations acknowledged (or institutionalized) within macrosociological
units.3
Such acts of self-restriction may be attributed to one or both of two
broad sets of mechanisms of social control. First, actors' self-restriction
within a social unit may be attributed to their rational or strategic calculations of their own material and symbolic self-interests. These calculations
may either be made individually by each actor or through networks and
collectivities. They include calculations of how best to reduce or eliminate
any possibility of immediate or eventual physical coercion, monetary loss,
loss of prestige, or loss of future opportunities (Brennan and Buchanan
1985; Coleman 1986, 1988, 1990; and Hechter 1987 revolve around this set
of mechanisms of social control). Second, actors' self-restriction within a
social unit also may be attributed to some prior narrowing of their subjective interests. To attribute social order to a prior narrowing of actors'
subjective interests, however, is to account for social order in terms of
exercises of "coercion" that are now quite subtle, and yet palpable.
These more subtle self-restrictions may be traced to at least three
sources. First, they may be traced to informal mechanisms of social control,4 whether internalized or negotiated in local interactions, as is the case
25
26
27
28
29
control automatically qualifies for inclusion into his otherwise undifferentiated master category. Then, with the concept of social control already
shorn of the limiting case "coercive control," the former concept is rendered into a literal synonym for "social integration." Thus, the two terms
are collapsed into a single concept that is relativistic or intrinsically uncritical. Janowitz's concept of social control permits him simultaneously to
criticize most everything taking place within the welfare state, as he sees
fit, even as he concedes that the welfare state does not rest on manifest
coercion.10
As Janowitz would have it, the earlier, robust concept of social control
was narrowed substantially in the 1950s (by Talcott Parsons, says he).
Earlier references addressed how collectivities' institutionalization of their
members' behavioral conformity contributes to the larger social order
whereas later references concentrated on how individuals' internalization
of norms contributes to the larger social order (see Scott 1971 for a captivating discussion of the latter). Thus, a concept once quintessential^ sociological was narrowed, and rendered social-psychological. Janowitz instructs
sociologists to return to the issue of how larger social units contribute to
social order, or to sustaining national institutions. He is particularly interested in how these units regulate their own memberships without simply
reacting strategically to the state's external threats of sanctions for misbehavior. Rather than instructing sociologists to balance their current treatments of purposeful mechanisms of social control with more methodical
assessments of inadvertent mechanisms of social control, therefore, he
instead calls on them to expand their studies of purposeful mechanisms to
encompass larger social units.
In short, in both his review essay and subsequent study of the welfare
state, Janowitz fails to address the phenomenon of manipulation at all, or
instances when social control cannot be integrative even as it remains
noncoercive. Put differently, by failing to distinguish the concept of social
integration, the concept of social control becomes apologetic or uncritical
at the moment that the discussion turns to systemic, institutional, or informal mechanisms of social control. In this respect, Janowitz's approach to
social control is consistent with that of every other American sociologist
who has used the concept, including those writing before the narrowing of
the 1950s. Still, by distinguishing coercive control from social control, Janowitz at least intimates at times that the latter might be further distinguished
from social integration. He at least intimates that: (a) he would like to
make this distinction himself (but then never did), or else (b) he would
adopt it if it became available. After all, the social control/social integration distinction would at least balance his otherwise one-sided concern
about "coercive control."11
At this early point in the discussion, prior to the presentation of the
30
theory of societal constitutionalism, the distinct concept of social integration may be presented preliminarily by borrowing Janowitz's suggestions
regarding collectivities' self-regulation:12
Heterogeneous actors and competing groups are possibly integrated
rather than demonstrably controlled within any complex social unit
when the shared social duties being sanctioned within it can at least be
recognized and understood by them in common (even if not necessarily accepted by them in common).
Later in this volume it is demonstrated that this concept of social integration is intrinsically critical. It can credibly claim conceptual grounding
against normative relativism. After all, any set of shared social duties that
heterogeneous actors and competing groups can recognize and understand
in common is distinctive (chapter 6). If social scientists can specify when
such a set is being sanctioned within any complex social unit, then they
can credibly claim that it is possibly integrative. This means that social
scientists can specify when a set of shared social duties is capable of being
recognized and understood by such actors and groups in common, irrespective of: (a) the current (and possibly increasing) heterogeneity of
their internalized beliefs and subjective interests, and (b) their current
(and possibly increasing) competition for profits, power, and influence
within economic and political marketplaces.13 Correlatively, any set of
shared social duties that lacks these qualities is demonstrably controlling.
If actors and groups cannot recognize and understand what their shared
social duties are, then, irrespective of anything else that may be said
about their behavioral conformity, it cannot be said to be possibly integrated rather than controlled.
2.2.3. Social control in social theory and political sociology
In the symbolic interactionist literature of "negotiated order" (associated in
particular with works by Anselm Strauss 1978), it is either argued or assumed
that social control rests on individual actors' ongoing, active self-regulation
within particular social situations, and not on norms actors have internalized
(see Maines and Charlton 1985 for a review; and J. Turner 1988 more generally). As one result of this eminently credible position, however, the terms
social control and social integration are employed interchangeably. Whenever interactionists see actors negotiating "definitions of the situation" in the
absence of either manifest rebellion or widespread deviance within any
sector of a civil society, they take this a priori as evidence of actors' social
integration (see Stelling and Bucher 1972: 432 for an influential example
applied to the medical profession). Interactionists correctly move beyond
Durkheim's, Freud's, and Parsons's emphases on actors' internalization of
31
norms, but they lack the conceptual apparatus required to recognize instances of actors' manipulation, latent coercion, and self-restriction, in practice, within any negotiated order (Sciulli 1988b).14
In both political sociology (Janowitz, Zald, Gibbs, Black) and general
social theory (Alexander 1978, 1982a, 1987; Giddens 1979, 1984), social
control also is equated either with actors' passive acquiescence or their
more active "self-regulation."15 In one way or another, successful social
control ultimately is related to a social order's purported "legitimacy,"16
and, following Weber, the latter is treated as a widely shared subjective
belief (Giddens 1979: 101-3; Brennan and Buchanan 1985: 99-100): Subordinates believe subjectively that the acknowledged ranges of expectations
regarding acceptable behavior being sanctioned are themselves rational,
traditional, or habitual (or else purposive-rational, value-rational, or substantively rational). Given Weber's treatment of legitimation, issues of
latent coercion and manipulation, of whether actors' subjective beliefs are
themselves accurate or "distorted," are hastily subordinated to the more
superficial issue discussed at the opening of this chapter: Are authorities
(and the acknowledged ranges of expectations that they sanction) subjectively acceptable to most actors most of the time?
In the literature of political sociology devoted to the state, however,
power holders' purposeful mechanisms of social control as well as structural or systemic mechanisms of social control that work to their favor have
both remained central (see Evans, Rueschemeyer, and Skocpol 1985;
Block 1987; Gold, Lo, and Wright 1975; Skocpol 1980; Skocpol and
Amenta 1986 for reviews). By briefly surveying some of the major points
raised in this literature, the importance for comparative research of distinguishing analytically between heterogeneous actors' and competing groups'
possible social integration and their demonstrable social control begins to
come into view.
The capitalist state as instrument of purposeful social control. Ralph
32
1974), trade associations (Sabato 1985; Laumann and Knoke 1987), and
the mass media (Gans 1979). Elite solidarity is assumed to be central to
social control and thus to social order.
"Instrumental theorists" have difficulties, however, accounting for actions taken by state agencies that turn out, in retrospect, to maintain capitalism but that were actively opposed by many capitalists when they were
being proposed. Capitalists opposed these actions because they were convinced that they jeopardized their most basic material interests.17 The problem, therefore, is that individual capitalists may well maintain intraclass
solidarity, and may also secure routine access to policymakers through
organized groups, if not as a class, and yet they may not have any idea,
either as a class or an identifiable group or coalition within it, how best to
maintain the capitalist system in the face of systemic crises.
The capitalist system as mechanism of inadvertent social control. This is the
problem that Nicos Poulantzas (1973) and other structuralist Marxists (including Louis Althusser) long emphasized, as does Niklas Luhmann today
(1982,1986,1990) and other non-Marxist systems theorists: Informal, institutional and, in particular, systemic mechanisms of social control maintain
the (capitalist) system. Capitalists themselves need not be particularly skillful in coordinating their own activities more purposefully because their
consciousness, or subjective solidarity, is ultimately not a crucial factor in
successful social control. Capitalists also need not dominate the policymaking process, whether directly as a class or indirectly as a set of otherwise competing interest groups. The crucial factors maintaining any ongoing (capitalist) system are systemic. These factors broadly interrelate the
interests of (otherwise diverse) capitalists and the policies of (otherwise
independent) state agencies quite irrespective of whether capitalists establish a shared consciousness or exhibit particular solidarity. Once a (capitalist) system is in place, and once the legitimacy of its basic organizations and
institutions has somehow been secured, whether by means fair or foul
(Tilly 1985), systemic factors are then sufficient to sustain it. Capitalists
themselves need not be particularly skillful in reaping the system's many
advantages (Block 1977 and Therborn 1978; Block 1987 has since evolved
away from this position).
In related approaches, Jiirgen Habermas distinguishes between social
situations in which actors' beliefs are purposefully "manipulated" and those
in which they are more inadvertently or "systematically distorted."18 Michael Useem's (1984) impressive study of the unplanned evolution of corporations within the United States and Great Britain across the twentieth
century - from family capitalism to managerial capitalism and then to institutional capitalism - also demonstrates the increasing importance of systemic mechanisms of social control. Clearly, different sets of elites and
33
power holders have benefited, both historically and today, from systemic
social changes. Just as clearly, none of them controlled these changes or
even necessarily understood their likely implications, even as they benefited from them.
Influentials' competition as mechanism of inadvertent social control. A
What is clear from the discussion above is that the same fundamental
distinction missing from the American literature of social control is missing
as well from the international debate over the state:20 the distinction between instances of demonstrable social control, whether purposeful or inadvertent, and instances of heterogeneous actors' and competing groups'
possible social integration.21 Marxists insist, of course, that actors who do
not own or control the means of production cannot possibly be integrated,
irrespective of what their subjective beliefs and interests happen to be.
And, actually, this is a great virtue of Marxism as a tradition of theory and
34
research. After all, actors' subjective beliefs and interests may be informally, institutionally, or systemically narrowed and "distorted" without
actors being aware that this is the case. Moreover, the actors might operate
on the basis of any number of self-restrictions and yet continue to believe
that they are acting freely.
Still, as a tradition of theory and research, Marxism commits contemporary researchers conceptually (including Burawoy 1979; Therborn 1987;
Wright 1985) to account for social order exclusively in terms of actors'
manipulation, latent coercion, or worse - irrespective of any and all evidence to the contrary. Marxists are committed conceptually in this way, for
instance, quite irrespective of how actors happen to be organized within any
sector, industry, or organization of a modern civil society, capitalist or otherwise. Thus, to the extent that the proletariat is not actively engaged in
rebellion against any capitalist society, Marxists have always had no alternative conceptually other than to conclude that workers' behavior is reducible
to manipulation by an instrumental state, systemic mechanisms of social
control, and workers' own self-restriction. There is not a single Marxist
theory of heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration within modern civil societies, nor can there be.
Even worse, given the conceptual and epistemological limitations of this
remarkably methodical theoretical tradition, there is not a single Marxist
theory of heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration within any particular organization or institution. This holds true for
labor unions within social democracies, communist parties either within the
West or the former Eastern bloc, Solidarity within Poland, or popular
movements of radical social change within the Third World. Marxists studying either "capitalist states" or "existing communist states" cannot link
their theory to practice today precisely because they never developed a
theory of what integrative institutions and organizations might look like
even under the most favorable material conditions (Therborn 1977 and
Sirianni 1981; Przeworski's 1985 account of social democracy revolves
around the implications of this lacuna). Marx's original notion of the "withering away" of the state and of all other organizational and institutional
forms (Oilman 1977) is as little a theory of possible social integration as his
notion of absolute disalienation is a theory of possible praxis (Sciulli 1984).
At the same time, more mainstream political sociologists, whether critical of existing Western democracies or not (from Barrington Moore,
Charles Tilly, and Theda Skocpol to Seymour Martin Lipset, Rheinhard
Bendix, and even Daniel Bell, to cite only a few prominent examples),
operate within and through conceptual frameworks that recapitulate many
of the same limitations. Like Marxists, they also fail to isolate the organizational and institutional bases of heterogeneous actors' and competing
groups' possible social integration. They instead focus on what they con-
35
sider to be the intrinsic interrelationships between (a) systemic and structural inequalities, (b) either class and status group behavior, and (c) liberal
political forms and economic practices. They lack the concepts to do anything other than to condemn in absolutist terms the extent of manipulation
and latent coercion in advanced societies (Bell 1976; Tilly 1985), or else to
elevate existing Western "freedoms" and "rights" to the standard of comparison (Lipset 1960; Moore 1966; Bendix 1978).22
This is why critical political sociologists working outside of the Marxian
tradition treat Western democratic institutions in terms that are altogether
consistent with this tradition's conceptual framework, even as they then
disagree with Marxists' findings. They treat these institutions conceptually
as sites to which purported "class conflicts" or broader "struggles" for
equality within civil society have been moved (e.g. aside from Tilly and
Skocpol, Katznelson 1978, Wolfe 1978, Quadagno 1988). They thereby
hold that social conflict and the potential for significant social change have
been moved to interest competition within and around governmental agencies, political parties, and peak associations (Janowitz 1976: 75-6; Skocpol
and Amenta 1986: 139-44). Indeed, when a "radical" political sociologist
today refers to "conflict" and "struggle," he usually is referring to robust
debate over policy-making within remarkably stable political institutions
(e.g. Kerbo's subtitle for his stratification textbook, 1983, is "class conflict
in the United States").23
Put differently, purported "conflicts" and "struggles" within existing
Western democracies are essentially policy debates. They are discussions
(and, of course, street demonstrations, too) that are altogether oriented by,
framed within, and mediated by governmental institutions, political party
organizations, and either interest group or peak association coalitions that
are themselves so stable, and so legitimate subjectively, that they escape
serious criticism. Indeed, these institutions, organizations, and coalitions
are typically elevated above any preliminary posing of possible alternatives. For instance, the leaders of working class organizations and other
"progressive" groups within the United States may very well question the
current composition of Congress. They may heartily ridicule the current
conduct of Congress. But, by contrast to the situation in Latin America in
particular, they never - never - question that Congress, as a political institution or agency of government, legitimately engages in law-making.
Across Latin America, this is precisely what is questioned (Anderson
1964 remains the most seminal statement, see chapter 9). What is subjected
to outright political competition and occasional social conflicts is precisely
which agencies and institutions of government, if any, legitimately engage
in law-making as such. This same questioning is underway within the
former Eastern bloc, albeit currently directed to the legitimacy of the
Communist Party apparatus rather than to emerging parliaments. As of
36
this writing, matters are being posed largely within the ideology of the
presupposition of exhausted possibilities, and several Eastern countries
seem primed to pay a dear price for this narrowness. Yet, there is no reason
to believe that Easterners' questioning will or can remain confined in this
way. Nor is there any reason to believe, for that matter, that questioning
within the West will or can remain confined in this way for perpetuity
(Habermas's 1989 tentative remarks). Regardless of how one reads the
writings of critical political sociologists, however, one looks in vain for
concepts that can possibly reveal whether or when questioning of any kind
is moving beyond the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.24
The same political sociologists who concede, however implicitly, that the
political institutions and practices framing "conflicts" and "struggles" within
the West are themselves remarkably stable, go even further in their concessions to the presupposition of exhausted possibilities at the moment that they
turn to the study of the Third World and the East. As noted in chapter 1, they
presuppose that political institutions and economic practices of existing Western democracies utterly exhaust actors' possibilities for nonauthoritarian
social order. They thereby presuppose that Eastern nation-states, for instance, can only become and remain nonauthoritarian by recapitulating the
same political institutions and economic practices that these political sociologists otherwise criticize for being unrepresentative and unresponsive in the
West (eg. Skocpol and Amenta 1986: 136; Laumann and Knoke 1987: 3957; Schmitter in preparation).
Finally, even within the mainstream literature devoted to the study of
social movements, the literature dedicated to studying precisely those social
units that ultimately initiate any possible "emancipatory" social change,
there is also not a single ideal type of heterogeneous actors' and competing
groups' possible social integration within social movements. The resource
mobilization approach, for instance, eliminates this possibility conceptually
(McCarthy and Zald 1977; Oberschall 1973). The same may be said, however, of the core concepts informing more general theories of collective
behavior (Turner and Killian 1957; Smelser 1962), as well as those informing
case studies devoted to the civil rights movement (McAdam 1982; Morris
1984) and the farm workers' movement (Jenkins 1985).
Irrespective of the contributions that the resource mobilization approach
in particular brings to empirical research, and they are considerable, this
approach revolves around premises of rational choice theory, premises no
less materialist than those underlying traditional Marxism (and, for example, Therborn 1987: 249, readily employs rational choice and public choice
premises). The undiscussed assumption of even the most iconoclastic students working within this approach is that movement elites invariably manipulate their mass following. The only issue is whether they do so directly,
through purposeful control of resources (see Olson 1965 and Hechter 1987
37
for the principles involved), or else indirectly, through ideologies that obfuscate how the movement's material base is secured and distributed.25
2.4. Implications of the concept of social integration
38
39
competing groups' possible social integration? Does this also mean, conversely, that as long as Western democracies maintain their current political
institutions and economic practices, comparativists cannot specify whether
and when their direction of social and institutional change is becoming more
manipulative, controlling, and susceptible to social authoritarianism? If
these independent variations can be demonstrated conceptually, and then
operationalized, they may be used to orient detailed comparative studies
that jettison the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
Social theorists, not political theorists or philosophers, most fully appreciated by the mid-nineteenth and then early twentieth century the effects
that systemic pressures of social change were having on government and
civil society. Among social theorists, it was first Karl Marx and then Max
Weber who addressed most methodically modernity's negative effects.
Marx examined these negative effects in terms of the relationship between
capitalism, alienation, and systemic crises, and Weber did so in terms of the
relationship between rationalization, bureaucratization, and authoritarianism.1 In succeeding generations, each theorist responded to dislocations of
industrialization that had been accelerating in Great Britain and Western
Europe since the second and third decades of the nineteenth century, dislocations that affected the United States and Scandinavia later in the century
(Alapuro 1988 on Finland, for instance).
In spite of social theorists' profound analyses of these dislocations, however, constitutional theorists and liberal theorists by no means altered their
portrayals of the liberal state and a market economy. It is understandable,
of course, that those writing before the mid-nineteenth century failed to
address the negative social implications of industrialization. What is curious is that so many influential constitutional theorists and liberal theorists
failed to address social theorists' concerns conceptually far into the twentieth century (from Hobhouse 1911 to Friedrich 1941; Lindsay 1943; Loewenstein 1957; Sartori 1958).2 Today, legal scholars suffer greatly from this
major conceptual limitation of their theoretical traditions. They have difficulty, for instance, assessing whether legal institutions are maintaining their
integrity or are adrift, and increasingly they turn to social theory and social
science for assistance (e.g. Ackerman 1980, Ely 1980, Dworkin 1986). This
begins to explain why major law journals today are often more sociological, philosophical, and economic than juridical (e.g. Yale Law Journal
1988, Pennsylvania Law Review 1982, but also the Chicago, Harvard, Stanford, and Michigan journals generally).
The central problem facing those working within constitutional and
Lockean liberal traditions is that their inherited concepts fail to address
manifestations of social authoritarianism. Their concepts fail to address pur40
41
posefully and inadvertently arbitrary exercises of collective power by powerful private enterprises within civil society. As was the case with their forebears, today's constitutional and Lockean liberal theorists have difficulty
extending their inherited concepts from the legal individual's relationship to
the state to the legal individual's relationship to powerful organizations
within civil society (Selznick 1969; Evan 1976; Stewart 1987; Buchanan
1989). At best, they may at times extend their concepts to address selected
sets of purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective power by private enterprises within a civil society. Yet, a great many mechanisms of social control
escape their attention, and they continue to be most comfortable discussing
arbitrary government. The problem of inadvertently arbitrary exercises of
collective power within a civil society falls entirely outside of the possible
scope of application of their inherited concepts. This is the problem that the
classical social theorists developed conceptually by exploring what Parsons
later called the Hobbesian problem of order, and rejecting the alternative of
Lockean and Smithean complacency. Weber's work is particularly instructive in this regard.
3.1. Implications of rationalization: drift toward authoritarianism
42
most were systemic rather than purposeful, and yet he fully appreciated
that systemic social forces are manifested, in practice, by concrete groups
and concrete actors competing for resources, power, and influence. What
intrigued Weber was how this competition is structured within any modern
nation-state, and which substantive goods attract groups' and actors' competition. In his view, where actors' and groups' normative behavior had
once dampened both the extent and intensity of interest competition in
earlier stages of modernity, ongoing disruptions at later stages accelerate
both. Once actors and groups are dislodged from their traditional and
habitual moorings, they adjust their behavior independently to systemic
forces as they compete more immediately within economic and political
marketplaces. As a result, they become incapable of resisting or controlling
the larger drift of social change collectively. This process of fragmentation,
accelerated competition, and accommodation of systemic pressures results,
therefore, in a literal drift of social change (Weber 1914-20: 212-54, 92638; Schluchter 1981: 20-23, 53).5
Looking at the impact on organizations and institutions in particular,
Weber saw all complex social units within all modern nation-states responding in one way or another to at least the following four manifestations of
"drift." These responses are to be found generally, in his view, or quite
irrespective of the many particular qualities that institutions and organizations happen to retain within particular nation-states:
First, the problem of fragmented meaning. Actors' once shared understandings of social events and social practices become differentiated by
function, and then further specialized by task (as Parsons and Smelser
1956 later emphasized).6 This is reflected in the subcultures and occupational factions that may be found within any modern civil society.
Second, the problem of instrumental calculation. Given the fragmentation of actors' "lived" meaning, their most routine agreements increasingly revolve around their independent calculations of instrumental or
strategic "success" (see note 11): Will alternative courses of action
either increase or decrease an enterprise's efficiency or effectiveness,
as measured by quantifiable results? The significance of actors' subjective interests, their social relationships, and their expectations and
aspirations is increasingly tied to such calculations, and to the piecemeal reforms and compromises consistent with them (as Lindblom
1959 later emphasized).
Third, the problem of bureaucratic organization. Again, given the fragmentation of actors' "lived" meaning, all informal mechanisms of social
control become less effective in maintaining social order. Consequently, organizations and institutions rely increasingly on formal social controls. This process - which Maine captured in the phrase "from
43
custom to contract" - is progressive in that formal mechanisms advance where informal mechanisms recede. Put more concretely, bureaucratization advances within enterprises of economic production as well
as agencies of political and legal administration (Hechter 1987 elaborates this).
Fourth, the problem of charismatic leadership. Not all social and political decisions can be reduced to actors' instrumental calculations of
efficiency or effectiveness and the mundane reforms and compromises
surrounding them. When power holders exercise leadership, when
they are innovative, they essentially impose new social duties on actors
(and possibly enliven their aspirations as well) in nonrational ways.
Innovative exercises of collective power might go not only beyond
actors' instrumental calculations of efficiency and effectiveness, but
also beyond their earlier expectations and beliefs.
3.2. The Weberian Dilemma as negative liberalism
44
Thus, one side of the Weberian Dilemma: If actors' competition for influence, resources, and power within economic and political marketplaces is
not restrained by institutionalized norms that challenge - subordinate - the
sovereignty of actors' subjective interests, then drift is the only outcome
possible. After all, as actors' and groups' competition of subjective interests
becomes further and further detached from any and all shared norms of
mediation and restraint, it can only simultaneously intensify and extend to
more and more areas of social life. Normative fragmentation and bureaucratization extend in tandem, and the inadvertent result is political (and social)
authoritarianism.
Indeed, Weber never accounted conceptually for a more benign outcome
of the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests. Unlike postwar pluralist
theorists (chapter 4), for instance, Weber was not impressed by the idea
that the competition between interest groups (and political parties) for
power and influence is sufficient in itself (a) to ensure a benign "balance"
between actors' subjective interests (Aleinikoff 1987), (b) to sustain meaning among actors, and thereby to allow them (c) to restrain social change
from drifting inadvertently toward its fated outcome. Today, Brennan and
Buchanan conclude their discussion of "constitutional economics" in a similar fit of pathos: "We must come to agree that democratic societies, as they
now operate, will self-destruct, perhaps slowly but nonetheless surely, unless the rules of the political game are changed" (1985: 150; also Hayek
1973-9). What is ironic is that these two hard-headed economists, who
insist throughout their argument that only the sovereignty of subjective
interests provides a proper "model" of the individual behavior that political
and social institutions must be expected to restrain or mediate, see only
one way out of contemporary self-destruction: a new morality or "civic
religion."9 The other side of the Weberian Dilemma, however, speaks to
why this leap into faith cannot succeed in practice.
3.2.2. The problem of nonrational restraints on drift
Even if a set (or sets) of nonrational norms were indeed institutionalized,
and even if this restrained all groups and actors institutionally from competing more immediately in their own subjective interests, this too can have
only one outcome by Weber's account: One particular set of actors or
groups invariably imposes its interests and nonrational beliefs on all others.
Since this is likely to involve a further rationalization of formal social
controls, political (and social) authoritarianism can be expected to result
sooner by this route than if actors and groups had simply acceded more
immediately to drift.
Relatedly, Weber was decidedly inconsistent and ambiguous whenever he
discussed the relationship between (a) purposive-rational action and both
45
46
yet generalizable standard of reason orients actors and groups toward contributing inadvertently to an authoritarian rather than benign outcome.
Weber could understand Lockean liberals' optimism and complacency,
therefore, even as he ridiculed their sophomorism. After all, the unmediated drift of social change likely takes longer to culminate in authoritarianism than any effort by any set of actors to institutionalize a resilient
normative mediation. Weber rejected liberals' optimism and complacency
because he refused, regardless, to posit that a nonauthoritarian social order
is somehow sustained "automatically" on the basis of the sovereignty of
actors' (unmediated) subjective interests itself. He refused to accept any
reference to a "hidden hand," or to actors' "natural identity of interests,"
as somehow accounting mysteriously for a nonauthoritarian direction of
social change under modern conditions.13
3.4. Can the Weberian Dilemma be resolved?
47
48
49
social change in the late twentieth century, hinges on whether the following
two questions can be answered:
First, how could any set of nonrational normative restraints have
remained external in the sense noted above, after seventy years
of actors' self-interested competition within economic and political
marketplaces?
Second, is a single, identifiable set of such nonrational normative
restraints to be found within each and every instance of nonauthoritarian social change in the late twentieth century? Or is the possibility of such a direction of social change contingent on circumstances
altogether particular to each and every nation-state in which it is
found?
If there is such a set, it would constitute the social infrastructure supporting
a nonauthoritarian direction of social change. Put differently, it could credibly claim to ground the nonauthoritarian/authoritarian distinction in comparative perspective.
Looking at the first question, consider the difficulties actors would face
in keeping any set of nonrational normative restraints external to their own
self-interested competition. For instance, power holders in government
and social influential in civil society who are competing for material resources, political power, and social influence would surely also compete
over how any set of purported external normative restraints is interpreted
and then enforced. The debate among jurists in the United States over
"strict obstructionist" interpretations of the Constitution illustrates this
only too well (Ely 1980). Clearly, power holders and social influential
would oppose any and all interpretations that challenged their material
interests. As such challenges accumulated, this would lead eventually to
radical questioning of the restraint's, and the interpreters', very legitimacy.
Each action that power holders and social influential took in their own
material interests would involve their negotiating and renegotiating the
restraints' very "meaning." Whatever "shared meaning" the restraints may
have had when instituted would thereby steadily unravel under such everyday challenges.
This is what Weber so appreciated. Actors within modern nation-states
never develop, let alone sustain, some "natural identity" of subjective
interests. Nor, certainly, do they develop or sustain some shared understanding of substantive norms, whether those of founders' "substantive
intent" or else those of some "civil religion" revolving around the cultural
norms or "sacred" qualities of any lived social fabric. As soon as the "meaning" of any set of purported external normative restraints is brought into
arenas of interest competition, moreover, it simultaneously loses its exter-
50
51
This volume is dedicated to answering this question. With this, the Weberian Dilemma may be resolved; the questions posed earlier may be
answered; and the lacuna of integrative possibilities may be filled.
3.5. Illustration: "professional integrity" and limits of Weberian
sociology
52
issues methodically using the conceptual frameworks of liberalism or Weberian social theory. Yet, these issues are far from abstract moral dilemmas. They are rather concrete policy problems that surface repeatedly, in a
variety of ways, within all modern nation-states. Only if the notion of
"professional integrity" can be rendered falsifiable and operationalizable,
however, can these issues be addressed by social scientists (to say nothing
of their being resolved by heterogeneous actors and competing groups, in
practice).
Weberians currently dismiss all such issues out of hand as hopelessly
"normative" or "ideological" (Waters 1989, chapter 8). But such labeling
restates the point made in chapter 2 and now in this chapter: These issues,
like so many others in evidence within modern nation-states today, fall
outside of the conceptual frameworks of social control that are currently
available. To employ any of these conceptual frameworks is to label such
issues "normative" a priori.
Consider how the hypothetical case above might be addressed by a Weberian today: On the one hand, the Weberian might reduce the issue of
"professional integrity" to two questions: First, what are actors' and
groups' immediate subjective or material interests? Second, what are their
substantive beliefs regarding the profession's social status and political
influence? In answering these questions, the Weberian reduces association
leaders' claims - that their members' purported fidelity to "professional
integrity" takes precedence over instrumental action - to discovering what
leaders' (or members') particular interests and beliefs are. Whatever these
turn out to be, they invariably comprise only one set of material interests
and substantive beliefs among many others to be found within any civil
society. Association leaders' opposition to administrators' proposals may
thereby be reduced to one of two strategic positions: It may be reduced to
association leaders' own immediate interests and beliefs. Or else it may be
reduced to the immediate interests and beliefs of prominent members
within (or influential constituencies outside of) the professional association
that the leaders are representing, either directly or indirectly. In either
case, it is impossible for the Weberian to demonstrate that association
leaders' opposition rests on any normative standard or "principle" that can
credibly claim precedence over instrumental action.
On the other hand, and an even more reductionist tack, the Weberian
might convert the issue of "professional integrity" to the following question: Is association leaders' opposition rational? Aside from their opposition being reducible to one strategic position or another, the Weberian
might now handily demonstrate that very notion of "professional integrity"
is not rational. Moreover, since the standard of rational action alone appears to Weberians to be generalizable, as a norm of reason that even
heterogeneous actors and competing groups might recognize and under-
53
stand in common under modern conditions, the Weberian can only conclude that the notion of "professional integrity" is devoid of reason altogether. Again, for a Weberian to label the notion of "professional integrity" first nonrational and then unreasoned is for a Weberian to be as
generous to association leaders as he or she can be.
It is only possible to escape the reductionist tacks noted at the end of the
last chapter if a standard of "professional integrity" can be specified that is
normative and yet also exhibits both of the following qualities. First, this
normative standard must be capable of being recognized and understood in
common by heterogeneous actors and competing groups even under modern conditions of drift. Second, this same normative standard must also
qualify as at least possibly reasoned in some sense broader than the admittedly narrow standard of rational or instrumental action. If it turns out that
there are no normative standards of professional integrity available that
exhibit both of these qualities, then whenever professionals endeavor to
maintain their purported "integrity" at the expense of other actors' subjective interests this is reducible to a power play on their part. As contributors
to the "social closure" or "monopoly" approach to professions insist (from
Larson 1977 and Collins 1979 to Murphy 1988 and even Abbott 1988),
professionals are simply influencing power holders to impose on other
actors the costs of whatever special advantages or "protected status" they
are being accorded.
Four analytical distinctions fill the lacuna of integrative possibilities and
open the way to responding directly to the Weberian Dilemma, including
demonstrating that there is indeed a normative standard of "professional
integrity" that exhibits both of the qualities just noted. The purpose of this
chapter is to introduce these analytical distinctions, and in this way to propose a terminology with which to respond to the Weberian Dilemma directly.
4.1. Four analytical distinctions and four institutions of restraint
55
56
drift are directly substantive and others are procedural mediations. Thus,
this results in:
Third, the distinction between (a) normative restraints whose impact
on power holders is immediate or directly substantive, and (b) normative restraints whose impact on power holders is first and foremost a
procedural mediation, and only then substantive.1
Putting the second and third distinctions together, the theory of societal
constitutionalism revolves around the relationship, in practice, between the
following four basic sets of institutions of restraint:
(1) Internal substantive restraints on purposeful exercises of collective
power.
(2) Internal procedural restraints on purposeful exercises of collective
power.
(3) External substantive restraints on inadvertent or systemic exercises
of collective power.
(4) External procedural restraints on inadvertent or systemic exercises
of collective power.
The social integration/social control distinction revolves around whether the
second of these basic sets of restraints is found empirically within any existing sector, industry, or organization of a modern civil society. The nonauthoritarian/authoritarian distinction, in turn, revolves around whether the
fourth of these basic sets of restraints is also found empirically within any
existing social order.
Yet a fourth distinction comes into play as these four basic sets of restraints are discussed below, but it is less important than the first three.
Institutions of internal restraint may be further distinguished. Each may be
subdivided in terms of whether its impact on power holders rests on heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' (a) shared recognition and understanding of nonrational norms, or else on their (b) independent, and more
or less rational, calculations of their own strategic advantages and opportunities (see note 4). By contrast, all external restraints are normative, irrespective of whether they are substantive or procedural; once they are reduced to strategic considerations, they simultaneously lose their status of
being "external" to group competition and systemic drift.
4.2. The importance of institutions of external procedural restraint
It is the presence or absence of institutions and norms of external procedural restraint within a modern civil society that ultimately accounts for
57
58
I
Internal Restraints
Normative
(IA)
Directly Substantive
Group Competition
Patron-Client
Networks
Religious Proscriptions
Natural Rights
Division of Powers
(IB)
Procedural Mediation
Elections
Rational-Legal
Enforcement
Interpretability of Law
II
External Restraints
Societal
(IIB)
Procedural Mediation
T"
Collegial Formations
(HA)
Directly Substantive
Nationalism
State Religion
Natural Law
National Traditions
59
60
61
62
63
64
posed exercises are arbitrary - or, for that matter, whether normative restraints are arbitrary.
Institutions of internal procedural restraint (IB): elections, legal enforcement (strategic) and legal interpretation (normative). The impact that institu-
65
66
67
insisted as early as the turn of this century (Bentley 1908) that, more than
any other institution of restraint, the robustness of interest group competition ensures democratic government under modern conditions. Pluralist
theory essentially revolves around three assumptions (Lowi 1969), the first
being the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests:
68
More than a century earlier, liberal theorists had emphasized the interrelationship between a relatively unfettered economic marketplace and a liberal state. They had similarly deemphasized the importance of institutionalized norms and nonrational restraints framing actors' conduct within the
marketplace (Adam Smith's thoughts on "laws and institutions" notwithstanding, e.g. Buchanan 1989: 57-67).
Indeed, pluralist theory and liberal theory rest together on three assumptions (Lowi 1969) that Marx, Weber, and other major social theorists considered remarkably naive:
First, both theories assume that every individual or interest group, in
isolation, is the best judge of his or their own subjective interests,
and that these interests are ultimately given or random. Because
actors' subjective interests are sovereign, and a strictly "private" matter, they are beyond any "external" warrant or justification. As a
result, they can only be treated as given or random. It is impossible
to tell if they are reasoned (Buchanan 1989: 37-40, 61-2; Brennan
and Buchanan 1985: 21-8, 37-9, 46-66; Hechter 1987: 31-3, 184-5).
Second, both theories assume that the outcomes of actors' normatively
unmediated, or merely informally mediated, competition within political and economic marketplaces are typically if not intrinsically benign.13
Third, both theories assume that should arbitrary government ever
result somehow from these outcomes, individuals comprising a "con-
69
stituent force" within civil society are certain to recognize this subjectively, each in isolation. As long as economic and political marketplaces
are kept "free," or unencumbered by de jure obstacles to actors articulating their subjective interests, such a "constituent force" can be relied
on to mobilize whenever necessary in order to uphold valued "rules of
the game." In this way, governmental authoritarianism is either prevented or corrected (Truman 1951; Brennan and Buchanan 1985: 22,
26-32, 51, also 5-7).14
More than merely benign, therefore, actors' normatively unmediated or
informally mediated competition over subjective interests within economic
and political marketplaces is for liberals and pluralists alike positively virtuous: It fosters individual diversity and innovativeness, economic and political adaptability, and ethnic and cultural tolerance (see Hall 1987 for a statement; McClosky and Brill 1983 for an unsuccessful effort to document this in
survey research). These theorists acknowledge, of course, that particular
sets of actors and groups benefit most from robust interest competition.
They also acknowledge that neither systemic nor informal mechanisms of
social control are ever displaced entirely by the impersonal sanctions of
political and economic marketplaces (chapter 2; Buchanan 1989: 32-5 on
"norms" and customs; Hechter 1987: 62-73 on direct reinforcement, differential association, and reciprocity).
What is surprising is that this relatively unbridled, and unwarranted,
optimism stands largely unchallenged conceptually in the social sciences
today. This is the case precisely because of the lacuna of integrative possibilities and then the resulting ideology of exhausted possibilities. Within this
context of conceptual default, liberals and pluralists readily dismiss out of
hand the significance for social change of any and all imbalances of resources, power, and influence emerging from political and economic
marketplaces - including the extent and intensity of social control accorded
to "private" corporations within civil society. All such outcomes are for
them unrelated to the issue of whether government remains "democratic"
and whether the market remains "free." Because their complacency and
optimism obfuscates the Weberian Dilemma, they fail to see any identifiable
social infrastructure irreducible to the possibility of a nonauthoritarian direction of social change under modern conditions. They then fail to see, of
course, whether and when this social infrastructure is jeopardized by certain
outcomes of liberal-democratic economic and political marketplaces.
Pluralists' argument regarding the central importance of robust interest
competition heavily influenced the works of many social scientists in many
disciplines throughout the 1960s and beyond. Their argument is altogether
consistent, for instance, with the tradition of symbolic interactionism in
70
sociology (Blumer 1969). And yet, its great influence cannot be traced to
its direct appeal. Its influence may be traced instead to how convincingly
pluralists (and interactionists) revealed that all substantive and procedural
normative restraints that once contributed to political democracy (in the
United States and elsewhere) are today clearly in irreversible decline. By
revealing that all normative restraints on government have become negotiable, in principle, and increasingly compromised, in practice, they left the
social sciences with a compelling problem. This problem, in turn, enhanced
the influence of pluralism (and interactionism): How can social scientists
explain the remarkable stability of American democracy, for instance,
other than to attribute this to the institution of robust interest competition
itself?15
First, even by the mid-1950s, pluralists were pointing out that earlier
norms of internal substantive restraint on government and the economy norms of religion, natural law, and custom - were everywhere influxin the
West, rather than firm and resilient. Yet, these are the norms that once
kept the private sharply distinguished from the public, and that thereby
kept the state from encroaching into civil society even in response to group
competition. As examples of these norms' flux and irreversible decline
today, Supreme Court decisions in the United States regarding the substantive meaning of the equal protection clause of the Constitution are anything but consistent or unambiguous (Grossman and Wells 1980: 408-29,
564-608; Unger 1986). Sunday "blue laws" prohibiting commerce on the
Sabbath are a thing of the past, as are countless other religious and naturallaw proscriptions on economic and political marketplaces. Moving in the
other direction, prayer in public schools is not something that is any longer
beyond the possible reach of governmental action in response to group
competition, despite the once presumed inviolability of the separation of
church and state. Nor is the "privacy" of corporate investment or personnel
decisions beyond the reach of government, despite the once presumed
inviolability of private property (Note 1982; Stone 1982; Laumann and
Knoke 1987: 381-2).
Second, pluralists were also insisting that even the integrity of earlier
norms of internal procedural restraint on government is similarly in flux
across the West, and in marked decline in the United States and other
common law countries in particular. The integrity of nonrational norms of
any kind, substantive or procedural, is difficult for heterogeneous actors
and competing groups to sustain. This is the case because (a) pluralist
group competition is embedded within a larger social order, and (b) the
latter cannot be characterized as revolving around any identifiable lived
social fabric. The larger social order is rather characterized by functional
differentiation, actors' fragmentation of meaning, groups' competition,
and (benign) systemic drift (Luhmann 1990 emphasizes this as compellingly
71
as anyone in the literature today). Because pluralists insisted that American politics be studied coldly, "realistically," as it actually plays itself out in
practice - rather than as "institutionalists" and "formalists" were once
wont to idealize it - they insisted that even procedural norms of due process distinctive to common-law countries have become mere formalities
(see Laumann and Knoke 1987: 383-5, 395-7 for the same conclusion).16
These procedural norms, too, have become empty shells, like the substantive norms of natural law and natural right. By pluralists' accounts, these
formalities are also readily adjusted and readjusted by the content of group
competition, by power holders' ceaseless struggles for influence and strategic advantages. Indeed, on this point pluralists are in unreserved agreement with Marxists, Weberians, feminists, and contemporary sociologists
of law.17
For all of these theorists and researchers, norms of due process are, at
best, an accoutrement of robust interest competition itself. These norms
can no longer be traced, if they ever could, to "principles" grounded
against groups' competition and the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests. Instead, due process is itself reducible to how competing subjective
interests countervail or balance each other within political marketplaces:
the legislature, the administrative agency, and even the court. If there ever
was a shared sense of the integrity of basic norms and nonrational procedures of internal restraint - including due process - it has clearly fragmented (Brennan and Buchanan 1985: ix, 146-50). This explains why it is
so difficult today for legal scholars, for instance, to distinguish due process
conceptually from the courts' accommodating of whatever outcomes individual and corporate persons negotiate within economic and political marketplaces. Legal scholars are increasingly aware that due process currently
is being defined, in practice, as robust interest competition within and
around the courts themselves. And they are increasingly aware, too, that
this reduces the courts' role to "balancing," to acceding to drift; the courts
are no longer mediating drift (if they ever did) on the basis of some relatively clear sense of direction (Aleinikoff 1987; Yale Law Journal 1988).
Given this growing awareness among legal scholars, it is an easy matter,
then, for social scientists to insist in ever more direct terms that there are
no internal procedural restraints on arbitrary government today that are
either resilient, in practice, or grounded conceptually, in principle (Brennan and Buchanan 1985: 21, 37). Like pluralists and interactionists, Weberians take this to mean that internal procedural restraints cannot be
independent of group competition. Marxists take this to mean that they
cannot be independent of the bourgeoisie's interests and beliefs in particular. Feminists take this to mean that they cannot be independent of what
MacKinnon calls the "male state." And mainstream sociologists of law
(along with specialists on deviance) endlessly document how the integrity
72
73
social change cannot be fathomed, other than to keep track of any de jure
obstacles to actors' articulation and aggregation of their subjective interests
(or, in Habermas's case, de facto obstacles to actors' ideal speech).
Indeed, in terms of pluralism's "realist" approach, as in Weber's social
theory earlier, if a democratic government ever cites any principle as it
hesitates to accommodate the outcomes of ongoing interest competition,
this can only exacerbate social tensions and conflicts. It can only result in
"imbalance" and "crisis." As one example, if the separation of church and
state were reified into some nonnegotiable principle, this might rigidify a
mutual isolation of religious subcultures. By no means would it invariably
foster a single "national culture" or any other social fabric of "shared
meaning." Similarly, if either the division of powers or individuals' "natural
rights" were reified, this might magnify heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' difficulties in coming to a shared "definition of the situation"
regarding whether the direction of social change is benign or increasingly
threatening (thus, Buchanan's opposition to any "external values"). In
short, with the single great exception of their blind faith that the outcomes
of normatively unmediated arenas of political and economic competition
will invariably be benign, pluralists and interactionists otherwise follow
Weber in discounting the significance for contemporary democratic government and for a nonauthoritarian direction of social change of all institutions and norms of traditional governmental constitutionalism.
European neocorporatism: an alternative to American pluralism? Studies of
neocorporatism within Western Europe and Scandinavia since the mid1970s (see Schmitter's works) find that on the Continent more centralized
"peak associations" are substituted for America's decentralized pressure
groups. Yet, these studies essentially recapitulate pluralism's optimism and
complacency. They too discount the significance of the institutional legacy
of governmental constitutionalism. But what are peak associations?
Standing at the "peak" or literal boundary between state agencies and
the most powerful organized interests in a civil society, a peak association
dominates one particular functional sector of a civil society, whether banking, housing, manufacturing, international trade, transportation, education, or any other. On the Continent (unlike the case in Latin America), it
is a "private" trade association rather than an agency of government; its
leaders are neither popularly elected nor appointed by popularly elected
officials. Yet, these leaders bear enormous responsibilities for administering the public policies affecting their functional sector as well as for helping
to formulate these policies in the first place.
Looking in the other direction, from the peak down to the enterprises
and organizations within its functional sector, the leaders of each peak
74
association dominate all of the organized interests and social units within its
sector. Their domination is institutionalized in many ways, but the two
which follow are as illustrative of the peak association's power as any
others: First, leaders of peak associations directly or indirectly control the
licensing of all enterprises within their functional sector; thus, they control
their current and potential "membership." Second, leaders of peak associations formally or informally monopolize the political representation of all
organized interests within their functional sector; thus, they literally control what the state hears from their "membership."
In short, peak associations simultaneously "intermediate" both (a) the
public policy-making process taking place within the state that is directed
to their sectors and (b) the "private" articulation and aggregation of
interests taking place within their sectors that is directed to the state. As
such, the leaders of peak associations typically are seen in the literature as
a great stabilizing force in all democracies on the Continent. Neocorporatist theorists insist, and in no uncertain terms, that intermediation is
more significant to democratic government, and by implication to a nonauthoritarian direction of social change, than any and all traditions of
governmental constitutionalism or norms of internal restraint. Like pluralist theorists' characterizations of decentralized group competition within
the United States, neocorporatist theorists characterize centralized "intermediation" as a strictly strategic variant within the general type of
internal substantive restraints. Yet, the dominance of peak associations
replaces more robust interest competition, and it further subordinates the
practical significance of the division of powers, individuals' (as opposed to
groups') "natural rights," and the public/private distinction (Laumann and
Knoke 1987: 381-2, 397 see similar results in the United States, albeit
more informally developed).
Given (a) their dominance within functional sectors of civil society and
(b) their responsibility for both formulating and administering the public
policies affecting them, the presence of neocorporatist peak associations
has substantial effects, of course, on the practice of Western democratic
institutions. It also affects the latter's relationship to its own constitutional
traditions. The following three effects may be included among them:
First, as just noted, neocorporatism utterly eliminates interest-group
competition. It replaces this with higher level negotiations between
unelected leaders of peak associations, and then between them and
both elected and appointed leaders of state agencies.
Second, and as a result of this, neocorporatism institutionalizes a literal collapse of the public/private distinction. Depending on how one
wishes to view it, neocorporatist "intermediation" either (a) brings
unelected leaders of peak associations directly into the state or else (b)
75
76
77
difficult problem is to predict which particular substantive issues will precipitate it (Ely 1980; Pennsylvania Law Review symposium 1982; Aleinikoff
1987; Siedman 1987; Yale University Law Journal symposium 1988; Nagel
1989). Prospects for inducing or compelling government agencies to conform more strictly to traditional constitutional restraints have been eliminated. In many respects American jurists' "strict constructionist" appeals
are one last, fated effort to respond to drift in the traditional ways (Dworkin 1985: 33-71). The same is true of social scientists' appeals to "civil
religion," including those by Bellah, Daniel Bell, and Brennan and Buchanan. Both types of appeals, coupled with (a) the increasing frequency of
changes in Supreme Court opinions, and (b) the rise of both the Law and
Economics movement and the Critical Legal Studies movement within
major law schools, are cumulative reflections of the deeper crisis of internal
restraints.24
4.3.2. Institutions of external restraint: tradition v. societal
constitutionalism
External procedural restraints are the institutions and norms on which heterogeneous actors and competing groups rely, in practice, whenever they
recognize that exercises of collective power which are indeed rational are
nonetheless contributing inadvertently to the drift of social change toward
bureaucratization, control, and social authoritarianism.25 Whether they rely
on these restraints explicitly or implicitly, knowingly or unknowingly, is of
secondary importance. What is of primary importance is whether distinctively external procedural restraints can be isolated, in principle, and then
located unambiguously within existing civil societies, in practice. It is argued
throughout the remainder of this volume that social (and governmental)
units organized in the collegial form institutionalize external procedural restraints by their sheer presence. The direction of social change can be said to
be shifting inadvertently toward control and social authoritarianism, in practice, whenever encroachments against collegial formations are increasing.
The remainder of this volume is dedicated to demonstrating why this is the
case. It is dedicated to demonstrating why the sheer presence of collegial
formations within any modern civil society institutionalizes the distinctive
social infrastructure underlying both a nonauthoritarian direction of social
change and heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possibilities for
social integration.
Institutions of external substantive restraint (HA): the anachronism of tradition. Looking at external restraints generally, what exactly keeps any normative restraint on the drift of social change "external?" What prevents
any normative restraint from being generally perceived as favoring the
78
subjective interests of selected actors only, and thereby from being politicized and drawn into interest competition itself? Institutions and norms
lose their "external" status the moment that they can no longer credibly
claim grounding. This means that they have lost any possibility of being
recognized, understood, and accepted in common by heterogeneous actors
and competing groups. Once they have lost this possibility, they are readily
subordinated (a) to accommodating the outcomes of interest competition
and (b) to accommodating social and governmental units' immediate responses to systemic pressures of social change in their own immediate
interests.
This process of subordination is precisely what happened historically to
external substantive restraints or all traditional norms and institutions with
the onset of modernity and the fragmentation of meaning: One by one,
substantive traditions and valued social fabrics lost their "external" status
or capacity to sustain a credible claim to grounding against the emerging
sovereignty of actors' subjective interests. Their claims to grounding were
instead successfully challenged by emerging interests and systemic pressures within civil society (Habermas 1962, 1963a,b; Moore 1966; Friedrich
1972; Bendix 1978; Maclntyre 1981; Schluchter 1981; Luhmann 1990).
Institutions of external substantive restraint include, as one example,
absolute religious proscriptions against various types of commercial practices, including usury (Nelson 1949; Meszaros 1972: 28-33). They also
include, as other examples, absolute constitutional or statutory proscriptions (a) against interstate or international commerce, based on "natural
law" tenets, or (b) against naturalized citizenship, based on ascriptive
criteria. In short, all institutions of external substantive restraint without
exception run directly counter to the very thrust of modernity itself. They
run directly counter to the increasing heterogeneity of national populations and to the increasing functional differentiation of organizations and
institutions within modern civil societies. Put more positively, these institutions can contribute truly external restraints only when actors somehow
sustain a broad, unchallenged consensus regarding what is right and
wrong, true and false, in substance, in their everyday social lives. This is
rare in the modern world (but see Maclntyre 1981 and Braithwaite 1989
for intriguing calls for renascence, and Bloom 1987 for a polemic based
implicitly on this).
Under modern conditions of drift, those who would endeavor seriously
to maintain the integrity of substantive norms of religion or natural law
must rely, ultimately, on precisely those mechanisms of social control that
carry the greatest potential for degenerating into authoritarian excess.
Moreover, as they do so, the institutions of external substantive restraint
whose integrity they are endeavoring to maintain simultaneously lose their
79
normative qualities.26 They become strategic restraints, increasingly enforced by formal mechanisms of social control. This is the case, for instance, with those few nation-states that continue to uphold a state religion
(e.g. Iran, Israel, and various Arab states) - irrespective of what the substantive merits of their institutions and practices happen to be. It is also the
case with that far greater number of nation-states that continues to cast
citizenship in terms of ethnic, religious, or other ascriptive criteria rather
than in terms of more universal criteria.27
At this point a thesis of the theory of societal constitutionalism may be
stated bluntly: If an institution of external restraint is to contribute to a
nonauthoritarian direction of social change under modern conditions, and
also to heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration, it must remain a procedural mediation. Whatever its substantive impact
might be on organizations and institutions within a modern civil society, its
impact must remain mediated. It must remain consistent with actors' and
groups' ongoing behavioral fidelity to certain procedural norms.
Institutions of external procedural restraint (HB): the core of societal
constitutionalism
80
The distinctiveness of the collegial form. These three qualities are discussed at length in the remainder of this volume. For the moment, it is
worth repeating that external procedural restraints are institutionalized
exclusively by the sheer presence of collegial formations. And collegial
formations may be defined in the following way for present purposes:
Collegial formations are deliberative and professional bodies wherein
heterogeneous actors and competing groups maintain the threshold of
interpretability of shared social duties as they endeavor to describe
and explain (or create and maintain) qualities in social life or in natural
events.
This definition is repeated in chapter 8, and explored at length within the
context of a discussion of organizational forms and a more developed presentation of the theory of societal constitutionalism. For now, the most that
can be said is that these formations cannot be distinguished from other
organizational forms by any of the substantive projects to which their
members happen to dedicate them in any particular instance. They are
rather distinguished by the procedural norms that distinguish this particular
organizational form from bureaucratic, democratic, or partron-client forms
of organization. At the moment that members of any collegial formation
encroach behaviorally against the integrity of this form's distinctive procedural norms, they undermine this form's continued presence. Encroachments against these procedural norms do not affect any other organizational form in this way. Nor, certainly, do they affect economic and political
marketplaces in this way.
Given that its members' behavior is distinctive, whether the collegial
form of organization is in evidence within any sector, industry, or organization of a modern civil society is an eminently empirical question. Studies of
its presence or absence within any sector, industry, organization, or organizational division are amenable to falsification and, ultimately, to operationalization. Moreover, because this formation's impact of restraint is
invariant, this too renders the presence or absence of collegial formations
amenable to empirical study.
Where is the collegial form typically to be found? To the extent that it is
present at all within a modern civil society, it is the organizational form
distinctive to the professions in particular and to rule-making and deliberative bodies more generally. To the extent that it is present at all, it is
typically found not only within public and private research institutes, artistic and intellectual networks, and universities, but also within legislatures,
courts and commissions, professional associations, and for that matter, the
research divisions of private and public corporations, the rule-making bodies of nonprofit organizations, and even the directorates of public and
private corporations.29
81
Still, how can it be said that the sheer presence of collegial formations
institutionalizes external procedural restraints? How can it be said that
these restraints can credibly claim conceptual grounding against normative
relativism and the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests? How can it be
said that the impact of these restraints on drift is invariant, in practice?
Why do members of collegial formations exhibit behavioral fidelity to distinctive procedural norms, and how exactly do the members of these formations institutionalize external procedural restraints across entire sectors of
a civil society?
These are all legitimate questions, and all of them, and many more, must
be answered. But for now, in the context of this overview of internal and
external restraints, it is possible only to state in the most general terms how
institutions of external procedural restraint differ from institutions of internal restraint.
External and internal procedural restraints. Collegial formations institutionalize the social infrastructure underlying all nonauthoritarian social
orders today, whether Western or non-Western. Only by maintaining the
integrity of these formations can heterogeneous actors and competing
groups simultaneously restrain social and governmental units' independent, immediate responses to the systemic pressures of social change that
concerned Weber. If these responses are otherwise left unrestrained, they
invariably contribute, however inadvertently so, to increasing bureaucratization, control, and susceptibility to social authoritarianism. Only the presence of institutions of external procedural restraint within a civil society
can account for the possibility of nonauthoritarian social order under modern conditions, and thereby resolve the Weberian Dilemma directly. Correlatively, the absence of these institutions, or their loss of integrity and
subsequent disappearance, both accounts for and reflects an authoritarian
direction of social change under modern conditions. This holds true in
comparative perspective irrespective of whether most Western political institutions and economic practices are otherwise present within a particular
nation-state or not.
Thinking again of William's situation, consider the possibility that instead of Scott's demand being anomalous, it is consistent with the company's longstanding practices in approaching its research divisions.30 Managers never have been instructed that research divisions are to be treated
any differently than sales divisions, marketing divisions, or distribution
divisions. Quite to the contrary, they have been instructed that if they need
"results," then "results" had better be delivered - from any division. The
problem is that "equal treatment" of all divisions results inadvertently in
quite unequal effects and outcomes, precisely because research divisions
differ from all others in the form in which they are organized.
82
Once social scientists see that this form also happens to institutionalize
external procedural restraints by its sheer presence anywhere within a
civil society, they may make the following distinction within William's
lived situation: William's company may or may not be engaging in corporate crime. But it is indeed extending social control and contributing to
social authoritarianism. This remains the case irrespective of whether
corporate managers are doing so purposefully or inadvertently. By encroaching against the integrity of its research divisions' distinctive form of
organization, and thereby against the external procedural restraints that
only this form institutionalizes, managers' behavior is extending social
control and reducing heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possibilities for social integration. In this way, their contribution to drift at a
microsociological level also contributes, however incrementally so, to a
more macrosociological drift by their industry and sector of civil society.
The concept of external procedural restraints permits observing social
scientists to demonstrate this empirically, and in comparative perspective,
irrespective of whether the civil society in question is Western or nonWestern.
In short, the theory of societal constitutionalism revolves around the
interrelationship, in principle and in practice, between:
(a) one particular set of internal procedural restraints: Fuller's procedural threshold of interpret ability; and
(b) one particular institution of external procedural restraints: the
collegial form of organization.
The distinctive characteristics of Fuller's procedural threshold are discussed
in chapter 6 and collegial formations are discussed at length beginning in
chapter 8. For present purposes, the following may be asserted outside of the
conceptual context provided later in this volume: As long as members of
collegial formations maintain the integrity of their organizational form, this
contributes to external procedural restraints on any and all manifestations of
social authoritarianism, whether purposeful or inadvertent. To say that collegial formations institutionalize "external" procedural norms by their sheer
presence is to say that they do so: (a) irrespective of the subjective interests
of the heterogeneous actors and competing groups comprising their memberships, and (b) irrespective of the substantive projects to which these members dedicate their formations (as long as the projects remain mediated).
Social scientists may locate collegial formations with precision within
particular sectors, industries, and organizations, and even particular divisions of organizations. It cannot be assumed a priori, however, that all of
the sectors of the civil societies in which these formations will be found,
either today or historically, will invariably be those of Western democra-
83
84
SECTION II
Unlike the principles underlying any other legal theory, Lon Fuller's principles of "procedural legality" are interrelated with the form of organization
to which Talcott Parsons referred at various times as the "associational,"
the "ncwbureaucratic," and the "collegial." These Harvard colleagues
team-taught a course at the law school during the 1966-67 academic year,
and yet in two important respects Parsons's works remained unaffected by
this "collaboration." First, he never drew any connection between Fuller's
legal theory and his own explicit references to collegial formations, which
began only in the late 1960s, (1969a) or after this "collaboration." Second,
there is no evidence in Parsons's writings that he appreciated how incompatible conceptually Fuller's legal theory is with Weber's sociology of law.1
Parsons had been citing and referring to Weber's sociology of law for
four decades, and he continued to do so into the 1970s. Yet, in order to
work the conceptual implications of Fuller's view of law into his mature
theory, the AGIL schema, he would have had to stop this practice, and he
would have had to alter many of his own most basic concepts. This move
would have eliminated many of the most noticeable dead ends of his mature social theory. But by the late 1960s and early 1970s Parsons was
turning seventy, and was far too committed in too many ways to initiate a
project of literal conceptual renascence.
Because such changes are not suggested in Parsons's writings, whether
directly in texts or indirectly in footnotes, hermeneutics is not going to
reveal what the results might have been. And this is not the place, anyway,
to say another word about the AGIL schema. Instead, four steps may be
taken to demonstrate the interrelationship between Fuller's legal theory
and the collegial form of organization, and then to demonstrate the latter's
centrality to the theory of societal constitutionalism. These steps also provide an overview of chapters to follow. However, a major obstacle stands in
the way of taking even the first step: Fuller's work in particular and legal
theory generally is unfamiliar to social scientists, and a more familiar backdrop is needed against which to proceed. The purpose of the present chap87
88
89
90
The whole matter of how norms of any kind, including procedural ones,
can remain "external" to systemic drift and thereby challenge the sovereignty of subjective interests is very closely related to whether such norms
can credibly claim grounding on any standard of reason. After all, if normative procedures cannot sustain such a claim, how can they be expected to
assist heterogeneous actors and competing groups in recognizing and then
restraining the inadvertent drift toward control and authoritarianism that
concerned Weber? Yet, even if this claim is kept open, a question remains:
How exactly can normative procedures assist such actors and groups in
recognizing and restraining drift? These questions can only be answered by
first sharpening the concept of "external":
The second step, taken in chapter 7, is to reformulate Parsons's early
concept of voluntaristic action. It is distinguished analytically from the
broader concepts of normative action and nonrational action. Internal
and external procedural restraints are then revealed to be distinctively
voluntaristic (and possibly reasoned), and not normative or nonrational (and unreasoned).
The reformulated concept of voluntaristic action specifies how normative
procedures can remain "external" to drift and yet contribute to heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration rather than to
their demonstrable social control. The voluntaristic status of external procedural restraints also keeps open their claim to grounding on a procedural
standard of reason. In order for a nonauthoritarian social order to be a
possibility in the late twentieth century, heterogeneous actors and competing groups must institutionalize external procedural restraints.
The third step, taken in chapter 8, is to demonstrate that collegial
formations institutionalize external procedural restraints by their sheer
presence within a civil society. Unlike any other form of organization,
the collegial form is both voluntaristic and procedural. This unique
combination of analytical aspects simultaneously renders it "external"
and also possibly integrative and reasoned.
The fourth and final step, taken in chapters 9-11, is to elaborate the
implications for theory, research, and practice of the presence (and
absence) of collegial formations within modern civil societies.
5.2. Habermas's critique of Weber and later legal positivism
Weber's definitions of law are well known:
[L]aw [is an order] externally guaranteed by the probability that physical or psychological coercion will be applied by a staff of people in order to bring about compliance or avenge violation (Weber 1914-20: 34).
91
92
ance of legitimacy can, that is, be derived only from an "independent" [eigensinnigen] - that is, truth dependent - evolution of interpretation systems that systematically restricts the adaptive capacity of society. (Habermas 1973a: 97; 1979: 205-12)
Still, Habermas's work is quite distinct from that of other theorists
trained in either the Marxian or Frankfurt school tradition. He does not
dismiss law out of hand as a veil or a "reification" that invariably distorts
actors' subjective understandings of what their "real" situation is (1963b:
109-20; 1967a: 159, 165-7; other notable exceptions are Franz Neumann
1936 and Otto Kirchheimer in Burin and Shell 1969). Yet, like other neoMarxists and critical theorists, Habermas nonetheless concludes that "capitalistically modernized" legal institutions ultimately lack legitimacy. He
also insists that these legal institutions invariably contribute to, rather than
possibly slow or reverse, an inexorable, systemic drift toward what he calls
"legitimation crisis." He sees this crisis as imminent within all Western
democracies without exception (1973a; 1974; 1981a: 254-71, 412, note 49;
1982: 261-3, 281-3; 1984).6
Habermas's ambivalence toward law reflects the sophistication of his
concepts. They permit him simultaneously to insist that: (a) on the one
hand, Weber indeed was "basically a legal positivist" (1981a: 262; Kronman 1983: 4), and yet (b) on the other, certain normative (that is,
nonpositivist) qualities of law may be reasoned in a more generalizable
sense. Thus, he sees that Marxists err in reducing actors' subjective acceptance of any and all positive laws to their social control, manipulation, and
distorted understanding. But he also sees (1981a: 258-9) that Weber reduced the rationality of law to three characteristics. With these, Weber
rendered his concept of rational-legal legitimation consistent with his "onesided" view of purposive-rational social change more generally (see note
5):
(a) Weber's first characteristic of rational law, in Habermas's view, is
"positivity." A rational-legal social order is regulated by a sovereign
law-making body of one kind or another. This body, in turn, relies on
what Habermas calls "juridical means of organizing" social control
instead of coercing actors more directly.
(b) Weber's second characteristic of rational law is "legalism." Actors
who are legally controlled or protected are not defined as moral
agents. They are instead defined as possessors and consumers, as strategic pursuers of their own subjective interests (Holmes 1897; Grey
1989 for nuances).7
(c) Weber's final characteristic of rational law is "formality." Entire
domains of social life (economic and political marketplaces, in particular) are defined legally as amoral, as relatively unmediated by norms.
93
Within such arenas, actors are permitted to compete strictly strategically, on the basis of immediate - unmediated - self-interest.8
Habermas accepts that these three characteristics may well represent the
core of "bourgeois private law." But his point against Weber is that these
same three characteristics cannot be said, by Weber or anyone else, to
exhaust the normative (and possibly reasoned) components of law as such.9
Because Weber defined rational-legal legitimation so narrowly, so instrumentally, the only additional references to law that Habermas sees entering
into his work, and in particular into his account of why actors ever believe
that positive laws are "rational," are more ad hoc than methodical. These
include Weber's occasional references, in Habermas's words, to "procedures through which it [law] comes to pass." Habermas (1981a: 255-8)
ridicules Weber's references to procedures because the only procedures he
has in mind are those that instruct specialized enforcers how to maximize
the effectiveness of enforcement.10 These sorts of procedures need not be
directed to citizens at all since they are not designed to instruct citizens
regarding what the positive laws are. Nor are they designed to instruct
citizens regarding how they might adjust their behavior to avoid enforcers'
sanctions. They are designed to instruct enforcers regarding how they
might "rationalize" their exercises of collective power and other purposeful
mechanisms of social control (also Kronman 1983: 30). n
Lon Fuller also saw that legal positivists invariably treat legal procedures
as instructions that may, in principle, be directed exclusively to specialized
enforcers. Indeed, this is the central point at issue in any critique of legal
positivism: If the law is reducible to enforcers' instructions regarding how to
maximize enforcement, then enforcers' camaraderie and fidelity to chains
of command - not the interpretability of the law - becomes the only standard of legality as such. But if law is conceded to include instructions to
citizens regarding what their shared social duties are, then interpretability the duties' capacity to be recognized and understood in common even by
heterogeneous actors and competing groups - becomes an irreducible criterion of legality as such. Far more than Habermas, Fuller specified the
irreducible qualities of the law's (and duties') interpretability, and thereby
drove home more methodically than anyone else before or since the central
point at issue with legal positivism.
Fuller pointed out that it was Hans Kelsen, not Weber, who most explicitly and methodically elaborated the positivist approach to legal procedures
(see note 13). For Kelsen, legal procedures need never inform citizens
regarding the sorts of behavior prohibited (or facilitated) by positive laws.
Nor, for that matter, need they inform citizens regarding how specialized
enforcers are likely to act in typical (or possible) situations.12 Quite to the
94
contrary, the procedures Kelsen (and Weber) had in mind may be restricted, both in principle and in practice, to cues that enforcers exchange
strictly among themselves as they endeavor (a) to maintain consistency
across their own independent activities of enforcement, and thereby (b) to
maintain their own camaraderie or esprit de corps as enforcers. In these
ways legal procedures contribute exclusively to improving their effectiveness of enforcement, their rationalizing of purposeful mechanisms of social
control.13
Habermas's (and Fuller's) point against Weber's (and Kelsen's) narrow
approach to legal procedures is well taken. It reveals precisely why in the
passage below Weber used Autoritdt when referring to the relationship of
camaraderie between a chief and his staff, and why he then used Herrschaft
when referring to the relationship of command between a staff of enforcers
and the general population:
[A] system of domination may - as often occurs in practice - be so completely
protected, on the one hand by the obvious community of interests between the
chief and his administrative staff (bodyguards, Pr[a]etorians, "red" or "white"
guards) as opposed to the subjects, on the other hand by the helplessness of the
latter, that it can afford to drop even the pretense of a claim to legitimacy. But even
then the mode of legitimation of the relation between chief and his staff may vary
widely according to the type of basis [Autoritdtsgrundlage] of the relation of the
authority between them, and, as will be shown, this variation is highly significant
for the structure of domination [Struktur der Herrschaft]. (Weber 1914-20: 214, my
emphasis)14
95
96
power holders' and enforcers' instructions. After all is said and done, for
Weber as for legal positivists ever since, rational-legal domination is at its
core as unreasoned as traditional domination; for that matter, it is as unreasoned as charismatic impositions of social control. The increasing numbers of legal experts dedicated to enforcing legal domination, and the
increasing complexity of the formalities and procedures by which they
operate, merely "lengthen the path to [the citizens' questioning] legitimation" (Habermas 1981a: 269; 1982: 314-15). None render law any more
reasoned or warranted.
5.3. Habermas's alternative: communicative action or procedural
reason
5.3.7. Purposive rationality and procedural reason
Habermas insists that in order for any standard of reason to be generalizable today, in order for there to be a standard of reason grounded conceptually against normative relativism, it must remain a procedural mediation.
He accepts from the outset Weber's pathos (chapter 3) regarding drift
precisely because he concedes that modernity is indeed characterized by an
ongoing fragmentation of meaning. Habermas emphasizes that the fragmentation of the "substantial unity of reason" is immutable. This is why he
insists - against other neo-Marxists, and his own teachers - that any standard of reason today that can credibly claim grounding against normative
relativism cannot itself be "objective" or directly substantive (1981a: chapter 4). Heterogeneous actors and competing groups cannot secure procedurally unmediated access to any "objective" or substantive standard of
reason anyway. They cannot secure procedurally unmediated access to
objective "facts" in the world, for instance, nor, for that matter, to an
intersubjective recognition and understanding of complex social events.15
Indeed, one of the most important theses in Habermas's entire body of
work is one that is both conditional and indirect: / / there are irreducible
qualities of reasoned social action that are indeed distinctively procedural,
then any social action that violates the integrity of these qualities cannot
contribute to reasoned social action.16 It cannot do so irrespective of what
the substance or content of these social actions happens to be, or what
actors' normative motivations or subjective interests might have been in
carrying them out. It also cannot contribute to reasoned social action irrespective of whether actors believe subjectively that their social action is
otherwise legitimate, or whether they violated these procedural qualities
unawares rather than purposefully.
What is a substantive standard of water pollution, for instance, that
might reveal to social scientists when pollution enforcement is "reasoned"
97
98
99
100
101
102
own lived social fabrics. Only within and through communication communities of one kind or another do researchers or actors ever discover that certain
"protocol statements" - particular descriptions of natural or social events are superior to others (see Popper 1934 on protocol statements). Second, the
quality of communication within any particular community - whether it is
distorted or not - may itself be described and evaluated on the basis of the
limiting case of nondistorted communication.
Habermas insists that whatever limitations a "consensus theory" of truth
and reason might have, it is nonetheless more fundamental epistemologically than any copy theory or any variation of realism or positivism.22 Indeed, at the most basic level, the level of interpersonal communication,
Habermas refers to these procedural qualities of truth or reason as "universal pragmatics." This term suggests conceptual grounding and generalizability: Universal syntactics (as presented by Noam Chomsky) proposes that a
conceptually grounded grammatical code delimits those sentences that can
possibly be constructed within any written language. Habermas's universal
pragmatics, in turn, delimits those "speech acts" that can possibly be understood within any spoken language. It is only possible for speakers to arrive at
mutual - nonmanipulated, nondistorted - understandings of each other's
"speech acts" (Austin's term) if the latter exhibit fidelity to universal pragmatics under the conditions of the ideal speech situation. Speakers' mutual
understandings of speech acts under these conditions, in turn, are the irreducible foundation upon which any intersubjective recognition of objective
truth as well as of reasoned social action rests.23
5.3.4. The ideal speech situation: claiming an idealized grounding
Rather than exploring universal pragmatics in detail, it is sufficient for
present purposes to address the "ideal speech situation."24 Only within the
latter, after all, can speakers' "discourse" and mutual understandings of
speech acts be fully realized. Within the ideal speech situation: "[Participants do not exchange information [about states of affairs in the world], do
not direct or carry out actions [in the world], do not have or communicate
[particular] experiences. [IJnstead [they] . . . search for arguments or offer
justifications" for their descriptions and evaluations of events or actions in
social life that are of interest to them (Habermas 1971: 18-19).
A speech situation is ideal to the extent that it takes place under three
conditions, and Habermas himself acknowledges that these conditions render this situation "counterfactual" and "unreal." It is a limiting case standard rather than a practicable situation. First, participants within the ideal
speech situation "suspend" all of their presuppositions regarding "objective" constraints on social actions. All such purported "conditions" are
treated, at least initially, as contingent or negotiable rather than as immuta-
103
ble.25 Each participant temporarily treats any and all proposals for social
action as potentially practicable. This community thought experiment permits participants (a) to "neutralize" not only whatever personal "motives"
they may have for unduly limiting alternatives but also (b) to "neutralize"
the influence of their institutional affiliations and material resources outside the situation.26 In this way, participants develop a "cooperative readiness to arrive at an understanding" based strictly on each proposal's merits
as an argument. Second, and as a result, the validity of any proposal is
assessed independently of any consideration of the proposer's social standing outside of the speech situation. Third, participants "suspend" their
earlier "assumptions" even regarding which types of statements or arguments are typically valid (1973c: 255-61; 1981a: 17-19, 22-42; 1982: 241).
Habermas insists that these three conditions ensure that all present and
potential participants may "validate" statements, or influence others' assessments of statements, through the quality of their arguments alone. This is his
"universalization thesis." It is, essentially, a thesis of absolute - unmediated, unconstrained - democratization within and around the ideal speech
situation. Indeed, what Habermas means by the very term "ideal speech
situation" is a situation in which every actor's unrestrained access to, as well
as subsequently unrestrained participation within, artificially protected arenas of discourse is guaranteed without exception.27 He refers to the same
guarantee as the "symmetry-requirement" of discourse (1973c: 255-61;
1981a: 17-19, 22-6; 1982: 235-6, 241, 255-8, 262-3).28 The social action
that results from nondistorted communication is "communicative action."
Unlike rational action, communicative action is tied to a "more comprehensive" concept of reason.
Habermas insists that the substantive impact of communicative action, in
practice, is likely to vary greatly from group to group and from social unit
to social unit. Yet, he also insists that all of the major institutions of the
Western democracies are, without exception, too far removed from meeting the procedural requirements of communicative action to qualify as
reasoned. One unfortunate result of this absolutism, however, is that
Habermas cannot draw examples of communicative action from contemporary institutional or organizational practices.29 He can draw examples only
from interpersonal relationships.30 He refers to psychoanalysis in particular
as an exemplar of how willing participants push ordinary speech toward
"depth hermeneutics" and communicative action: The analyst employs
"depth hermeneutics" to remove phobias or deep-seated "distortions" in
the analysand's understanding of his or her life-world. The analysand, of
course, willingly visits the analyst precisely in order to have these removed.
The analyst's task is to make it possible for the analysand to engage in
reasoned discourse, and then in reasoned or communicative action (1968a:
chapters 10-12; 1971: 28-32, 37-40; 1981a: 20-1, 41-2).
104
105
106
The Harvard legal theorist, Lon Fuller (1902-78), and the Oxford legal
theorist, H.L.A. Hart (1907-), were undeniably the English-speaking
world's most respected and influential legal theorists from the 1950s
through the 1970s, and their influence persists today. Robert Summers
(1984: 2) calls Fuller the "greatest proceduralist in the history of legal
theory," and ranks him as one of the four most important American legal
theorists of the past 100 years, the other three being Oliver Wendell
Holmes, Roscoe Pound, and Karl Llewellyn (1984: 1). Indeed, in 1948
Fuller succeeded Pound in the Carter Professorship of General Jurisprudence, after nearly a decade on the faculty at Harvard Law School. Aside
from The Morality of Law (1964/1969), Fuller is best remembered for his
debates over legal positivism in the 1950s, first with Ernest Nagel (see
chapter 5, note 2), and then Hart.1 The latter exchange "was perhaps the
most interesting and illuminating exchange of views on basic issues of legal
theory to appear in English in this century" (Summers 1984: 10).2
It is important to point out, however, that in the great debate over legal
formalism and legal realism that raged in the United States in the 1930s,
this future "greatest proceduralist" took the side of legal formalism's critics. Unlike the legal realists of his day who were advising legal scholars to
describe judges' behavior as such, however, the young Fuller emphasized
the importance of studying the reasons judges offer for their decisions and
behavior. His point against Holmes (1897) and then the legal realists of his
own generation was that the meaning of judges' behavior can seldom be
gleaned from direct observation alone.3 Judges' behavior can only be understood, and thereby accurately described and explained, he insisted, once
observers have fathomed what the judges within any legal system are endeavoring to accomplish in the first place.
Put in more general terms, Fuller was intrigued by the social interactions
underlying any legal system, and how increasingly complex social interactions are both reflected in, and shaped by, the law.
One can imagine a small group - transplanted, say, to some tropical island - living
successfully together with only the guidance of certain shared standards of conduct,
107
108
these standards having been shaped in various indirect and informal ways by experience and education. What may be called the legal experience mightfirstcome to
such a society when it selected a committee to draw up an authoritative statement of
the accepted standards of conduct (Fuller 1964/1969: 130; also 205-6).
Though it can be said that law and [substantive] morality share certain concerns for example, that rules should be clear - it is as these concerns become increasingly
the objects of an explicit responsibility that a legal system is created (Fuller 1964/
1969: 131).
Thus, Fuller saw the law framing complex social interactions, not behavior
that is somehow accessible to discrete observations. Such an approach to
law is, of course, as sociological as can be. In many respects, Fuller's legal
theory may legitimately be labeled today a critical variant of symbolic
interactionism. Whereas symbolic interactionists (and legal realists) accede
to the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests and normative relativism
as they describe social behavior, Fuller was confident that he had located
something of a contemporary Archimedean point. He was confident that
his claim to conceptually ground researchers' (or actors') critical descriptions of existing legal systems was credible. Yet, he explicitly acknowledged
that his own work failed to establish this, and that it needed to be linked to
a communication theory in order to do so (1964/1969: 184-6).
Why has Fuller's legal theory had so little direct impact on the social
sciences, including the sociology of law? As is the case with any theory in
the social sciences that claims conceptual grounding, sociologists hastily
label Fuller's legal theory "normative." This happens whenever a conceptual framework is merely kept open to the possibility that there is a concept
of reasoned social action beyond the narrow norm of rational action. With
this conceptual openness, the theorist is refusing to accede a priori to
relativism, and to the ideology of the presupposition of exhausted possibilities. Given the conventional wisdom in the social sciences regarding the
acceptability of this presupposition and the unacceptability of the concept
of reason, sociologists fail to appreciate the many respects in which their
abandoning of the concept of reasoned social action narrows the scope of
empirical research (see chapter 10 for elaboration).4
Still, as noted in chapter 5, Fuller team-taught a course at Harvard Law
School with Talcott Parsons, the Harvard sociologist, and each theorist
became noticeably influenced by the other's work and terminology. There
are both personal and theoretical reasons why Parsons became increasingly
attracted to Fuller's legal theory late in his career. On the one hand, each
theorist already had reached the apex of his respective field when they met,
and they were also age cohorts - born the same year (1902) and later
passing away within one year (Fuller in 1978 and Parsons in 1979). Equally
importantly, Parsons's analytical concepts also were designed to challenge
the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests and escape normative relativism
109
(see chapter 5, note 4). This renders his social theory intrinsically critical,
irrespective of how Parsons himself happened to label it, and irrespective
of how it has been labeled in the discipline (Sciulli in preparation, a).
Indeed, it is fair to say that Parsons and Fuller independently developed
the conceptual foundations of a decidedly non-Marxist approach to critical
theory. Given that Habermas's communication theory departs so substantially from core concepts of the Marxist tradition, a synthesis of these three
theorists' central concepts follows far more readily than might be expected
at first glance.
6.1. Procedural legality as irreducible threshold: Fuller's
contribution to the social sciences
Like Weber, Lon Fuller also rejected Lockean liberals' optimism regarding
the drift of social change. Instead he operated implicitly on the basis of
three very Weberian positions. First, he assumed that all social and governmental units within all modern nation-states respond in one way or another
to systemic pressures of change. Second, he acknowledged that actors
experience this as a fragmentation of "meaning," a literal sense of drift.
Third, and most importantly, he insisted that any social order resulting
from social and governmental units' normatively unmediated pursuit of
their own interests under these conditions is more likely to be controlling
and authoritarian than benign.
Unlike Weber, however, Fuller's central concern was to address directly
how a nonauthoritarian social order is possible in the mid- and late twentieth century. By posing the following dual problem, he developed a distinction that anticipated Habermas's later critique of Weber and broader
reasoned/unreasoned distinction: First, as bureaucratically organized enforcers enforce positive laws under modern conditions of drift, they are just
as capable of effectively enforcing arbitrary decrees as they are capable of
effectively enforcing responsible laws. Second, the actors subjected to effective enforcement are just as capable of becoming convinced subjectively
that decrees are rational-legal, and thereby legitimate, as they are that
responsible laws are rational-legal. In Fuller's terms, the question is: How
can social scientists distinguish in comparative perspective when a nationstate's effectively enforced positive laws are becoming either more arbitrary or more responsible?5
The importance of Fuller's resulting lawless/lawful distinction is that it
would allow social scientists to recognize purposefully arbitrary exercises of
collective power irrespective of whether a nation-state's existing positive
laws qualify as rational-legal in Weber's sense, and irrespective of whether
actors accept their legitimacy as such. Just as importantly, Fuller's distinction is consistent conceptually with Habermas's communication theory,
110
Fuller's contribution may be put into the terminology of societal constitutionalism rather than left restricted to references to law alone: He offers the
social sciences an irreducible threshold of internal procedural restraints.
Heterogeneous actors and competing groups rely on this procedural threshold, in practice, whenever they simply recognize and understand in common the shared social duties being sanctioned within any complex social
unit. Social scientists may employ the same procedural threshold to specify:
(a) When the positive laws being enforced within any modern nationstate are arbitrary (and thereby controlling).
(b) When the shared social duties being sanctioned with any social unit
are demonstrably controlling (and, of course, manipulative and distorting in Habermas's sense).
(c) When acknowledged ranges of expectations of what is acceptable
behavior within any social unit contribute to actors' unnecessary selfrestriction (chapter 2).
For two reasons, Fuller never extended his threshold in this way, from law
in particular to shared social duties in general. First, he never explicitly
interrelated his procedural threshold to a communication theory and
grounded standard of procedural reason. Second, he never interrelated his
procedural threshold to a particular form of organization. Given the presentation of the theory of societal constitutionalism to this point, this extension
is incorporated into the discussion of Fuller's legal theory below even
though these two interrelationships have yet to be explored methodically.
111
(1964/1969: 46-84) concentrated, therefore, on specifying those procedural qualities that distinguish law proper from any and all other mechanisms of social control, including well-enforced decrees (see Black 1984
for an impressive review of such mechanisms).8 As noted above, he did
not argue that these procedural qualities distinguish instances of heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration from in-
112
stances of their demonstrable social control (see Fuller 1966, 1969b, plus
1981). Yet, his references to law may be generalized in this way, and the
first step is to substitute the phrase "shared social duties" for his references to law.9
With this substitution, it may be said that heterogenous actors and competing groups are capable of recognizing and understanding what their
shared social duties are only when the latter are kept consistent with all
eight of the following procedural restraints:
1. Generality. In order possibly to be integrative, a system of shared
social duties must be applicable, in principle, to all actors and groups irrespective of whether they are acceptable to them in substance or not.
The case-by-case approach taken by regulatory agencies, Fuller notes, may
in time become divorced from generality, and lead to inadvertent exercises
of arbitrary power by entire agencies of enforcement (see Hawkins 1984:
33-5 for a clear example in Great Britain). Whether agencies' rulings are
enforced effectively, or whether they continue to be accepted subjectively
by most actors as "right" or "lawful," does not somehow keep them possibly integrative once they encroach against the principle of generality.
2. Promulgation. Although it is not necessary for every actor to be able
to understand the meaning of every shared social duty, it must be possible
for those who are most interested in, or affected by, particular duties to
keep themselves informed regarding authorities' intent.10 After all, actors
less informed (the majority) tend to be influenced by the acceptance or
criticism of sanctioned social duties by those more informed (the minority).
3. Prospectivity. Within a system of prospective rules, situations may well
arise in which retroactive rulings are acceptable and necessary. This is the
case when, as examples: courts confer validity on marriages that had not
been conducted properly, appellate courts overturn lower court decisions
or alter legal doctrine, and legislatures amend the tax code. But retroactive
enactments of shared social duties must remain exceptional efforts, mere
fine-tuning of prospective duties. It must remain clear to everyone that
they are indeed exceptional. Thus, as appellate courts overturn or substantially alter their own decisions within ever shorter periods of time, or as the
tax code is endlessly revised, the prospectivity/retroactivity distinction is
being blurred.
4. Clarity. Beyond the obligation not to violate explicit constitutional
provisions, any lawmaking body, whether in government or the "private"
sector, has a responsibility to keep the shared social duties that it is sanctioning sufficiently clear. Both actors and enforcers alike must be able to recognize compliance and noncompliance unambiguously (Brennan and Buchanan 1985: 109).
5. Noncontradiction. Shared social duties are seldom in violation of
"contrariety" (that is, A, not-A, or punishing an actor for doing what he or
113
she was ordered to do). But they must also avoid "contradiction." They
must avoid becoming incompatible or repugnant, and thereby failing to
correspond to any sensible legislative purpose. For instance, a right to
freedom of assembly is meaningless if groups find it difficult to secure
demonstration permits.
6. Possibility. All eight principles, according to Fuller, may be logically
reduced to this requirement. Shared social duties must avoid requiring
conduct of actors that is beyond their abilities to perform. For example,
shared social duties cannot require actors to alter their ascriptive characteristics in order to enter the civil service or to escape prosecution. Impossible
duties - duties that are secret, retroactive, unclear, or contradictory allow power holders selectively to eliminate real or imagined political opponents. Since all actors are in principle placed in jeopardy by such duties,
particular power holders are free to select where and when to apply sanctions, quite irrespective of actors' behavior.
7. Constancy. This is self-explanatory, but it also provides the basis for
the harshest criticism of contemporary rule-making in the United States
and advanced societies generally. Across the West, legislatures, courts,
professional associations, and many other organizations ceaselessly accommodate interest lobbying (and political party logrolling) at the expense of
institutional consistency or even institutional memory (Vile 1967; Lowi
1969; Hayek 1973-9; Luhmann 1990 sees this as a virtue of system
"autopoiesis").
8. Congruence. Declared social duties must be in congruence with officials' actions. Fuller says this principle is the most complex, and most
interrelated with rule makers' substantive concerns. He notes that breakdowns in congruence may be traced to many factors, including: mistaken
interpretation, inaccessibility of the law, lack of insight into what is required to maintain the integrity of the legal system, bribery, prejudice,
indifference, stupidity, and a drive for personal power. The means used to
maintain congruence also may vary from nation-state to nation-state, including: procedural due process, habeas corpus and right to appeal, and
consistency in statutes and constitutional principles.
As noted above, these qualities do not merely ground the lawful/lawless
distinction, as Fuller held. They mark a threshold of interpretability of (a)
shared social duties (b) acknowledged ranges of expectations, and (c) the
mechanisms of social control employed in their support. Whether the
shared social duties sanctioned within any complex social unit remain consistent with these threshold restraints, and power holders do not in time
resort to mechanisms of social control that encroach against them, is a
strictly empirical issue. This is an issue amenable to detailed, falsifiable
studies, and ultimately to operationalization. Unlike Habermas's limiting
case of procedural reason, the threshold restraints are by no means coun-
114
terfactual. They are rather the most irreducible first step that any set of
heterogeneous actors or competing groups takes whenever they recognize
in common, and then restrain collectively, purposefully arbitrary exercises
of collective power or mechanisms of social control. This holds true within
any sector, industry, or organization of a modern civil society, and, for that
matter, within any division of a particular organization. Because this threshold marks an irreducible first step in recognizing the undue narrowness of
even subtle forms of social control, it also opens the way to addressing the
inadvertent arbitrariness of drift at the center of the Weberian Dilemma.
This opening is carried through in chapter 8 by demonstrating that collegial
formations institutionalize shared social duties that remain consistent with
this threshold.
Preliminary criticisms of natural law, liberalism, and Marxism. Being pro-
cedural, Fuller's threshold restraints are much less robust and substantial
than moral theories proper, including traditional theories of natural law
and natural right. Their successful institutionalization by no means brings
the "good life" any nearer to realization. Quite to the contrary, their successful institutionalization ensures only two things. First, it ensures that the
"good life," whatever it might entail in substance, remains a possibility to
which actors and groups may (or may not) continue to aspire. And, second,
it ensures, in the meantime, that the most coercive, manipulative, or distorting purposeful mechanisms of social control can be recognized by heterogeneous actors and competing groups in common, and then possibly restrained by them collectively.11
Regardless, these threshold restraints are the most fundamental contribution of constitutional and liberal traditions. They are more basic to
nonauthoritarian social order in the late twentieth century than the division
of powers, individuals' "natural rights," a market economy, or competing
interest groups, political parties, and timely elections. Rather than being
intrinsically integrative, all of these institutions are readily converted into
mechanisms of social control once power holders encroach against the threshold of interpretability of shared social duties. A democratic electorate that
votes freely for candidates who issue unclear or contradictory decrees in
the "national interest," for instance, converts elections, competing political
parties, and even voters' own first amendment freedoms into mechanisms
of actors' demonstrable social control. It increases a nation-state's susceptibility to social authoritarianism. Putting this point more generally, a sharp
distinction can be drawn between (a) whether a candidate's claim to hold
an office is warranted, either by an election or appointment, and (b)
whether the candidate's (or the electorate's) subsequent actions are consistent with the threshold of interpretability. The former claim hinges entirely
on actors' subjective acceptance of election outcomes, but the latter actions
115
116
117
118
indeed essential to the social infrastructure noted above become negotiable. Their enforcement becomes more uncertain than certain. Heterogeneous actors and competing groups no longer routinely acknowledge these
ranges in common. Nor, of course, do they routinely exhibit behavioral
fidelity to them. As a result, it becomes inordinately difficult for these
actors and groups to devote as much time as they once had to publicly
pursuing their own most lofty aspirations; the social infrastructure once
supporting this is giving way to uncertainty.
To take an extreme example, breakdowns of basic law and order in
inner-city residential areas have this unfortunate effect. Residents become
so inordinately concerned about their personal safety that, too often, their
publicly pursued aspirations tumble readily from lofty heights. Is it unfair
to think in particular of selected neighborhoods within Harlem, the South
Bronx, and Bedford Stuyvesant, to consider only three boroughs in New
York City, as fluctuating back and forth in this respect from, say, the 1920s
through the late 1980s? When personal safety turns out, in practice, to be
more a personal and collective aspiration than part of an irreducible social
infrastructure, all other publicly pursued aspirations are placed in jeopardy.
More and more of them tumble from their lofty "ceiling" as the basic
"floor" supporting them becomes shaky.
Consider what happens, in turn, when any particular public aspiration any exemplary way of life or valued social fabric - is overextended by
being sanctioned as a set of mandatory performances or basic social duties.
Once enforcers treat any public aspiration in this way, they simultaneously
(a) narrow the range of aspirations to which actors can possibly dedicate
most of their time, and, for that matter, (b) reduce the amount of time
actors can possibly dedicate even to those optional public aspirations that
remain consistent with this narrow range. Enforcers are endeavoring, after
all, to sanction some particular lived social fabric as a "duty," a set of
mandatory performances. With this, the "floor" of any social order - its
irreducible social infrastructure - is elevated. It is raised closer to the "ceiling" of public aspirations, as once optional or even exemplary performances are sanctioned as mandatory performances. Aside from narrowing
the range of acceptable public aspirations, this renders truly basic social
duties much more difficult for heterogeneous actors and competing groups
to recognize in common, and for enforcers to enforce consistently.
Any state religion has this effect under modern conditions, irrespective
of how benign its enforcement might be. Prohibition in the United States is
another often-cited example of such an overextension. Contemporary examples in the United States include: current drug enforcement policies, the
possible criminalization of abortion, and Catharine MacKinnon's (1983)
proposed reform of rape laws.
119
120
nisms of social control are: (a) generalizable, and thereby capable of being
recognized and understood in common even by heterogeneous actors and
competing groups, and when they are (b) particular, and in principle incapable of being recognized and understood by such actors and groups in common. The second step, then, is to specify when enforcement agencies have indeed moved so far in either direction of overextension, whether purposefully
or inadvertently, that heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' recognition and understanding of their shared social duties becomes contingent or
uncertain. At these moments, a culture of evasion has been institutionalized.
Thus, selective enforcement under practical restrictions of scarce time and
scarce resources is one thing (e.g. Goldstein 1977; Sherman 1978). But
selective enforcement that could not possibly be kept consistent with the threshold of procedural restraints, even if all practical restrictions were lifted, is quite
another. What must be emphasized is that the second step noted above may
well be taken, in practice, as (a) the effectiveness of enforcement is improving impressively, as reflected in dramatic reductions in quantifiable indices
of criminality and deviance. It may also be taken as (b) the popularity or
subjective legitimacy of enforcement agencies either remains unquestioned
or improves. Even acknowledging, therefore, that the "real world" of selective enforcement is immutably grey, aspirations and duties nonetheless remain irreducible analytically. And yet, what is equally certain is that heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' sense of when the encroachments
marking the second step are occurring is not likely to be immediate. It is not
likely to be based strictly on the substantive issues involved.
This is precisely why Fuller insisted that only a threshold of distinctively
procedural restraints can possibly allow these groups and actors (and social
scientists) to recognize in common when the very direction of change of
rule-making and rule-enforcing enterprises is shifting (Fuller 1964/1969:
27-30). This is also why it was said earlier that the threshold of interpretability establishes something of an Archimedean point within the greyness
of the "real world." There is indeed a most basic social duty shared by the
members of any rule-making or rule-enforcing body that contributes in any
way to heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration rather than to their demonstrable social control. Their most basic
social duty qua members of this body, rather than qua well-socialized individuals, is, simply, to maintain its integrity despite enormous systemic pressures of drift to the contrary. This holds true, moreover, irrespective of
whether such a body is found within a Western democracy or not.
Indeed, members' ongoing refusal to allow this body's integrity to be
subordinated to the end of maximizing the effectiveness of enforcement, or
to becoming a strictly rational instrument of manipulation, control, and
coercion, simultaneously becomes their loftiest, ongoing aspiration qua
members.25 By contrast, at the moment that they permit encroachments
121
against the integrity of the threshold of interpretability, they are simultaneously permitting this body's integrity to be subordinated in this way.
Whether permitted purposefully or inadvertently, such encroachments signal that the members of any law-making or law-enforcing body are failing
to ensure that the shared social duties they are formulating, announcing,
and enforcing are being kept recognizable and understandable. Encroachments signal that they are failing to maintain the only normative orientation
that allows them, or anyone else, to recognize when their own activities of
rule-making or rule-enforcing are anything other than manipulative, controlling, and coercive. Encroachments signal that the social infrastructure
that can possibly support grander public aspirations of any kind, including
actors' possible social integration, is being jeopardized.
6.2. Three foundations of societal constitutionalism: procedural
grounding, procedural threshold, and procedural formation
122
123
124
sees all legal and moral theories that fall within the broad category of
"cognitivist ethics" endeavoring to secure "abstract universality" rather
than "basing" normative positions on actors' mere habitual behavior or
subjective interests. This category encompasses (a) liberal contract theories, (b) Kantian principles of morality, and (c) Habermas's own theory of
communicative action or "procedural reason."
Another, related reason for Habermas's ambivalent reading of "bourgeois legality" is contained in the following passage:
Legal proceedings and the working out of compromises can serve as examples of
argumentation organized as disputation; scientific and moral discussions, as well as
art criticism can serve as examples of argumentation set up as a process of reaching
agreement. (Habermas 1981a: 35)
Rather than treating courtroom proceedings as reducible to strategic or
manipulative action, divorced entirely from reason or communicative action, Habermas sees them "as a special case of practical discourse" (1981a:
412, note 49).
Thus, all arguments . . . require the same basic form of organization, which subordinates the eristic means to the end of developing intersubjective conviction by the
force of the better argument. (1981a: 36, my emphasis)
Like speech within any deliberative or professional body, that is, even
Western courtrooms retain elements of communicative action.29
Yet, even with this ambivalence, Habermas nonetheless follows Weber
(and Marx, and then Lukacs and neo-Marxism generally) in failing to
appreciate the distinctiveness of the common-law tradition within liberalism, and its critical potential (this is particularly evident in his first work,
Strukturwandel 1962). Whether shared social duties can be recognized and
understood in common by heterogeneous actors and competing groups is
an issue distinct from the sovereignty of subjective interests underlying all
liberal contract theories, and Kantian ethics as well. The former issue
cannot be reduced to whether actors are acting on their subjective interests
"freely" or independently within economic and political marketplaces. To
read the jurist Sir Edward Coke or Solicitor General of England William
Murray (later Lord Mansfield) as unwitting apologists for the same market
society that Thomas Hobbes depicted so methodically is as great a distortion as to read Hobbes as a "bourgeois" theorist preoccupied with internal
procedural restraints on arbitrary power.30 The threshold of interpret ability
of shared social duties indeed marks a normative standard of comparison
rather than a rational - strictly instrumental or strategic - standard. Yet, it
can credibly claim generalizability as possibly reasoned in Habermas's
sense, and it underlies the social integration/social control distinction informing the theory of societal constitutionalism.
Put differently, Habermas has never addressed the possibility that the
125
claim to "abstract universality" by internal procedural restraints on government is just as credible as the claim he makes for his own principles of procedural reason. What is more, the threshold of interpretability at the center
of these internal procedural restraints is irreducible to any possible nonauthoritarian social order, and thereby generalizable. Yet, it is eminently
practicable rather than idealized. The point at issue may be put to Habermas
directly: Even if all actors who aspire to communicative action are as "rationally motivated" as he could ever hope, they would nonetheless genuinely
and sincerely disagree, and at every point along the way, as to whether their
own actions were indeed progressing toward or regressing from this ideal.
Should they aspire to communicative action withoutfirstinstitutionalizing internal procedural restraints, that is, they would invariably contribute to social
control and increase a nation-state's susceptibility to social authoritarianism even if they did so inadvertently rather than purposefully.
Thus, even if universal pragmatics is generalizable at the level of actors'
most basic interpersonal communications, as Habermas insists, he cannot
expect heterogeneous actors and competing groups somehow to share "intuitively" a recognition and understanding of when exercises of collective
power or mechanisms of social control are either controlling or integrative,
arbitrary or responsible. To couple Habermas's lofty aspiration of procedural reason with the typical ambiguities, misunderstandings, and miscommunications that heterogeneous actors and competing groups invariably
experience within any complex social situation is to reveal two flaws in
Habermas's work, the first of which he himself acknowledges. First, it reveals that his communication theory is distanced from empirical application,
in research (Habermas 1971). Second, it reveals that his communication
theory offers unnecessarily wide latitude to demagogues, in practice. Demagogues may readily feign fidelity to "communicative action," as one aspiration within some purportedly long-term "plan" of social democracy (or of
libertarian license). Even worse, they may cite the authority of what
Habermas calls "therapeutic critique" to silence critics, those who question
the sincerity of their self-declared fidelity to Habermas's principles (Habermas, 1968a: chapters 10-12; 1971: 28-32, 37-40; 1981a: 20-1, 41-2).
All of this changes, however, once the mediation provided by a practicable, procedural threshold is brought into the picture. The same critics, with
the same demagogues among them, may now readily and unambiguously
recognize in common, and at every step along the way, at least whether
power holders' behavior exhibits fidelity to internal procedural restraints.
The latter restraints differ in two important respects from Habermas's
procedural aspiration: First, as noted above, these threshold restraints are
practicable rather than idealized or "unreal." They may be, and indeed
have been, institutionalized (however temporarily at times) within many
modern nation-states. Beyond courts, legislatures, boards, and commis-
126
sions, they have been institutionalized within universities; public and private research centers; research divisions of private corporations; professional associations; intellectual, literary, and artistic networks; and even
selected corporate directorates.31 By contrast, procedural reason has never
been institutionalized, nor can it be. It is a social aspiration.
Second, and equally importantly, the threshold of internal procedural
restraints differs from Habermas's procedural aspiration in that power holders may employ material sanctions and even physical force to uphold the
threshold's integrity without placing all actors in jeopardy. Indeed, sanctions supporting the threshold of internal procedural restraints remain consistent with actors' possible social integration even if these sanctions include
manifest coercion. In other words, social scientists cannot legitimately reduce any and all instances of coercion (or collective force) to social control
analytically.212 By contrast, coercive sanctions employed in support of actors' unmediated pursuit of the ideal speech situation cannot avoid extending and intensifying social control - irrespective of what actors' subjective
interests or normative motivations happen to be.
Habermas's concern that Western democracies face an imminent legitimation crisis will remain insignificant empirically (Weil 1987, 1989), until
some modern nation-state (a) begins to compete materially with Western
democracies, and simultaneously (b) institutionalizes internal procedural
restraints, at the very least. Neither of these projects is beyond the existing
capabilities of several nation-states outside the West. There are no empirical, historical, or cultural factors that permit comparativists to presuppose,
for instance, that existing economic advantages enjoyed by the Western
democracies and Japan are anything other than a state of affairs quite
idiosyncratic to the mid- and late twentieth century.33 The matter of extending internal procedural restraints into civil societies outside of the West is
addressed at length in chapters 9-10.
Interrelating the procedural threshold and procedural grounding. The rela-
tionship between the procedural threshold of interpretability and Habermas's procedural grounding may be elaborated in three steps:
First, the threshold restraints provide social scientists with a generalizable standard that allows them to reevaluate critically Habermas's
absolutist critique of Western democracies and his thesis of legitimation crisis.
Second, the threshold restraints simultaneously close off any possibility of social scientists reverting to (a) the complacency and optimism of
liberalism and pluralism, (b) the presupposition of exhausted possibilities, or, certainly, (c) the dogmatism of neo-Marxism's absolutist critiques of ideology and alienation.
127
Third, the threshold restraints open the way for social scientists to
specify when any sector, industry, or organization of a civil society
contributes exclusively to heterogeneous actors' and competing groups'
social control and when it contributes in some part to their possible
social integration.
The synthesis of procedural duties (the threshold restraints) and a procedural aspiration (the ideal of procedural reason) is one of two syntheses
underlying the theory of societal constitutionalism. The other synthesis
reveals that collegial formations are the exclusive organizational expression
of both the procedural duties and the procedural aspiration.
Why is the first synthesis necessary at all? Why couldn't the theory of
societal constitutionalism rest solely on the demonstration that internal
procedural restraints can only be institutionalized by the presence of collegial formations? Why couldn't this synthesis alone be brought to comparative research, such that the theory of societal constitutionalism could avoid
the entire controversy over whether Habermas's standard of procedural
reason can credibly claim grounding? There are three reasons why the
theory of societal constitutionalism rests on syntheses of the procedural
threshold, the collegial form, and the procedural grounding rather than
resting on a synthesis of the first two concepts alone.
First, even though it is indeed counterfactual, Habermas's proposed
grounding of procedural reason is nonetheless clearly "more comprehensive" than the narrow norm of rational action underlying Weber's social
theory and contemporary comparative research. It is also more generalizable conceptually, or more irreducible analytically, than either the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests underlying liberal contract theory or
the nonrational (normative) principles underlying the common-law tradition
and lived social fabrics within Anglo-American countries (chapter 10). By
establishing that internal procedural restraints, as well as their organizational expression in collegial formations, remain consistent analytically
with a "more comprehensive" concept of (procedural) reason, the theory
of societal constitutionalism offers social scientists a standard of institutionalization that can credibly claim grounding against relativism. It exposes to
view the social infrastructure that sustains a nonauthoritarian direction of
social change under modern conditions, and that simultaneously expands
heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' prospects for social integration within particular sectors, industries, and organizations of civil society.
This standard allows them to describe and explain even subtle shifts in the
direction of social change without reverting to the Europocentrism of the
presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
Second, and equally importantly, this threshold's claim to conceptual
grounding against normative relativism is not jeopardized even if it turns out
128
that Habermas's communication theory is not the best one available. This
threshold's claim to conceptual grounding is much more secure than this: It
rests ultimately on the critique of neopositivism and copy theories of truth
that is shared not only by Habermas and Apel but also by Popper, Lakatos,
and many others. Thus, even if Habermas's communication theory is eventually jettisoned as inadequate, what is far less likely to be jettisoned is the
thesis that (a) any concept of substantive reason is an oxymoron under
modern conditions, and, correlatively, (b) only a concept of procedural
reason can credibly claim grounding.
In short, comparativists may legitimately employ the social infrastructure noted above not only because it is practicable and already in evidence,
but because it can credibly claim conceptual grounding, unlike the presupposition of exhausted possibilities. Any critic wishing to level the charge of
particularism against the theory of societal constitutionalism must demonstrate that all possible concepts of procedural reason are particular and
intrinsically relative (chapter 10). This is a much more formidable challenge than demonstrating that all possible substantive moralities and concepts of substantive reason are particular, including the presupposition of
exhausted possibilities.
Finally, it should be kept in mind that Fuller's legal theory was by no
means ever falsified, or rebutted directly, within the law journals. Instead,
it was sidestepped. Critics typically acknowledged its compelling thrust but
then insisted that it is unscientific, normative, and, actually, distractingly
Anglophile. Critics complained that Fuller's legal theory merely selected
tenets from a particular tradition of law, conveniently that distinctive to
Anglo-American countries, and elevated these tenets to a purportedly generalizable standard of legality.34 But only since the very late 1960s, at the
earliest, has Habermas's (and Apel's) critique of neopositivism been available. And only since the mid-1970s has his communication theory really
been presented in sufficient detail to be assessed. Taken together, this
critique and this theory provide Fuller's procedural threshold with the
theoretical framework that allows it to credibly claim grounding. This same
theoretical framework closes off any possibility of sidestepping Fuller's
legal theory today by merely pointing to its historical origin in the commonlaw tradition (chapter 10).
6.2.3. Collegial formations: qualitative ends of societal
constitutionalism
With a credible claim to conceptual grounding, the foundations of an ideal
type of nonliberal "democracy" are beginning to come into view, or, more
accurately put, the foundations of an ideal type of nonliberal or nonmarket
social integration.35 The procedural concepts developed independently by
129
Fuller and Habermas are, respectively, the procedural duty or "floor" and
the procedural aspiration or "ceiling" of the theory of societal constitutionalism. To bring this synthesis of concepts to detailed research, however,
it is necessary to add something to the "middle," between "floor" and
"ceiling." The "middle" of the theory of societal constitutionalism is occupied by the only organizational form that either the floor or ceiling can
assume, in practice: the collegial form of organization (chapter 8).
As noted in chapter 4, to the extent that this form of organization is in
evidence at all, in practice, it is to be found within deliberative bodies, rulemaking bodies more generally, and sites at which professionals are employed collectively. The latter sites may be found within universities; public
and private research divisions; professional associations; intellectual, literary, and artistic networks; courts; legislatures; public and private corporate
directorates; and various commissions. Bringing this organizational form to
comparative research opens the way for social scientists to describe and
evaluate, and eventually to explain and predict, specific shifts in the direction of social change within any nation-state of the Third World or East, or
within any Western democracy.
Collegial formations have already been formally defined in chapter 4
(page 80), and this definition is examined in detail beginning in chapter 8.
The most that can be said about these formations at this point in the
presentation of the theory of societal constitutionalism is to mention their
interrelationship with the threshold of interpretability. Collegial formations
institutionalize heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' behavioral
fidelity to this threshold. They thereby institutionalize a distinctive normative orientation of procedural restraint by their sheer presence within a civil
society. This is manifested, in practice, in two ways:
First, if the integrity of collegial formations is being maintained, then,
by definition, the members of these formations already exhibit behavioral fidelity to internal procedural restraints on purposeful exercises
of collective power.
Why the sheer presence of these formations also restrains even the inadvertently arbitrary exercises of collective power that accompany drift is addressed methodically beginning in chapter 8. For the moment, the second
manifestation of the sheer presence of collegial formations may merely be
stated without elaboration:
Second, if the integrity of collegial formations is being maintained,
then the members of these formations also are "available" to extend
internal procedural restraints on arbitrary exercises of collective power
from government to sectors, industries, and organizations of a civil
society.
130
Putting this second manifestation differently, professionals and other members of existing collegial formations remain a latent social force of procedural restraint within any civil society in which these formations are present. They remain a latent social force because they are members of collegial
formations, not because they are properly socialized individuals. For the
same reason, they share a normative orientation - irrespective of all of
their remaining, and possibly increasing, differences in subjective interests
and normative beliefs.
7. Societal constitutionalism's
organizational manifestation, I:
voluntaristic action as a distinct concept
132
133
social theory could never again regress to utilitarianism and tenets of methodological individualism (Alexander 1982a,b; 1983a,b; 1987 updates this
argument). Of course, first Homans, then Coleman, and now Cook,
Wilier, Hechter and others have since demonstrated that Parsons was somewhat hasty on this matter. Regardless, in the paperback edition of Structure
(1968d) he would refer to this new terminology as his "first conceptual
schema," and in 1935 and 1937 he used the phrases "voluntaristic meansend schema" and "voluntaristic theory of action" to label it.
In short, the pervasiveness and salience of a distinctively nonrational
"reality" within everyday social life was Parsons's very point of departure
as a social theorist.4 In his view, any methodical examination of the relationship between the means that actors employ and the ends that they pursue
within any solidary unit or collectivity must be kept open conceptually to
addressing directly the nonrational aspects infusing both the means and the
ends.5 Utilitarianism, Marxism, rational-choice theory, and all other social
theories that rest on what Parsons then called a "materialist epistemology"
struck him as suffering first and foremost from conceptual closure. Their
conceptual frameworks were closed prematurely to the normative or
nonrational aspects of social action.6 He did not reject Marxism, therefore,
because it is purportedly radical, nor, of course, did he reject utilitarianism
because it is purportedly conservative. He rather rejected all such theories
because they were closed conceptually in this respect, and because they
were unable to account for social action as such - let alone to account
either for conservative or radical social actions in particular.
7.2.2. Voluntaristic action in the literature today
Still, Parsons ultimately failed to distinguish his concept of voluntaristic
action from the more general concepts of normative action, nonrational
action, and even social action as such. As will be shown in this section, his
many exegetes and proponents have done the same ever since. When is
social action distinctively voluntaristic? Put more precisely, can voluntaristic aspects of social action be distinguished from aspects that are more
strictly nonrational or normative? One result of Parsons's own vagueness
and inconsistency in characterizing his first major concept is that at least
five definitions of this concept may be found in the literature today, including Parsons's own later references to it:
(1) Voluntaristic action as actors' free will.7 This position is not claimed
explicitly today (except in treatments of Parsons's early works found in
theory textbooks), but it remains associated with John Finley Scott despite his objections (Scott 1963: 720, 724-5, 734; for the charge, see
Turner and Beeghley 1974a: 49; and Gerstein 1975: 11-12; for Scott's
denial, 1974: 59). It remains a position that is nonetheless implied by a
134
In the 1930s Parsons coined not only the phrase "voluntaristic means-end
schema" but also the phrases "intrinsic means-end schema" and "symbolic
means-end schema" (Parsons 1935: 300-5; 1936: 87; 1937a: 56ff, 133, 141,
109-18, 257-64, 285-8, 383-90, 404, 565-6, 645, 653-8, 673-7, 683-4). In
his view, actors' solidarity or social action is comprised of some combination of these three "pure types," these three sets of analytical aspects (1935:
298-9; 1937: 79, 81-2, 209-15, 221, 251-61, 486 note 2, 645 note 1, 660-
135
1). By using his early references to each, but then reformulating them to
clearly account for each type's or each set's distinctiveness, the concept of
voluntaristic action may be specified:
(1) Formally rational aspects (or purposive-rational aspects) of social
action comprise what Parsons in 1937 called the intrinsic means-end
schema. The latter is distinguished by the intrinsic interrelationship
between (a) physical means that are instrumentally effective and (b)
empirical or worldly ends that are reducible to interchangeable and
quantifiable physical units (such as utilities in economics).
(2) Nonrational aspects of social action comprise what Parsons called
the symbolic means-end schema. The latter is distinguished by the
interrelationship between (a) symbolic means that are normative (e.g.
rituals) and (b) meta-empirical ends that are transcendental or ultimate.
Given these polar types, in order for voluntaristic action to be distinct it
must be comprised of a distinct set of means and ends. For Parsons to coin
a new term, presumably, this third combination of analytical means and
ends of social action must indeed not be reducible to either of the first two
combinations. Thus:
(3) Voluntaristic aspects of social action, and what Parsons called the
voluntaristic means-end schema, are distinguished by the interrelationship between (a) symbolic means that are normative or noninstrumental, and (b) ends that are worldly qualities - neither reducible to interchangeable physical units nor attributable to transcendental matters of
faith.
7.3.1. Rational action and quantifiable ends
In the 1930s (but not in his later works, e.g. 1977a) Parsons at times
suggested that he was departing dramatically from Weber by defining rational action narrowly, that is analytically. At these times, it could be
argued that he was establishing a foundation for comparative study - for
"general social theory" - in the face of the sovereignty of actors' subjective
interests and normative relativism as well as researchers' conceptual relativism (1935: 330-5; 1937: 432-3, 547-9, 564-6, 574, 673). On this foundation, shared by liberals and Weberians, positivists and utilitarians as well,
he could move beyond the conceptual limitations of other theoretical traditions. He could do so by varying means and ends, and thereby distinguishing all of those combinations "external" to rational action's "intrinsic
means-end schema." Even though Parsons was not consistent in referring
to rational action in this way, this line of reasoning may be carried through
136
137
subjective opinions about qualities in social life. Researchers seeking "testable theories" are quite aware of this distinction, and the following statement by Jack Gibbs (1972: 387) is typical:
The most conspicuous limitation of [Gibbs's own proposed] scheme is that it does
not permit a theorist to make empirical assertions about relations among qualitative
properties. No attempt is made to belittle that limitation by arguing that all sociological terms actually designate quantitative properties. The recognition of unit
terms is in itself an admission of the importance of qualitative properties, and the
stipulation of referential formulas entails reference to qualitative units. The only
mitigation is that virtually all sociological theories actually make assertions about
relations between quantitative properties of social units, even though the distinction may not have been recognized by the theorist.
Two examples illustrate the distinction. The first also illustrates the interrelationship Weber had drawn between normatively unmediated drift of
social change and bureaucratization. Bureaucracies are inordinately easy to
recognize, by participants and observers alike, irrespective of whether they
are found in government or in civil society. Following Weber's account
(1914-20: 956-8), their characteristics are unambiguous because the performance of any bureaucratic agency may be described and evaluated in terms
of quite discrete, quantifiable units, including the caseload that bureaus
"process" per hour (or per day, week, month, or year). These units may be
readily recognized and measured quite apart from subjective opinions regarding the quality of an agency's performance, whether those of officials
or their clients. These units may be recognized and measured, that is,
irrespective of whether survey research finds that officials or clients believe
particular cases are genuinely well-handled or not, or whether they believe
the agency performs a genuine "service" to the community or not. Moreover, either reformers or social scientists may explore how an agency's
efficiency and effectiveness may be increased in these terms. They may, if
they wish, disregard officials' and clients' subjective beliefs regarding the
agency's "service" to the community.
By contrast, and as the second example, heterogeneous actors (and social scientists) face a great problem simply in recognizing, and then in
defining, what a neighborhood is, and then, certainly, in describing neighborhoods over time and space (Warren 1977). The qualities of neighborliness, whatever they might be, and references to a residential unit as a
neighborhood, whatever this might entail, are not reducible to any combination of quantitative indices of performance. Such indices might include:
rates of property taxes, trees per lawn, schools per capita, residents' income per capita, or even local crime rates. It is very possible, however, for
the most "neighborly" residential areas in a city to have a quite mediocre
statistical record on every one of these scales without exception. It is just as
possible for the most "anomic" residential areas to have exemplary statisti-
138
139
did not: they left open the possibility of specifying the social control/social
integration distinction and the authoritarian/nonauthoritarian distinction.
Parsons himself never characterized his work in this way, of course (Sciulli
in preparation, a). For him, the dilemmas exposed by Hobbes, Pareto, and
Weber illuminated the importance of nonrational aspects of social order,
and this is what led him to coin the term voluntaristic action. The reformulated concept of voluntaristic action offered here begins to reveal why this
particular set of analytical aspects of social order simultaneously restrains
drift and contributes to a nonauthoritarian direction of social change.
7.3.2. Nonrational action and transcendental ends
Noninstrumental means of solidarity or social action are symbols and
norms; in the limiting case, such means are ritual prayers and devout
ceremonies. Regardless, all of these symbols and norms are by definition
"external" to the intrinsic interrelationship of instrumental means and
quantifiable ends that characterizes rational action (1937: 56ff, 133, 645,
653-8). When actors employ symbols and norms as means to secure
quantities of physical units, for instance, their social action cannot be
efficient or effective. Quite to the contrary, for them to employ symbols
or norms in this way is for them to engage in magic: They are employing
symbols and norms in an effort to "control" natural events or physical
movements instrumentally. Magic, unlike religion, is in direct competition
with science.
For its part, religion revolves around actors' dedication of symbols and
norms to ends that are ultimate, or not worldly at all. This is the case when
religious believers honor rituals as a means to their own putative spiritual
salvation. The means to such ends are invariably symbolic and normative;
they cannot possibly be instrumental or rational.
In so far as the common system of ultimate ends involves transcendental ends, it is
then to be expected that it will be expressed in common ritual actions. From the
empirical point of view the question whether such actions in fact attain their ends is
irrelevant, for there is no possible means of verification. (Parsons 1935: 303; also
1936: 87; 1937a: 565-6)
Actually, once actors dedicate themselves to transcendental ends, it is no
longer possible for them or social scientists to recognize whether any means
secure these ends. It is senseless even to ask, therefore, whether certain
means to such ends are instrumentally effective. As an example, if sociologists ask, what is an efficient way to get into heaven?, what could the
members of any collectivity anywhere in the world demonstrate is an "efficient prayer" or an "efficient ritual"?
Parsons was clear that in the limiting case of strictly symbolic social
140
141
142
else encroaching against, the integrity of these worldly qualities. The only
means that actors have at their disposal in establishing or maintaining any
such shared recognition among themselves, short of one faction imposing
its will somehow on all others with material sanctions of one kind or
another, are shared norms and symbols.
Thinking of voluntaristic action in Fuller's terms, when actors maintain
the integrity of any qualities in social life, their ongoing solidarity and
collective action to this end can rest either on obligatory performances or
exemplary performances. In either case, their ongoing solidarity and collective action rests on their capacity to recognize in common which
worldly qualities are worthy of attaining or maintaining. This is an irreducibly normative collective judgment rather than one that ever becomes
amenable to scientific or rational calculation. Put differently, irrespective
of whether the continued integrity of any qualities of social life rests on
actors' shared social duties or on their independent aspirations, the actors
engaged in voluntaristic action must themselves be able to recognize these
qualities in common. If they lose this shared recognition under systemic
pressures of drift, then these actors cannot prevent their voluntaristic
action from "fragmenting." Their voluntaristic action will either be "reduced" to the instrumental means and quantifiable ends of rational action
or else it will be "elevated" to the symbolic means and ultimate ends of
nonrational action. In the latter case, worldly qualities will be treated as
"sacred," and the symbolic means to upholding their integrity will be
enforced as rituals.
As qualities in social life, analytical aspects of voluntaristic action proper
may be found in families, schools, neighborhoods, communities, religious
congregations, or ethnic sections within many modern nation-states. Continuing with the example of neighborhood, residents' views of which qualities merit their obligatory performances, and which may be left to their
exemplary performances, might very well be far removed from a rational
actor's calculations of the market values for housing. Residents may refuse
to allow anyone to reduce the qualities that they prize in their neighborhood to such instrumental means and quantifiable indices. Even as housing
is bought and sold in the marketplace, residents' working assumption may
remain that any new owner is not permitted to conduct himself or herself
strictly instrumentally or strategically. New owners may be informed,
whether formally or informally, that reductionist treatments of their own
property or, for that matter, of their own behavior, will be sanctioned,
again either formally (by a neighborhood association) or informally (by
concerned neighbors).
Being worldly qualities, however, these analytical aspects of voluntaristic
action are not readily elevated by these actors, or any others, to transcendental qualities or ultimate matters of faith. Rarely are these qualities
143
valued so widely or dearly that they are protected artificially from the
outcomes of economic and political marketplaces, as "sacred." Actors'
shared recognition that certain neighborly actions are obligatory and others
are exemplary is not readily attributed to any sacred mandate (whether, as
examples, to "God's will" or "natural law").13 Their shared recognition is
ultimately tied to quite local interactions.14
To be sure, there are institutions and landmarks within modern nationstates that may be honored quite literally as sacred, at least in certain of
their analytically distinguishable aspects (e.g. Arlington National Cemetery
or the Lincoln Memorial). But the point of Parsons's analytical approach to
social action and social order is that, by definition, these aspects of social
action fall within the symbolic means-end schema or category of nonrational
action proper. These aspects do not fall within the reformulated concept of
voluntaristic action. When residents share a recognition of their neighborhood's qualities, and none of them, of course, imagines for a moment that
these qualities are tied to any sacred or transcendental mandate, their
efforts to maintain the integrity of these qualities then remain strictly
voluntaristic. For social scientists to attribute "sacred" qualities to these
efforts is misleading and distorting in the extreme. The same may be said of
attributing "sacred" qualities to related efforts by members of ethnic
groups, schools, and families. Such an attribution discounts the enormous
difficulties that modern actors everywhere experience in simply recognizing, and then in maintaining, the integrity of any qualities in social life. It
obfuscates much more than it illuminates about the actual workings of local
interactions, subcultural practices, and national institutions.
This point about voluntaristic "pattern-maintenance" may be put differently. It may be placed into the terminology employed in the preliminary
definitions of social integration presented in chapters 2-3.
Heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration rests ultimately on whether they can recognize and understand (and
then exhibit behavioral fidelity to) some qualities in social life, and
thereby institutionalize social action that is distinctively voluntaristic.
Still, if voluntaristic action is to account for the solidarity and collective
action of heterogeneous actors and competing groups under modern conditions, it must revolve around distinctively procedural norms and worldly
qualities rather than around substantive norms and worldly qualities of any
kind. First, it must revolve around the "means" of the threshold of interpretability. This frames their recognition and understanding of the shared
social duties involved in their efforts to maintain the integrity of worldly
qualities. Second, it also must remain consistent with the "end" that institutionalizes these voluntaristic procedures and other worldly qualities in social life: the collegial form of organization.
144
145
146
that Weber's concepts result not merely in relativism but nihilism (Bloom
1987 resumes this argument; also see chapter 10).
Precisely because Parsons appreciated both of these implications, he
explicitly related Pareto's and Durkheim's cyclical theories of normative
and institutional change to Weber's more linear view of rationalization.
Pareto and Durkheim saw periods of normative stability giving way to
periods of normative breakdown: For Pareto, a "general law of rhythm"
that includes "sentiments"; for Durkheim, "anomie" leading to atomization and even suicide. Nonetheless, all three theorists "converged," by
Parsons's reading, on the following thesis: Systemic social forces cast all
modern societies adrift, and power holders (or insurgents) invariably rationalize formal social controls during periods of normative breakdown. During periods of normative stability, informal social controls may replace
some of the formal ones. But these periods are rare, and always appear
only temporarily. Thus, normative breakdown:
[I]s essentially the process involved in Pareto's process of transition from dominance of the residues of persistence to those of combination, equally in Durkheim's
transition from solidarity or integration to anomie. It is a process the possibility of
which is inherent in the voluntaristic conception of action as such. Its complete
absence from Weber's thought would have given grave reason to doubt the accuracy
of [Parsons's convergence thesis and]
analysis. But it is there. (Parsons 1937a: 6856, my emphasis; also 710; 1962)15
Thus, Parsons's second implicit meaning for his concept: The institutionalization of voluntaristic action (and of any nonauthoritarian direction of
social change based thereon) remains contingent rather than ever becomingfirmlystabilized. In terms of the Weberian Dilemma, the polar types of
strictly rational action and strictly nonrational action are each far more
readily stabilized since each in its own way is ultimately consistent with
extending bureaucratization. Rational action includes the rationalization of
formal mechanisms of social control, of course, but nonrational action has
the same result, albeit by a more indirect route. By institutionalizing ritualism, and thereby imposing homogeneous behavior on otherwise heterogeneous actors and competing groups, nonrational action ultimately relies
heavily on specialized agencies of enforcement.
It is much more difficult, therefore, for heterogeneous actors and competing groups to institutionalize and maintain distinctively voluntaristic
action. It is much more difficult for them to institutionalize their own
recognition and understanding of shared social duties and other qualities in
social life without moving to ritualism. The success of this project remains
ever-contingent because it cannot be reduced to the effectiveness of formal
mechanisms of social control, including the effectiveness of specialized
agencies of enforcement. It also cannot be reduced to the purported "natural identity" of actors' and groups' subjective interests, to their purported
147
internalization of shared substantive beliefs, or to their purported negotiation of shared definitions of the situation in local interactions. Indeed, were
any of these reductions to occur, in practice, voluntaristic action itself
would either be reduced to strictly rational action or else elevated to strictly
nonrational or habitual action proper.
As noted above, voluntaristic action is in evidence within all social orders, both nonauthoritarian and authoritarian. But because the sheer presence of its means and ends restrains bureaucratization and drift, its institutionalization opens the contingent possibility that even heterogeneous
actors and competing groups may contribute somehow to a nonauthoritarian direction of social change. This possibility is brought more clearly into
view by noting that certain types of voluntaristic action may revolve around
distinctively procedural norms (the threshold of interpretability of shared
social duties) and distinctively procedural ends (the collegial form of organization). Thus, the external restraints placed on bureaucratization and drift
may be procedural mediations rather than more directly substantive. The
institutionalization of voluntaristic procedures provides the only foundation
for a nonauthoritarian direction of social change under modern conditions.
It also provides the only foundation for heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possible social integration within any sector, industry, organization, or organizational division of a modern civil society.
Parsons never drew these distinctions within the concept of voluntaristic
action, and yet his view of the contingency of institutionalizing voluntaristic
action was far more radical than Niklas Luhmann (1976) and Jan Loubser
(1976) appreciate. It remains more radical than Jeffrey Alexander's view
(1984) of the contingency of interpersonal relations, and the related view
long held by symbolic interactionists (also, compare Alexander's position
in 1984 to that in 1987). Parsons agreed with Pareto's most pessimistic
positions: Any particular set of substantive worldly qualities can only temporarily secure heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' shared recognition and understanding, to say nothing of their possible acceptance and
behavioral fidelity. Systemic "drift," and the concomitant fragmentation of
substantive meaning, is immutable (see Parsons 1962, 1970b for later statements of this position).
Substantive voluntaristic action, therefore, is as shaky a foundation on
which to base a nonauthoritarian direction of social change under modern
conditions as any that can be imagined. When power holders endeavor to
enforce heterogeneous actors' and competing groups'fidelityto substantive
norms and qualities of any kind outside of any mediation provided by
voluntaristic procedures, they are repeatedly and persistently faced with
situations wherein resorting to formal mechanisms of social control becomes their only hope of success (1936; 1937a: 284-8,402). The great irony
is that by resorting to these mechanisms, they are simultaneously subordi-
148
The theory of societal constitutionalism proposes that only the institutionalization of voluntaristic procedures - the institutionalization of both
internal procedural restraints on purposeful arbitrariness and external
procedural restraints on inadvertent arbitrariness - can account for any
sustained nonauthoritarian direction of social change under modern conditions.
7.4.3. Voluntaristic action as central to a conceptual schema
Parsons connected the first two meanings of voluntaristic action in his
chapters devoted to Durkheim (1937a: chapters 8-11) rather than in either
the introductory or concluding chapters of The Structure of Social Action.
As he discussed Durkheim's work, he insisted that because voluntaristic
restraints on drift are by definition nonultimate (that is, nonsacred), they
are thereby always only contingently stabilized:
The further these immediate ends [of voluntaristic action] are removed in the
means-end chain from the system of ultimate values sanctioning the system of rules,
the more the rules will tend to appear to the individuals subject to them as morally
neutral, as mere conditions of action. And since the ends of the great majority of
149
practical activities are very far removed from ultimate values, there is a strong
tendency to evasion. (1937a: 401, my emphasis)
Parsons failed to see, however, that this holds true only for substantive
voluntaristic action in particular. It does not hold true, either in principle or
in practice, for procedural voluntaristic action. This point is elaborated in
the next chapter.
Given the concept's first two meanings, the third meaning of voluntaristic action implicit in Parsons's early writings is contained in his acknowledging that his first social theory is conceptually primitive. Even as he believed
that it marked an "advance" beyond the contributions of the four theorists
he examined, he knew he could not claim that it is "scientific." Instead, he
claimed that it is voluntaristic: It offers sociologists a contingent possibility,
but by no means any guarantee, that a suitable conceptual grounding had
been laid on which knowledge in the social sciences might be accumulated.
Parsons accepted that this grounding would likely have to be substantially
reformulated, as well as supplemented with many other analytical distinctions, in order to inform empirical research.
The main framework of the present study may, then, be considered an analysis of
the structural aspects of systems of action, in a certain sense their "anatomy." . . .
Though all structures must be regarded as capable of analysis in terms of a plurality
of analytical elements, and hence the two types of analysis [definition and specification] are closely related, it does not follow that only one choice of elements is
possible in the analysis of a given concrete structure. . . . But this very possibility of
different choices of elements explains why it is not advisable to attempt to jump
directly from an outline of the structure of action systems to a system of elements. It
is on the former, not the latter, level that the writers treated here [Marshall, Pareto,
Durkheim, and Weber] converge almost explicitly upon a single system. (Parsons
1937a: 39; also 38-41; 1951: chapter 1)
8. Societal constitutionalism's
organizational manifestation, II: from
voluntaristic action to collegial formations
151
less decisively so than either Fuller or Habermas. Still, the theory of societal constitutionalism takes four steps that each of these theorists failed to
take.
First step: the importance of external (voluntaristic) procedural restraints.
Habermas, Fuller, and Parsons each failed in his own way to appreciate, let
alone elaborate, the unique impact of voluntaristic restraint that the presence of certain procedural norms and institutions have on organizations
and their institutionalized environments (Meyer and Rowan 1977), and, in
this way, on the direction of social change. This failure explains why each
theorist also failed to appreciate how his own "procedural turn" might
assist social scientists in addressing two related issues: First, how have
organizations and institutions within nonauthoritarian nation-states actually responded, in practice, to the systemic pressures of drift that concerned Weber? Second, how have heterogeneous actors and competing
groups ever managed to institutionalize restraints on drift without simultaneously extending or intensifying mechanisms of social control inadvertently, as Weber expected?
(a) Parsons failed to appreciate this because he never rendered
voluntaristic action into a distinct concept in the first place. He also
failed because he followed Weber in dismissing the possibility that a
standard of reasoned social action more comprehensive than the narrow norm of rational action might be grounded conceptually against
normative relativism (chapter 10).
(b) Fuller failed to appreciate this because he never developed methodically the more general implications of his legal theory: The latter establishes a procedural threshold of interpretability of shared social duties
as such. In addition, Fuller never linked his legal theory either (1) to a
grounded concept of reasoned social action, or (2) to its organizational
expression within a particular form of organization. He acknowledged
that he needed a communication theory (1964/1969: 138-45), but he
never appreciated that he also needed an organization theory (1964/
1969: 173ff for weak comments on "institutional design").
(c) Habermas fails, finally, because he has not linked his idealized
standard of procedural reason to any practicable threshold of institutionalization. He also fails to appreciate the distinctiveness of voluntaristic action within the broader category of normative action. This explains why he correctly points out that communicative action is not
legitimately treated as normative action, and yet why he wrongly insists
that communicative action complements and contributes to rationalization. He fails to see that communicative action is voluntaristic, and
152
153
third step beyond Habermas, Fuller, and Parsons is to draw attention to the
presence of the organizational form that institutionalizes a nonauthoritarian
direction of social change under modern conditions: Heterogeneous actors
and competing groups institutionalize restraints on drift that are distinctively procedural and external (that is, voluntaristic) only by establishing
and maintaining collegial formations within a civil society. Actors' behavior
within and around collegial formations is distinctive. Unlike their behavior
within and around any other organizational form, it exhibits fidelity to the
threshold of interpretability of shared social duties. This remains the case as
long as the integrity of this particular form of organization is simply being
maintained.
According to the theory of societal constitutionalism, it is the presence
(or absence) of collegial formations, and of this behavior by otherwise
heterogeneous actors and competing groups, that ultimately determines
the direction of change within any sector, industry, or organization of a civil
society. This, in turn, determines whether a nonauthoritarian direction of
social change is being sustained within any modern nation-state or whether
the latter is trapped by the Weberian Dilemma: either acceding to an
inadvertent drift toward authoritarianism or institutionalizing substantive
normative restraints that extend social control and increase its susceptibility to social authoritarianism.
154
Fourth step: specifying possibilities for social integration. Given that the
presence (or absence) of collegial formations determines whether any complex social enterprise is contributing to direction (or to drift), the fourth
step follows as a corollary: The presence of collegial formations allows
social scientists literally to pinpoint heterogeneous actors' and competing
groups' possibilities for social integration within any division of an organization or institution. Such possibilities may be found, as examples, within:
particular divisions of a corporation, particular offices of a governmental
agency, particular departments of a university, particular committees of a
legislature, particular courts of a criminal or civil justice system, or particular networks of scholarship or the arts. By monitoring the presence of
collegial formations, social scientists may pinpoint such possibilities even as
ongoing mechanisms of social control continue to support the larger social
order of the sector, industry, or organization within which these particular
divisions are embedded.
Keeping in mind the reformulations of Parsons's trichotomy of concepts
discussed in chapter 7, figure 8.1 places societal constitutionalism's framework of analytical concepts into the context of Weber's, Parsons's, and
Habermas's contributions. As this figure portrays, the collegial form of
organization is the last of the basic concepts of the theory of societal
constitutionalism that needs to be discussed. A few more words of review
set the stage for this.
8.1.2. Three characteristics of societal constitutionalism's threshold:
a review
The theory of societal constitutionalism redefines Fuller's principles of
procedural legality in two steps. The first step, noted in chapter 6, is to
broaden the scope of application of what is now being called a threshold of
interpretability. This threshold's scope of application is broadened from the
interpretability of positive laws to the interpretability of shared social duties being sanctioned within any social unit. The second step is to define
this threshold analytically as a set of internal procedural restraints on purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective power. By being defined analytically, the threshold is detached from the particularity of the historical experiences of common-law countries from which it emerged (chapter 10). And
yet, since it remains a set of internal procedural restraints, this threshold
cannot be said to address the Weberian Dilemma regardless.
What can be said about this threshold of internal procedural restraints as
it stands? What can be said about it apart from the subsequent issue of
whether, in any given instance, it is extended to a set of external procedural
restraints on drift by being institutionalized by the presence of collegial
155
Weber
Habermas
Reformulated Parsons
Societal Constitutionalism
Rat ional A
ts
Purposive-Rational
Action
Instrumental
Action
Rational Action
(Instrumental Means/Quantifiable Ends)
Strategic
Action
_Communicative_
Action
CO
"cB
o
Value-Rational
Action
Voluntaristic Action
(Normative Means/Qualitative Ends)
Substantive Norms and Institutions
Internalized Normative Motivations
Traditional, Religion, and Culture
[e.g. Families, Neighborhoods,
Communities, Social Movements,
Ethnic and Nationalist Groups]
Normative_
Action
Substantive-Rational
Action
156
157
above does not hold: Actors' and groups' behavioral fidelity to this threshold at any given moment in time does not in itself, in the absence of
collegial formations, somehow guarantee that a nonauthoritarian direction
of social change is being sustained. Nor does it guarantee that these actors'
and groups' orderly behavior within any division of an organization or
institution is consistent with their possible social integration.
The threshold of interpretability of shared social duties is a voluntaristic
threshold of internal procedural restraints on purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective power alone. As such, it allows social scientists to go
beyond the presupposition of exhausted possibilities by specifying particular instances of control and arbitrariness within Western civil societies. But,
as a set of internal procedural restraints alone, this threshold fails to reveal
any social infrastructure that allows social scientists (or anyone else) to
distinguish shifts from direction to drift (or vice versa) within any given
civil society.
As one example, if particular corporate managers happen at any given
moment in time not to encroach against this threshold in their everyday
behavior, this does not mean that corporate research divisions in particular,
or corporate directorates, are organized in the collegial form. Nor does it
mean, therefore, that researchers within these divisions are maintaining
their professional integrity, and are thereby possibly integrated. Similarly,
even if particular researchers within these divisions happen to conform
individually to the threshold of internal procedural restraints, these divisions are themselves embedded within the larger institutionalized environments of the corporation, its industry, and its sector (Meyer and Rowan
1977). These environing institutions may be adrift themselves. Whether a
nonauthoritarian direction of social change is being sustained beyond actors' local interactions, therefore, hinges on whether external procedural
restraints on drift are also in evidence. This depends, in turn, on whether
collegial formations are present within research divisions' and directorates'
institutionalized environments, that is, within the corporation's industry,
sector, and the larger civil society (in chapter 11 these are called sectoral
collegial formations, as opposed to the divisional collegial formations
within any particular organization).
Thus, actors' and groups' behavioral fidelity to internal procedural restraints at particular moments in time guarantees only that (a) they happen
to be restraining purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective power at
these moments within their local interactions. And, as a result of this, it also
guarantees that (b) they remain capable, at least in principle, of recognizing
and understanding the shared social duties being purposefully sanctioned at
this level. Unfortunately, as symbolic interactionists richly document, local
interactions may alternate greatly, and within quite brief periods of time,
between fidelity to, and encroachments against, any set of normative re-
158
159
160
161
162
their elections or how the majority happens to vote, even as the latter
might indeed be formally democratic. Collegial formations can be distinguished only by the worldly qualities orienting their members to resiliency
restrain their administrators, producers, and electoral majorities from elevating effectiveness, efficiency, or even majority rule to their primary normative orientation.
Thus, the continued presence and integrity of collegial formations may
well be compatible, in practice, with a great many of the economic practices and political institutions of Western democracy. But because the normative orientation institutionalized by these formations revolves around
voluntaristic procedures rather than around rational procedures, their sheer
presence within a Western civil society just as intrinsically restrains one-sided
democratization as it intrinsically restrains one-sided bureaucratization and
all other immediate responses to the drift of rationalization.11 The sheer
presence of collegial formations just as intrinsically restrains the social
units' leaders from most effectively mobilizing voters as it restrains the
social units' administrators from most effectively organizing personnel.12
Within nonauthoritarian social orders, these and all other strictly rational
actions are permitted and even encouraged - but only to the point where
they begin to compromise the integrity of the voluntaristic procedural
threshold institutionalized by collegial formations.
8.2.2. Three forms of organization
Whether efficient production, as measured by outputs, effective administration, as measured by caseloads, and even democratic participation, as measured by votes, are increasing or decreasing within any sector, industry, or
organization of a civil society is, in each instance, an empirical question.
But each of these empirical questions differs from the empirical questions
raised by the theory of societal constitutionalism: Does the collective
power wielded within and through these social units contribute exclusively
to actors' social control, even if inadvertently so? Is the social order of
these units, and then of the larger civil society, becoming more controlling
and thereby susceptible to social authoritarianism?
The three types of ends characterizing the first three empirical issues
noted above - outputs, caseloads, votes - are all quantifiable rather than
intrinsically qualitative. As a result, none qualifies as a type of end consistent with voluntaristic action. Social enterprises dedicated primarily to
attaining any of these three ends thereby fail to restrain the drift of rationalization intrinsically, by their sheer presence within a civil society. For that
matter, these enterprises do not instrinsically restrain even purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective power. Thus, they fail to institutionalize either
internal or external procedural restraints. Instead, because each revolves
164
electorally in fair and free, and at least nominally competitive elections (as
Mexico has long demonstrated, e.g. Hansen 1971; Purcell and Purcell
1980). It is even more likely that a bureaucratic-authoritarian regime
(O'Donnell 1977) may steadily increase its effectiveness in administration
and its efficiency in production, at least for a time (as Brazil once demonstrated, e.g. McDonough 1981). Mechanisms of social control may thereby
remain rational and also secure ongoing popular support or, at least, the
support of significant factions of social influentials. But to the extent that
actors and groups maintain the integrity of collegial formations within any
sector of a civil society, this sector simultaneously restrains both purposefully and inadvertently arbitrary exercises of collective power.
When voluntaristic action is institutionalized, whether substantive or
procedural, this marks an external restraint on the drift of rationalization
because such action is intrinsically nonrational (chapter 7). When the
shared social duties being sanctioned within any institutionalized arena of
voluntaristic action are kept consistent with the procedural threshold of
interpretability, however, this marks the voluntaristic orientation distinctive to the collegial form alone. To institutionalize these shared social duties rather than leaving them to actors' ad hoc behavior is not merely to
institutionalize internal procedural restraints on local arbitrariness. It is
also to contribute to the social infrastructure that sustains a nonauthoritarian direction of social change and expands heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' prospects for social integration.
Thinking again of the young researcher within the pharmaceutical company sketched in chapter 1, how might company managers be restrained
institutionally from pursuing the firm's material interests most immediately? They would be restrained the moment that they acknowledge that
companies within their industry do not typically encroach against research
divisions' collegial form even for "sound business reasons."14 Indeed,
within the industries or sectors where collegial formations are to be found,
managements as well as interested parties both within and outside of particular corporations formulate and articulate what the company's (or their
respective division's) material interests are within an institutionalized environment that contains external procedural restraints.15
8.3. The collegial form of organization
But, again, what are collegial formations? The following definition (see also
page 80) brings some substance to the discussion of organizational forms:
Collegial formations are deliberative and professional bodies wherein
heterogeneous actors and competing groups maintain the threshold of
165
166
To the extent that individuals indeed remain members of collegial formations, they share a voluntaristic procedural orientation rather than any
orientation that is either more rational or more immediately substantive.
They share this orientation qua members of collegial formations irrespective of all of their remaining and possibly increasing differences in subjective interests and normative orientations qua heterogeneous actors and
members of competing groups and factions.
First, they share the voluntaristic orientation institutionalized by the
collegial form itself: They exhibit behavioral fidelity to the procedural
threshold of interpretability of shared social duties.
Second, they also share a concomitant voluntaristic responsibility:
They detect and sanction any and all encroachments against this formation's procedural threshold and, thus, against their shared orientation.
If members of collegial formations shirk this responsibility, in practice,
then their own formations are placed in jeopardy. Still, in at least two
respects, this responsibility is fiduciary rather than either self-interested or
personal (see Frankel 1983 and DeMott 1988 on "fiduciary obligation" in
law): First, the members of all other collegial formations are relying on the
members of each particular collegial formation to bear this responsibility,
however implicitly. Each set of members is being relied on to contribute to
the social infrastructure that, in turn, supports the continued presence of all
other nonrational or "protected" spheres within a civil society, including all
other collegial formations. Second, and even more implicitly, the general
public also is relying on the members of each collegial formation to bear
this responsibility. The same social infrastructure is what ultimately supports any current or future effort to extend to the general public protection
against greater social control and susceptibility to social authoritarianism.
This social infrastructure is ultimately what underlies any effort, for instance, to extend even internal procedural restraints from arbitrary government to purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective power by private
enterprises within a civil society (chapters 9-11 develop these two points).
If members of collegial formations either encroach against this form's
institutionalized orientation themselves, or else shirk their concomitant
responsibility to detect and sanction their own and others' encroachments,
then there are no subjective interests or normative motivations that they
can adopt, negotiate, or internalize that can insulate them from breakdowns of meaning, extensions of social control, and other manifestations of
systemic drift. Only their behavioral fidelity to this orientation and to this
responsibility can insulate them, even to some limited extent, from having
their own activities subjected more immediately to the competition of sub-
167
168
forums), collegial formations are never the most rational way to organize
heterogeneous actors and competing groups for efficient production, effective administration, democratic participation or, for that matter, personal
loyalty. Bureaucratic formations, democratic formations, and patron-client
networks are always superior organizational forms for such ends. Precisely
because this is the case, once the significance of qualitative phenomena is
reduced to measurements, the continued presence of collegial formations
becomes altogether unwarranted. These formations are by definition already voluntaristic or nonrational, and thereby incapable of being warranted
on strictly instrumental or strategic grounds. With the reduction of qualities
to measurements, they become patently nonreasoned as well: They can no
longer be warranted even on communicative grounds. Within the broader
social context of systemic pressures of drift, it becomes literally impossible
for heterogeneous actors and competing groups to resist adopting some
other, more strategic, form of organization, whether one more rational (in
the cases of bureaucratic and democratic formations) or one more personal
(in the case of patron-client relations).
The interrelationship between the collegial form and its members' independent and collective efforts to describe and explain qualitative phenomena carries two additional implications. On the one hand, at the moment
that their descriptions can be reduced to quantification - whether technically or else strategically in competition with other occupations (Abbott
1988) - professionals' vulnerability to deprofessionalization increases dramatically. This is the case precisely because their continued membership
within collegial formations is jeopardized. It is professionals' direct or
indirect membership within collegial formations, and not any of the substantive activities to which they become dedicated, nor any of their own
internalized beliefs or subjective interests as individuals, that ultimately
distinguishes their expert occupations as professions (Sciulli and Jenkins
1990). The same membership is also what ultimately distinguishes any
assembly as a working deliberative body rather than as an honorific
forum.18
On the other hand, members of aspiring "professions" or aspiring "deliberative bodies" who fail either to establish or to maintain the integrity of
the collegial form cannot succeed. Systemic pressures of rationalization,
including ongoing competition with other expert occupations, ceaselessly
pressure them to adopt organizational forms that offer their members more
immediate protection and security within economic and political marketplaces. This is precisely what the bureaucratic and patron-client forms in
particular offer to heterogeneous actors and competing groups under modern conditions. Through political lobbying or unionization, actors may for a
time secure a monopoly over the services that they are offering within and
169
170
publicly presented, ideological proposals to eliminate all instances of "social closure" as intrinsically unnecessary and unwarranted (Collins 1979:
197-204). These typically include calls for (a) opening these social arenas
internally to unmediated democratization and (b) opening them externally
to unmediated strategic competition within economic and political marketplaces. On the other side, these social arenas are also exposed to their own
members' personal cliques and factions.19 These involve private or personal exchanges that compel or induce members to subordinate the voluntaristic orientation and responsibility institutionalized by the collegial form
to the substantive goals of their own networks and to the patron-client
form's normative orientation of personal loyalty. Professionals and deliberators operating within such networks scrupulously veil their activities
from public and peer appraisal instead of announcing their activities publicly as a "school" of thought or a "tradition" of theory or practice (Crane
1972 collapses this distinction at times).
In short, heterogeneous actors and competing groups - including professionals and deliberators who have undergone the secondary socialization of
expert training - never somehow maintain the integrity of voluntaristic
networks and organizational divisions spontaneously or naturally. They
never do so by default, as if more rational and strategic alternatives were
not available to them every step of the way. Heterogeneous actors and
competing groups never establish and institutionalize deliberation merely
because (a) instrumental calculations cannot be applied at the moment to a
particular task, (b) bureaucratic chains of command and record keeping
cannot be applied to a particular task, or (c) personal networks of loyalty
cannot be applied to a particular task. Even the greatest inappropriateness
or inapplicability of all of these alternatives by no means improves the
likelihood that collegial formations actually will appear, if actors are not
already endeavoring to reach an intersubjective, public understanding of
irreducibly qualitative phenomena.
Quite to the contrary, systemic pressures of rationalization, including
actors' fragmentation of meaning, ceaselessly jeopardize the integrity of
deliberation. They jeopardize the successful institutionalization of collegial
formations as well as the continued presence of substantively voluntaristic
"protected spheres" (from day-care centers to museums, and from monasteries to wildlife reserves). Indeed, collegial formations' vulnerability to
encroachments never diminishes with modernity. There is not a single collegial formation anywhere in the world today whose continued presence and
integrity is immune from encroachments as interested parties both within
and around it mobilize resources in the effort to maximize economic efficiency, administrative effectiveness, "democratic" participation, or their
own personal loyalties.20
171
172
Meyer's oxymoron raises. First, why would organization leaders who are
attempting to gain advantages over their competitors ever conform to
such norms rather than take steps independently to rationalize their organization's production and administration? They do so, presumably, because these norms are indeed the ranges of expectations regarding acceptable behavior that are widely acknowledged within their industry or
sector. Second, even if this is the case, how are such "myths" institutionalized? According to Meyer, governmental funding, customer or supplier
loyalty, camaraderie within and across the subdivisions of each organization itself, and each organization's prestige and reputation within its industry, all hinge, in practice, on whether organization leaders appear to
conform to these expectations. Within the context of these ongoing interrelationships, organization leaders who endeavor to maximize the efficiency of production or the effectiveness of administration "objectively"
may simultaneously challenge the expectations of suppliers, clients, and
regulators. Thus, their efforts would be sanctioned formally or informally
as disorderly. The result would be that the organization's costs of operation would escalate, and its efficiency or effectiveness would not be improved at all.
Meyer's work cannot be faulted as it stands either for the accuracy of his
descriptions of organization leaders' behavior, or for the sophistication of
his methodology. It can be faulted, however, for its two conceptual gaps,
and thereby for its lack of analytical precision. This, in turn, distorts the
implications that he draws from his methodologically sound descriptions of
organizational behavior.22 These implications also have a vague or indefinite quality to them at times because every organization is embedded
within an "institutionalized environment" of one kind or another. And
nonrational norms of one kind or another are invariably to be found within
all of these environments. To point this out fails to assist researchers who
are interested in empirically specifying how particular organizations respond to particular "environments," or, conversely, how particular "environments" affect either the internal structure or the external performance
of particular organizations. The implications that Meyer draws are equally
applicable to the most controlling sectors of a civil society as to the most
integrative. Something is wrong with any framework of concepts, however,
that fails to assist researchers in drawing detailed distinctions between
sectors and between organizations within different industries.23
Five empirical issues for the organizations literature. Meyer leaves at least
two central questions unanswered: First, what qualifies any institutionalized norm as a myth in the first place? Second, why does Meyer also
contend that some of the same institutionalized norms are nonetheless
"rationalized" in some sense? Bringing the discussion of collegial forma-
173
174
the reductionist claim that when collegial formations institutionalize procedural voluntaristic restraints this somehow squelches or ameliorates interest competition, or occasional group conflicts, the theory of societal constitutionalism rests on quite different presuppositions:
First, the theory of societal constitutionalism presupposes that individual actors and particular groups within all networks and organizational
divisions act primarily on the basis of their immediate material interests, not on the basis of procedural mediations of any kind.
With this, the theory of societal constitutionalism is consistent with
rational-choice theory in sociology and public-choice theory in political
science, along with neocorporatism, pluralism, and liberalism, Yet, this
theory adds that wherever and whenever collegial formations are present
within a civil society, actors' and groups' self-interested behavior is indeed
being restrained normatively, in practice. With its second presupposition,
the theory of societal constitutionalism is rendered consistent with Hobbesian and Weberian approaches to social order:
Second, the theory of societal constitutionalism presupposes that heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' immediate material interests are always sufficiently diverse and competitive that they never lose
their capacity to foster disorder and outright social conflict.
Instead of downplaying the significance of the material and substantive
bases of group competition and social conflict, yet a third presupposition of
the theory of societal constitutionalism emphasizes it:
Third, the theory of societal constitutionalism presupposes that whenever heterogeneous actors and competing groups share subjective interests or immediate material interests outside of any mediation provided
by distinctively voluntaristic procedures, this is always the product of
their manipulation, control, and coercion.
Heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' sharing of subjective interests is never a "natural" product of their unmediated recognition and understanding of an "objective" situation that they purportedly share in common. It also cannot be treated as empirical evidence of their possible social
integration. This third presupposition distinguishes the theory of societal
constitutionalism from the theories and approaches noted above, as well as
from others, including: symbolic interactionism, network analysis,25 exchange theory, Giddens's structuration theory, and both Parsons's functionalism and Luhmann's systems theory. Given these three presuppositions, an orienting hypothesis follows:
175
176
lem, however, is that this way of approaching contemporary social democracies is less instructive than counterbalancing studies of their stratification
systems by exploring whether arbitrary exercises of collective power are
increasing or decreasing across their civil societies. Adam Przeworski
(1985) in essence demonstrates that the left-right dichotomy is misleading
from the outset, given Social Democratic parties' acceptance of more and
more practices of liberal-democracy. Social Democratic parties have long
ago abandoned a truly radical policy agenda. Even to approach their programs today in terms of any traditional left/right dichotomy is to inject a
language of class struggle into scholarly research that has long been anachronistic in practice.27
Because the standard of the presence or absence of the collegial form can
credibly claim grounding against relativism, and also can be brought with
precision to particular sectors, industries, and organizations, any new
typology of social orders that results will reflect the complexity and diversity of modern civil societies. As one example, comparativists have no
reason to assume a priori that power holders and social influential within
each nation-state of the former Eastern bloc (say Poland, Yugoslavia, Hungary, and Romania) violated the same norms of the procedural threshold
before 1989. Nor do they have any reason to assume a priori that they
violated the integrity of nascent collegial formations within and across the
same sectors of their civil societies.
Quite to the contrary, there may be particular professional enterprises
within particular sectors of the civil societies of each Eastern nation-state
that have long been organized in the collegial form.28 Some professional
enterprises, that is, may have long resisted the state's and the party's exercises of collective power. They may well have provided insurgent leaders
with a social base from which to challenge power holders. Or, their presence may have restrained power holders sufficiently that independent trade
unions or state agencies emerged that were not themselves organized in the
collegial form. What is clear is that these sites of resilient restraint were not
formally institutionalized anywhere in the East before 1979, just as they
have yet to be formally institutionalized anywhere in the West. This is why
they readily escape researchers' attention.
The theory of societal constitutionalism directs comparativists' attention
to the issue of the presence of collegial formations irrespective of whether
the latter are formally institutionalized or not. With this shift in focus,
studies of the relationship between nascent collegial bodies and broader
opposition groups within particular sectors of any Eastern or Western civil
society may result today in predictions of further changes in its political
institutions and economic practices. Given this same focus, studies of Japanese civil society, for instance, may escape the increasing speculation re-
111
178
expanding heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' prospects for social integration, whether within Western or non-Western nation-states. It
exposes possibilities that comparativists have long obfuscated because of
(a) their presupposition that Western political institutions and economic
practices exhaust the possibilities for "democracy" under modern conditions (including Schmitter 1983), or (b) their preoccupation with whether
public policies within a nation-state maintain private property (including
Przeworski 1985) or else a substantive way of life (including Popenoe 1988
and Bloom 1987). Even though some Western democracies may have
moved furthest to date in spanning the above spectrum of types of social
order, the very real possibility remains open of a nation-state of the East
or Third World "leaping ahead" to the final point in the spectrum, by
maintaining the integrity of its collegial formations as a matter of public
policy.
The same typology also allows social scientists to specify points at which
manipulation, control, and latent coercion are increasing across sectors of
a civil society, whether within a Western or non-Western nation-state. It
allows them to specify this without concentrating exclusively on whether
state agencies resort at times to manifest coercion. Like any other substantive standard of comparison (note 27), state agencies' physical control of
rebels, demonstrators, or emigrants is not in and of itself an infallible
reflection of the extent of social control or the prospects for social integration to be found across a civil society. To take extreme examples, the
shootings at Kent State likely reflected as little about the prospects for
social integration across the sectors of American civil society in 1970 as do
the obstacles that state agencies within nation-states of the West, the East,
and the Third World currently place on professionals and other skilled
workers who wish to emigrate on demand.
By monitoring all exercises of collective power that encroach against the
integrity of collegial formations and its procedural threshold, social scientists
may study each sector, industry, and organization of a modern nation-state
in detail and in comparative perspective. They may describe and evaluate
the substantive accomplishments of each social unit, as well as the ideologies
with which actors symbolize these accomplishments. By employing a standard that allows social scientists to specify excesses or encroachments, social
scientists need neither accept nor reject out of hand any of the ideological
claims that organization leaders are offering to justify their actions. These
claims become data that researchers may take into account as they monitor
behavioral encroachments. Such data is the equivalent, at the macrosociological level, of "mitigating circumstances" or "subcultural mores" that social scientists take into account in microsociological studies of criminality or
deviance. In both instances, social scientists acknowledge that actors' beliefs
179
are part of the lived social fabric within which particular types of organizational behavior are to be understood and possibly explained.
Comparative research beyond the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
180
SECTION III
184
185
186
influential assume that all interests in civil society, including all interests
stimulated to opposition, are subjective and thereby intrinsically particular
rather than possibly principled or reasoned (see Lowi 1969 on American
pluralism). Indeed, beyond the wax and wane of levels of group opposition, social influential operating within this context of belief are inclined
to assume from the outset that any resilient normative restraints placed on
government's instrumental or strategic actions invariably fuel prejudices of
one kind or another.4 They assume, in short, that the leaders of any "reasonable" group or movement would never endeavor to resiliency restrain
government's instrumental or strategic responses to systemic pressures.
And there is a point to this skeptical view of normative restraints. What
is unambiguously principled or reasoned about contemporary tax policies,
or policies of affirmative action - or opposition to them? What is unambiguously principled or reasoned about (proposed) policies of prayer in public
schools, or, for that matter, the protection of academic freedom within
universities - or opposition to them? What is unambiguously principled or
reasoned about extending first amendment freedoms of speech from the
"natural person" to the "corporate person"5 - or opposition to this? What
is unambiguously principled or reasoned about Brazilian labor policy or
monetary policy, or about many of the details of President Gorbachev's
domestic policies - or opposition to them?6 Putting these issues more generally: Does the Weberian Dilemma loom still in the background in the late
twentieth century, or have the United States, Japan, and the Continent
safely escaped it once and for all, unawares and unannounced?
The context of belief discussed above is itself not attached to any principle or standard. As such, it cannot inform social influential (or anyone
else) regarding what the contemporary direction of social change is. Rather
than addressing the Weberian Dilemma either directly or indirectly, this
context of belief instead simultaneously (a) disenchants officials' actions
and (b) elevates these same actions above significant criticism. In this way
it is a reflection of the Weberian Dilemma itself, not a manifestation of any
successful escape from it.
On the one hand, this context of belief disenchants officials' actions by
reducing them to indices of efficiency, effectiveness, or popular acceptance.
It thereby detaches these actions from any possible source of principled
justification, including, of course, any "sacred" or strictly nonrational mandate. Is there a single student of contemporary politics who believes that the
president, Congress, or the courts and federal agencies are doing God's
work, or toiling in the public interest? Yet, on the other hand, this same
context of belief simultaneously elevates these same domestic policies
above radical or sustained criticism. Social influential acknowledge that
government's actions are detached from any generalizable standard of reason against which these actions might possibly be criticized radically or
187
188
terms that Parsons at times adopted: the relationship between the "drift" of
self-interested competition and the "direction" of normative mediation.
Hurst also characterized it as the relationship between the substance and
the form of American politics. The substantive drift of American politics is
fueled by what he called the "bastard pragmatism" of interest-group pluralism. The form or normative mediation of American politics is provided by
the "directionality" that Hurst saw law bringing to bastard pragmatism. In
the terminology of the theory of societal constitutionalism, "directionality"
can only refer to a procedural voluntaristic orientation that enables heterogeneous actors and competing groups, first, to recognize social control and
arbitrariness in common, and, with this, to bring some direction to the drift
of interest competition.
Parsons's (1962: 561) most significant criticism of Hurst was a telling one,
however: Hurst failed to see that (a) what heterogeneous actors and competing groups recognize to be "drift," in practice, and (b) what they recognize to be a more directional pattern of social change, in practice, must
itself be mediated by norms. And this normative mediation, in turn, must
itself be insulated from the bastard pragmatism of interest-group politics. If
it is not, then any recognition of drift or direction would be a product of
bastard pragmatism itself, and thereby incapable of supporting the "system
of order" to which Hurst referred.
Hurst, in his understandable anxiety to be realistic, has himself fallen a victim to the
tendency to bastard pragmatism. By assimilating the categories of legal and political
so closely together as he has, he has tended unnecessarily to give away an important
part of his case, which I take to be that the relative directionality of American
history (including the containment of, if not immunity to bastard pragmatism) is
primarily explained by the institutionalization of a distinctive normative framework
which is the core of what he calls the legal element. It is indeed precisely the
containment of shorter-run interests by this normative framework, and the stimulus
to redefine them in longer-run terms which is the feature of development serving as
the focus of his discussion. (Parsons 1962: 564, my parenthesis)
189
end of his career are so vague, they perpetuated a longstanding, and unfortunately ultimately correct, impression of his work overall: His accounts of
social order hypostatize the "success" of socialization and of actors' internalization of shared subjective interests and normative beliefs. In the 1930s,
Parsons labeled these internalized interests and beliefs "voluntaristic" (in
some vague sense). Throughout the remainder of his career, he labeled
them "integrative" and "directing."8 Yet, if the same shared interests and
beliefs were externally sanctioned rather than successfully internalized,
Parsons's concepts left him with no alternative other than to label them
deterministic and controlling.
To hinge the social control/social integration distinction on whether
shared interests and beliefs are internalized or not fails, of course, to move
beyond Hurst's vague notion of "directionality." Both theorists' concepts
turn out, therefore, to be relativist and uncritical, and incapable of informing detailed comparative studies. By contrast, the increasing presence of
collegial formations within a civil society provides a social basis on which
direction may be distinguished from drift. The absence of these formations
is clear evidence that drift is unmediated by direction.
9.2.2. Internal procedural restraints and purposeful arbitrariness
190
also does not contend that the extension Evan has in mind is overdetermined, but he does see it as an increasingly likely possibility. He also fails
to provide a rationale for why he assumes this, or how it escapes confusing
corporations with legislatures. In the decade and more that has passed
since their publications, there has been no discernible movement in this
direction within the United States. More importantly, even if there were an
extending of actors' "natural rights" into civil society, this would by no
means be equivalent to extending internal procedural restraints (see note
30).10
The second social basis provided by the presence of collegial formations
differs, therefore, from Evan's and Selznick's vision of extending actors'
citizenship status or "natural rights" to actors' sites of employment. Along
with the division of powers, internal procedural restraints on purposeful
arbitrariness are the single most significant contribution of governmental
constitutionalism in general, and of Anglo-American legal theory and practice in particular (Haar and Fessler 1986). To restate this contribution as an
analytical concept, however, not only begins to elevate it conceptually
above the particularity of its historical origins (chapter 10) but also above
the tendency today to equate it with actors' "natural rights" (see chapter 4,
note 2). Indeed, by taking this step and two others, the quite particular
historical contribution of the threshold of interpretability is elevated to a
generalizable standard, one suitable for the comparative study of drift and
direction:
The first step, just noted, is to restate this contribution as internal
procedural restraints on purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective
power, irrespective of whether these exercises are undertaken by governmental agencies or private enterprises.
Any analytical concept properly defined is generalizable because it isolates aspects distinctive to types of social action, whether historical or
contemporary. Moreover, these aspects may appear, in practice, in various
combinations, and many of these combinations are likely to cut across the
types in which they originally appeared historically. Thus, the appearance of
these aspects is by no means somehow tied intrinsically to their sites of
historical origin - even as their appearance may remain tied broadly to
time (that is, to modern conditions as such). As one example, the most
irreducible aspects of interest competition may be found within many
nation-states, including those that fail to exhibit any of the characteristics
of either American pluralism or European neocorporatism.
Similarly, the concept of internal procedural restraints is "freed" from its
sites of historical origin in Anglo-American experiences and the commonlaw tradition once it is defined analytically (chapter 10). Irrespective of the
admittedly particular historical origins of modern limited government, evi-
191
192
ity of its historical origins in two respects, and thereby renders it generalizable and amenable to comparative study: First, by defining this contribution
analytically, specific qualities of restraint are isolated that are significant for
the comparative study of purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective
power. Second, by emphasizing that these qualities happen to be procedural
mediations rather than directly substantive, this further "frees" this contribution from reduction to the particularity of any national experience or lived
social fabric. The latter revolvesfirstand foremost around substantive qualities of life, and not strictly procedural qualities. A British or American "way
of life," for instance, is not reducible to procedural qualities of any kind, nor
is a Soviet, Chinese, Iranian, or Brazilian "way of life."
The purpose of the next chapter is to elaborate why this is the case: Why
are particular procedural restraints on arbitrary exercises of collective
power more "available" for transfer across modern nation-states today
than substantive restraints of any kind? The purpose of the present discussion, however, is to explore this from the side of non-Western nation-states
to which such procedural restraints are transferred today. That is, even if
these restraints are somehow "available" for transfer, why do power holders and social influential outside of the Western democracies ever consider
introducing them into their nation-states? Why do they consider this even
when their nation-state's historical experiences, current economic and political marketplaces, and cultural and national traditions differ markedly
from those of any existing or historical Western democracy?13
As power holders and social influential in the East and Third World
become more heterogeneous themselves, and as their civil societies become more functionally differentiated, they face the same problems that all
other sets of heterogeneous actors and competing groups face: They too
endeavor to establish and maintain a shared recognition of which purposeful exercises of collective power are arbitrary and which are innovative.
They too must discern which exercises of collective power are threatening
and which are initially controversial but by no means controlling. If they
fail to establish such a shared recognition, then their own subjective
interests - and, for that matter, their own persons - are increasingly exposed to jeopardy by the state's actions. In addition, they too are increasingly exposed to jeopardy by the actions taken by powerful social movements, organizations, and institutions within civil society.
As power holders and social influential become more heterogeneous
themselves, and as the social units that they own, control, or influence
become more functionally differentiated, their earlier reliance on patronclient networks and informal understandings no longer suffices to protect
their interests and persons (see Luhmann 1982: 140-1 on the transition
from expectations "mediated by personal identities" to a "loss of security"). These networks of personal loyalties once were extended sufficiently
193
194
195
means, in turn, that it is highly unlikely that Brazilian elites can firmly
institutionalize (a) a truly professional civil service, (b) truly pluralist group
competition, or, for that matter, (c) truly competitive political parties independent of these personal networks and state-dominated structures.
Given that Brazil's massive state apparatus dates to the 1930s, and given
that power holders' and social influentials' patron-client networks antedate
this, it is unlikely that Brazilian elites will institutionalize a resilient division
of powers within the government itself. They are just as unlikely to institutionalize truly effective governmental regulation of powerful enterprises
within civil society. The blurring of the public/private distinction has gone
so far in Brazil that these policy options are impractical. Although commonplace in (early) Western democracies, these policy options are decidedly
idealistic and Utopian when considered in the context of Brazil's existing
social infrastructure. And yet, Brazilian power holders and social influentials (or insurgents) can find some way to restrain their own fragmentation
of meaning, and their own competition across patron-client networks. They
can find a way of doing this, moreover, that takes into account their embeddedness within the permanent government of corporatist peak associations
and the permanent social infrastructure of patron-client networks. They
can establish social bases of some kind that permit them to recognize direction and drift - even as they themselves continue to compete in their own
subjective interests across a permanently blurred public/private distinction.
To this end, institutions and norms of internal procedural restraint are
available to them for their own self-interested, strategic purposes. Brazilian
power holders and social influentials may introduce internal procedural
restraints on purposely arbitrary exercises of collective power by government, or else by "private" enterprises within civil society (including peak
associations), as social duties that, at first, they share (and sanction) only
among themselves. They may institutionalize these restraints in order to
protect themselves, as they continue to compete across their patron-client
networks. They may fail to extend these restraints to protect others, either
from governmental control and arbitrariness or from corporate control and
arbitrariness across Brazil's civil society.15
Any move by Brazilian power holders and social influentials to institutionalize internal procedural restraints on purposeful arbitrariness, even if
only to protect themselves, would be a voluntaristic undertaking consistent
with the theory of societal constitutionalism. Although admittedly a small
step in itself, the public/private distinction in Brazil is so blurred that social
scientists seeking unambiguous evidence of a shift to a market economy
(liberalization) or a liberal state (democratization) in any sense familiar to
Westerners are unlikely to find it.16 The theory of societal constitutionalism
may assist social scientists studying Latin America's largest economic and
political system precisely because it is not a theory of Western democratiza-
196
197
unlike the presence of internal procedural restraints alone, never attracts the attention of heterogeneous actors and competing groups by
default of practicable alternatives. Quite to the contrary, these formations suffered a rather sudden decline within Western civil societies
during the mid-nineteenth century, even as internal procedural restraints on arbitrary government remained in place (at least within
Great Britain and the United States, not within France or Germany).
Systemic pressures today have by no means reduced the possibility of
another collapse of collegial formations within Western civil societies.
The contingency of internal procedural restraints on government. The
likelihood that heterogeneous actors and competing groups will institutionalize internal procedural restraints on arbitrary government has not
improved over the years. The systemic pressures that clearly improved the
likelihood of actors institutionalizing first economic markets and then
political markets, for instance, did not simultaneously improve the likelihood of this.17 This may be said with the same certainty in reference to
seventeenth-century England, as in reference to (a) the American colonies of the late eighteenth century, (b) France, Italy, Germany, and then
Scandinavia in the early twentieth century, and (c) the Iberian Peninsula
and Latin America in the late twentieth century. Heterogeneous actors'
and competing groups' institutionalization of the threshold of interpretability on positive laws has always been, and remains today, a strictly
voluntaristic project rather than becoming either more rational or more
habitual.
Indeed, it must be kept in mind that Western governments today encroach against this threshold quite often. Their encroachments largely are
ignored by social scientists because the latter emphasize the significance of
pluralist politics or peak associations' "intermediation," and downplay the
significance of all normative restraints (chapter 4).18 Yet, current encroachments may well extend and intensify rapidly under conditions of economic
crisis. Systemic pressures in the late twentieth century do not somehow
reduce the likelihood of this happening. Quite to the contrary, the continued integrity of threshold restraints on government is, if anything, increasingly jeopardized by the drift of social change - unless collegial formations
are firmly institutionalized within a civil society to counterbalance this drift
with direction.
What is intriguing to consider is that social scientists may wellfindempirical evidence of increasing failures to institutionalize internal procedural
restraints on government even as they find empirical evidence of two other
developments instead. On the one hand, social influential within an Eastern or Third World nation-state might fail immediately to institutionalize
internal procedural restraints on government and yet institutionalize these
198
199
200
201
It is not by accident that the early nineteenth century marked the rise of
mass political parties, beginning in the United States in the 1820s. Their
rise set the stage for two subsequent, interrelated developments. The first
was the emergence, by midcentury, of the party "machine." Dedicated to
maximizing voter turnout, machines were organized in the patron-client
form (and Latin American clientelism is often compared to American politics prior to the Progressive reforms). The second development, in turn,
was the rise of reform politics by the late nineteenth and early twentieth
century, as a reaction to the perceived corruption of party machines. These
reforms essentially subordinated the machines' patron-client form to more
rational and impersonal techniques of political mobilization and recruitment. On the one hand, democratization was extended by the direct election of senators and the steadily increasing use of primary elections rather
than party caucuses for nominations. On the other hand, bureaucratization
was extended by both a marked reduction in the offices subject to election
(and party patronage) and a marked increase in those subject to civil service appointments.
The point, however, is that the decline of collegia! formations within civil
society antedated the rise of party machines as well as the subsequent
reforms that continued into the 1960s. It does well to recall that when
American political parties emerged in the 1820s, on a rising tide of Jacksonian democracy that so captivated Tocqueville, the framers were anxious
and suspicious. They had been witnessing since 1789 the rise and rigidification of voting factions and interest coalitions within state legislatures
and Congress. As these factions curried popular support, and the electorate steadily expanded, the most entrepreneurial leaders of these factions
steadily developed the skills of "machine politics." Indeed, the period from
the 1820s through the 1890s established the high-water mark of electoral
participation in the United States (Chambers and Burnham 1969; Burnham
1970; Ladd 1970: chapter 4). Moreover, legislative rules at the time accommodated the rising power of political-party caucuses, both by allowing the
latter to control legislative committee assignments and by institutionalizing
a "strong Speaker" in the House of Representatives and state legislatures.
After the 1890s, electoral participation steadily declined in the United
States while industrialization and urbanization accelerated.24
On the Continent, the period from the 1820s through the 1890s was
marked by national governments' increasing interest in steering their economies and their ongoing effort to develop the administrative capacity to do
so. It was a period marked generally by a coupling of an ambivalent view of
liberalization and democratization with a decidedly romantic view of science and technique (as exemplified by the writings of Comte and Marx).
Both the ambivalence and the romanticism ended dramatically with World
War I, the Soviet Revolution, and the Fascist and Nazi reactions; such an
202
203
ized morefirmlyat selected sites that are protected "artificially" from actors'
more immediately rational and nonrational behavior.
During initial moments of confusion over meaning, moments of contestation and ad hoc deliberation, actors experience great personal stress
and anxiety. After all, their personal responsibilities for securing shared
meaning, and for sustaining deliberation, increase dramatically. Their
everyday lives are disrupted. Whether they know it or not, moreover, they
are endeavoring to institutionalize a voluntaristic direction of social change
that runs quite counter to enormous systemic pressures of drift. As obstacles to their success multiply, their stress and anxiety escalate.
During these moments, actors within particular divisions of social networks or complex social enterprises may adopt the collegial form of organization precisely in order to reduce their personal stress and anxiety. Once
again, this is a choice that actors may make strictly in their own selfinterest, and not out of any sense of altruism or magnanimity. For actors to
remain devoted personally to securing shared meaning is for them to bear
an inordinately burdensome responsibility. It is much easier for them to
accede at some point to decrees, material incentives, or personal loyalties
than to bear this burden. For any set of heterogeneous actors and competing
groups to bear this burden outside of forms and procedures mediating their
own interest competition within economic and political marketplaces is
unthinkable.25
As a practicable alternative, the same actors and groups, facing the same
obstacles, may endeavor to institutionalize deliberation over worldly qualities and to institutionalize their own shared social duties within deliberative
bodies. They may approach the problem, that is, in terms of establishing
and maintaining shared meaning more indirectly, and more impersonally.
This is precisely why these actors and groups may adopt the collegial form
of organization - at least within selected, "protected" arenas of a civil
society. This is also why they may agree to sanction by law actors' ongoing
fidelity to these formations' distinctive procedural threshold and concomitant voluntaristic orientation. Yet, this move has yet to be taken within any
modern nation-state.
What happens if actors within any social network or complex enterprise
remain convinced that the integrity of their own deliberations is less significant, and less rewarding personally, than their strategic competition within
alternative organizational forms? What happens if they prefer personally to
maximize the effectiveness of administration, the efficiency of production,
the scope of democratic participation, or the loyalty of personal networks?
At such moments, the voluntaristic project of institutionalizing the collegial form of organization remains for them an unnecessary personal burden. It is a burden that they will refuse to bear. This voluntaristic project
will not seem sensible, let alone practicable.
204
These two choices convey the significance of the third step for comparative research: The sheer presence of collegial formations institutionalizes a
voluntaristic orientation of external procedural restraint on how heterogeneous actors and competing groups within civil society are permitted institutionally to compete strategically (irrespective of whether the economy in
question is market- or state-dominated). It also institutionalizes such restraints on how they are permitted institutionally to rationalize administration, mobilize voters, and cultivate loyalties within personal networks
(again, irrespective of whether any of the enterprises involved are "private" or state-controlled). Because Western democracies have taken neither the second step of extending internal procedural restraints from government to civil society, nor this third step of institutionalizing external
procedural restraints by extending collegial formations as a matter of public
policy, the theory of societal constitutionalism reveals that comparativists
currently lack a rationale, conceptual or empirical, for operating with the
presupposition of exhausted possibilities. They lack a rationale for employing concepts that suggest directly or indirectly that Western social orders
rest primarily, or to any great extent at all, on heterogeneous actors' and
competing groups' possible social integration rather than on their demonstrable social control. Once this is exposed as a strictly empirical issue, it
can no longer be presupposed in lieu of being studied - even if the former
tack has long been supported (and encouraged) by the conventional wisdom of the social sciences.
It may turn out, for instance, that leaders within Western democracies
are indeed merely more sophisticated than their counterparts in the Third
World and the East in employing purposeful mechanisms of social control
and in benefiting from systemic and informal mechanisms. Conflict theorists insist that this is the case, but they fail to demonstrate this empirically.
Clearly, Western leaders currently have enormous material resources at
their disposal. They can readily substitute both positive and negative economic sanctions for cruder, and ultimately more costly, formal social controls. This is precisely why the resource mobilization approach to social
movements is so cogent, and why rational-choice theory in sociology or
public-choice theory in political science will never wane. This may also be
why social influential and power holders in the East and Third World are
so amenable today to adopting many Western democratic institutions and
practices: They are increasingly appreciating that the latter rest on far less
costly mechanisms of social control (see chapter 8, note 7).
Some of the specific respects in which the theory of societal constitutionalism directly challenges traditions of Western constitutionalism and
liberalism (as well as social-democratic practice) are addressed in the next
two chapters. Because this theory instructs social scientists to seek evidence
205
206
207
is that the responsibility for maintaining and extending heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' possibilities for social integration can no longer
be left to voluntary associations and professions today. Similarly, encroachments against sites of possible social integration cannot be left to informal
sanctions within civil society. Given pressures of drift, this responsibility
and these sanctions must be mandated by law or else actors' prospects for
social integration can be expected to decline. If the institutionalization of
collegial formations is not mandated by law in particular, then systemic
pressures yield fewer possibilities for social integration. In this way, the social
infrastructure underlying a nonauthoritarian direction of social change is
steadily eroded. Still, social influential and power holders (or insurgents)
might adopt such a public policy either indirectly or directly, and each of
these possibilities may be considered in turn.
Extending substantive restraints: from religious to secular ^protected
208
tended, in practice, to cover enterprises performing any number of identifiable functions, including many of more direct concern to the theory of
societal constitutionalism. Enterprises dedicated to quite secular pursuits
might be defined by statute, or in constitutional provision, as comprising
such a sphere. Indeed, this is already the case in many civil-law countries
on the Continent where, as examples, the state buffers labor unions or
trade associations from immediate economic and even political competition (e.g. the chapters in Streeck and Schmitter 1985 survey the Continent). In Japan, corporations have more or less formalized an "internal
labor market" into which loyal employees are promoted, another sphere
artificially protected from immediate pressures of competition in the economic marketplace. In the United States, dominant firms in expanding
markets establish similar internal labor markets, albeit less consistently so
(Hechter 1987: 141-3). More importantly for present purposes, this practice of "artificial protection" could be extended to include deliberative
bodies within modern civil societies as well as professional associations and
sites of professionals' practice within corporations, universities, hospitals,
artistic networks, and elsewhere.
As is the case with legally protected religious bodies, and with corporations' internal labor markets, some nation-states also buffer certain social
and cultural enterprises from immediate competition within economic and
political marketplaces as a matter of public policy. These include enterprises dedicated to the arts, architectural preservation, environmental protection, rehabilitation of the handicapped, and, for that matter, certain
types of schooling and day care. But whether actors are actually integrated rather than controlled within any of these legally protected enterprises is also a matter that, ultimately, the state cannot guarantee in this
way (also see chapter 11, pages 257-8 on moral authorities). It cannot
guarantee this simply by declaring that these enterprises comprise a legally "protected sphere." It can only guarantee this by moving to the next
step: ensuring legally that enterprises of deliberation and professional
practice adopt and then maintain a particular form of organization in
order to qualify for inclusion within a "protected sphere." This moves the
discussion, however, away from a public policy that may contribute indirectly to the theory of societal constitutionalism. It moves the discussion
to a public policy that directly institutionalizes heterogeneous actors' and
competing groups' possibilities for social integration at their various sites
of employment.
Extending procedural restraints: from government to civil society. Public
policies within Western democracies currently permit and, for that matter,
encourage (a) legislators and public administrators to be lobbied by compet-
209
210
ests in civil society that the new rituals protect place strictly strategic restraints on purposeful exercises of collective power alone. They fail to distinguish arbitrary exercises from innovative ones. More importantly for present
purposes, modernity's rational, procedural rituals historically undermined
and replaced the informal collegial formations of the early "bourgeois public
realm." And any set of collegial formations institutionalizes external
(voluntaristic) procedural restraints on all manifestations of rationalization,
including unmediated liberalization and democratization.
When the democratic franchise, regular elections, and competing political parties are compared exclusively to the external substantive restraints
once posed by nonrational rituals and traditions, the former institutions
appear intrinsically liberating or emancipatory. However, when the rational, procedural rituals that they institutionalize are compared to the
voluntaristic procedures institutionalized by collegial formations, everything suddenly appears in a different light. The impact of the former institutions now appears more ambivalent than one-sidedly progressive. Indeed,
the great strength of Habermas's study of the early bourgeois public sphere
is that it explores this ambivalence: These early talking clubs excluded the
working classes, and yet they were nonetheless critical deliberative bodies;
mass political parties included the working classes, and yet they were from
the start available for apologetics - and worse.
Still, Habermas fails to distinguish organizational forms methodically.
He fails to specify a procedural threshold of restraint irreducible to a
nonauthoritarian direction of social change and also distinct from the new
procedures that simultaneously replaced both the bourgeois public realm
and nonrational traditions. Because he sees that the new rituals are more
manipulative and controlling than critical and emancipatory, he tries desperately, and fails, to discover some alternative. But he cannot say much
more about the new rituals even today other than to note, unsurprisingly,
that they are at odds with the ideal speech situation (Habermas 1989).
What Habermas finds is that as the working class struggled to broaden the
franchise, the public sphere's distinctively critical qualities steadily gave
way to the strategic mobilization of electoral majorities within mass political organizations. The coffee houses, salons, reading societies, and other
informal deliberative bodies of the bourgeois public sphere gave way to the
political "machine." "Public opinion" became more passive and acclamatory than active and critical.
Putting this differently, wherever democratization is institutionalized in
response to interest competition, social time and social space are subordinated to the drift of rationalization.32 Because none of the Western democracies maintains the integrity of the collegial form within their civil societies
as a matter of public policy, all existing "protected spheres" are based on
211
212
213
lar corporation, or, for that matter, of any particular professional association? Are there concrete interest groups within modern nation-states that
already operate in terms of a normative orientation consistent with such a
policy? Can researchers demonstrate that identifiable groups have an immediate material interest in supporting and promoting such a policy?
215
216
decision insulate the social sciences from ideology? Does it not instead
place unnecessary obstacles in the path of possible empirical, falsifiable
discoveries in the social sciences?
Still, the decision to close theories conceptually in this way neither explains nor justifies why social theorists also fail to appreciate the many
implications that this decision carries for research and social practice. Its
implications for research cannot be halted, for instance, at the point where
social scientists (and actors) respect, and neutrally describe, differences in
national traditions, subcultures, and lived social fabrics (see Winch 1958 as
an exemplar, but also labeling theory and symbolic interactionism more
generally). After all, once any existing tradition, subculture, or lived social
fabric is disrupted or challenged, in practice, this in itself begins to push
social scientists' conceptual relativism beyond equanimity. It can result in
social scientists' outright nihilism or else in their respectful, neutral descriptions of social controls that are sophisticated and manipulative rather than
blatantly coercive. What else can it mean when symbolic interactionists
insist that all interests and norms are negotiable in all social orders, and
thereby refuse to address the "normative" issue of distinguishing nonauthoritarian from authoritarian social orders?
Relativism in the social sciences is readily pushed to nihilism, in practice, at the moment that any social movement becomes committed to
"radical reform" of the larger social system of which it is a part. The
Nazis' organizing slogan at local levels was not accidental in this regard:
"To each his own" (Allen 1965). This slogan was designed precisely to test
the limits of relativists' equanimity. It certainly beckons social scientists at
least to consider that conceptual relativism may be incapable of resisting
nihilism.3 To be sure, during unusual historical periods, periods of sustained domestic tranquility, conceptual relativism appears resistant to this.
The social sciences in particular then seem incapable of contributing to
one-sidedness or harshness of any kind. But such periods are unusual. A
few Western democracies have happened to experience such a period in
the postwar era, but the vast majority of modern nation-states have been
experiencing quite different domestic situations. Moreover, ethnic and
religious competition, and moments of outright conflict, are increasing
not only across the Third World (with the exception of Latin America)
and the former Eastern bloc but also across the Western democracies as
well. As regards Latin America, consider what the result would be of
bringing symbolic interactionists' or rational-choice theorists' concepts to
elites' competition over power resources and forms of government (chapter 9). If concepts are indeed value-neutral, should they not hold up
equally well within any and all modern social contexts - including those
charged by escalating tensions?
If the most basic conceptual decisions in the social sciences hold up best
217
218
central proposal of this volume: Institutions of external procedural restraint offer social scientists (and actors) a standard that can credibly claim
grounding in distinguishing drift and direction. Parsons's decision is more
disappointing than those by other classical or contemporary theorists, however, because among all major non-Marxist theorists of the twentieth century only Talcott Parsons built his social theory on analytical distinctions.
Analytical distinctions are the contemporary social theorist's claim to conceptual grounding against the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests
and researchers' value relativism (chapter 7). All analytical distinctions rest
on a claim to irreducibility, and thereby to generalizability. A social theorist
has no reason to draw analytical distinctions other than to claim conceptual
grounding.
By contrast, ideal types or cruder generalizations rest solely on a claim to
heuristic fruitfulness. Weber's ideal type of bureaucracy, for instance, portrays one particular set of analytical concepts as if they were permanently
interrelated, in practice, as a single, irreducible social whole. In this way, it
casts researchers' sights away from the analytical concepts comprising it
and turns their sights toward what the whole illuminates. In portraying an
undifferentiated whole, the question this and other ideal types raises is:
Which existing social actions or social units most closely approach this
idealized whole in practice? In this instance, which existing organizations in
the world come closest to the ideal type of bureaucracy?
Analytical distinctions isolate the most irreducible building blocks of
ideal types or cruder generalizations. As such, they cast researchers' sights
away from the whole and toward its constituent parts. Given this focus, the
question they raise is: Which analytical aspects may be found, in practice,
within existing social actions or social units that have nothing to do with
the ideal type, and which analytical aspects are indeed found exclusively
within those actions and units that approach the ideal type? For instance,
aspects of "disinterestedness" may be observed in actors' behavior not
only within bureaucratic organizations but also within professional-client
relationships. Fewer of these aspects are typically observed in parent-child
relationships or in patron-client relationships. Instead, aspects of affect are
more prominent.
Where ideal types orient research in terms of polarities - which existing
organizations are becoming bureaucratic and which nonbureaucratic? analytical distinctions orient research in terms of mixtures or gradations of
aspects. Some mixtures are typically in evidence whereas others rarely appear: Are professional-client relationships always characterized by the
prominence of aspects of "disinterestedness," either in comparative perspective or historically? When did parent-child relationships become marked by
aspects of affect, either in the West, or, for example, in Brazil or Indonesia?
219
220
221
222
223
224
and thereby unreasoned. If they persist in these efforts, they run the risk
of being seen as extending or intensifying social control rather than as
endeavoring to protect the sites of (their own, or others') possible social
integration.
The result of social theorists' and researchers' acceding conceptually to
the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests and normative relativism,
therefore, is by no means dispassionate or value-neutral observation of
ongoing social events and existing social units. The result is rather the
social sciences' complicity in drift. Shifts in the direction of social change
are left undifferentiated conceptually, and thereby left literally unobserved
and unresearched empirically. Enforcers (and actors) are never informed
of the full implications of their actions by the social sciences (this paragraph
specifies the point on pages 216-7).
This explains why social scientists find themselves at times facing the
following situation: On the one hand, they become convinced personally
that the quality of life of the actors they are studying is deteriorating, or
clearly not improving, and yet quantitative indices of their material condition and of their subjective approval of their lived situation are either stable
or improving. On the other hand, social scientists find that they lack the
concepts with which to convert their personal conviction into falsifiable
descriptions and explanations. Turning to social theory for assistance, they
discover that non-Marxist theorists declare the entire issue of directionality
to be off-limits conceptually, unredeemably "normative." By conceptual
default, the whole matter is left to survey researchers, the reporters of
record of actors' successful manipulation and control.
10.2. Are restraints on drift intrinsically unreasoned?
225
As a result, each failed to distinguish between voluntaristic directionality and traditionalism or substantive fundamentalism. Each also
failed, of course, to explore methodically the relationship between
internal and external procedural restraints.
Third, because neither theorist really distinguished the concept of
voluntaristic action from nonrational or normative action, neither kept
his social theory open to the possibility that certain normative social
actions might credibly claim to contribute to reasoned social action.
Still, Parsons turned away from Weber's rather one-sided treatment of
rationalization because he saw that it led to "entropy" (1937a: 752), and
could not, in itself, account for the evidence of ongoing social order by midcentury. Far more methodically than Weber, Parsons explored the substantive normative restraints that continue to be found within modern societies.
Rather than employing this terminology of restraints, however, he instead
referred to norms, values, solidarity, morality, and the like. He was particularly interested in studying: kinship (1943; 1965; 1971b,c); race, ethnicity,
and religion (1945,1952b, 1958b, 1966c, 1969b, 1973b, 1974c, 1975c); community (1957); value commitments (1968b); and culture more generally
(1972, 1976b, 1978b).
Because Parsons did not distinguish between procedural and substantive
external restraints, nor between voluntaristic and nonrational action, he
classified all of the topics just mentioned as, ultimately, manifestations of
religion and tradition. He did so because he saw that all of them revolve
around actors sustaining shared substantive beliefs. To be sure, Parsons
treated all of these topics as complexes of analytical aspects amenable to
comparative study rather than as manifestations of particular lived social
fabrics tied to time and place. The problem that Parsons faced is that once
substantive normative aspects are isolated analytically from the lived social
fabrics in which they originated historically, their patently unreasoned qualities come to the fore in stark relief. Religious and traditional aspects are
indeed substantive prejudices. The reasons why they happen to appear
within any lived social fabric, in practice, are invariably particular rather
than ever generalizable. Thus, these aspects may be placed into comparative perspective by being defined analytically as norms and values. But
their appearance, in practice, cannot be generalized because they cannot
be justified to disbelieving outsiders with reasons.
Weber's very concept of "substantive rationality" is his relativist substitute for the concept of reasoned social action. And this concept codifies the
problem: Substantive restraints on drift are indistinguishable from prejudices, both in practice and conceptually.7 Aside from collapsing the distinction between substantive and procedural restraints, and that between inter-
226
nal and external substantive restraints, Weber's concept does not permit
any social theorist or researcher to specify what exactly is "rational" about
any purported instance of substantively rational action (see Habermas
1981a for the best discussion of this problem). When residents in a neighborhood band together to resist commercialization, is this substantively
rational or not? When executives in a corporation fail to organize either
sales or research personnel most effectively, is this substantively rational or
not?
Putting the problem more generally: Is there a single social theorist or
researcher who has contributed to the vast Weber literature who directly or
indirectly refutes the proposition that any purported instance of substantively rational action, in practice, is actually an instance of "substantively
prejudiced action"? Why are there so few examples of substantive rationality in Weber's writings, and, surprisingly, even fewer in the Weber literature?8 The fact of the matter is that no one has specified conceptually, nor
illustrated with concrete examples, what is unambiguously rational about
any purported instance of substantively rational action. This failure explains why Weber, and then Parsons, assumed that any effort to infuse
external restraints of any kind with political power or legal sanctions is,
respectively, "regressive" and "dedifferentiating." They shared this assumption because the only alternative to acceding to drift that they saw available
to modern actors is some variant or another of substantive prejudice. Each
tried desperately, and failed, to demonstrate that certain substantive prejudices are "more rational" than others.9 With this, both the optimistic
American and the pessimistic German ultimately fell victim to the ideology
of the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
10.2.2. Parsons's conceptual limitations and dilemma
Parsons failed to take three steps that would have pushed his framework of
analytical concepts toward addressing the Weberian Dilemma directly and
challenging the presupposition of exhausted possibilities:
First, external procedural restraints may be infused with political
power, without simultaneously imposing prejudices on "outsiders" or
disbelievers. They may be infused with political power just as the
rationalization of economic growth or the rationalization of law enforcement, as counterexamples, are infused with political power.
Second, and relatedly, to infuse external procedural restraints with
political power is not to shift social change from direction to drift, nor
from possible social integration to demonstrable social control. As one
example, this does not contribute intrinsically to shifting law enforce-
227
228
229
230
substantive norms to future generations through relatively successful primary socialization. Many of these substantive norms may be lost from
actors' Lebenswelt even within a single generation. This happens, in practice, whenever institutions of family and primary education, as examples,
are disrupted or substantially altered. Being difficult to pass along successfully even from generation to generation, these norms are clearly not
readily transferred overseas short of being imposed by conquest, colonization, or cultural imperialism.13 They are not available for transfer because
they are particular rather than generalizable; they are ultimately supported
by a particular social infrastructure of lived social fabrics. This is why even
after 300 years of direct military occupation Brazil is not Portugal, and
Mexico and Argentina are not Spain. With far fewer years of occupation,
the New England states and Guyana are not England, Louisiana and Haiti
are not France, and Zaire is not Belgium.
Nevertheless, analytical aspects of traditions, whether substantive or procedural, are indeed transferred to new sites, in practice. At times they are
transferred during quite brief periods of imposition, as was the case, for
example, with French occupations of Algeria and Vietnam or American
occupations of Japan, Germany, and Vietnam. The important point for
comparative research, however, is to consider methodically which analytical aspects of any tradition are "most available" for transfer without having
to be imposed on "outsiders" or disbelievers in any respect whatsoever.14 Put
differently, comparative researchers cannot legitimately treat all analytical
aspects of all national traditions as equally confined to their social infrastructure of lived social fabrics, and thereby equally unavailable for tranfer. Two
possible lines of theoretical development left unexplored by Parsons are
beginning to come into view, based on the two steps taken in the preceding
section.
"Tradition" as transferable, generalizable, and invariant in impact. The
first line of theoretical development is to consider that if at least certain
analytical aspects of certain national traditions are indeed distinctively
voluntaristic and procedural, then these aspects are possibly generalizable,
in principle. As such, they are also available for transfer, in practice.15 In
addition, unlike all other analytical aspects comprising the same national
traditions, these analytical aspects also have an invariant impact on the
direction of social change of any modern nation-state to which they are
transferred.16 They restrain arbitrary exercises of collective power by their
sheer presence. This means that they do so: (a) irrespective of the particular nation-state to which they are transferred; (b) irrespective of the substantive projects to which they become attached within this nation-state;
and (c) irrespective of the primary socialization, substantive beliefs, and
subjective interests of the actors participating in these substantive projects.
231
Once the availability for transfer of distinctively voluntaristic and procedural aspects of a national tradition is brought into view, along with an
appreciation of the invariance of their impact upon transferal, the prominence that Parsons gave to primary socialization, and to Durkheim's and
Freud's analyses of actors' internalization of shared substantive norms, is
challenged conceptually. Comparativists cannot legitimately treat national
traditions as undifferentiated wholes which, in principle as well as in practice, are altogether fixed social facts. They cannot legitimately employ
conceptual frameworks that a priori treat all analytical aspects of all national traditions as if they were exclusively or ultimately tied to actors'
internalization of shared substantive beliefs. Nor, for that matter, can they
employ conceptual frameworks that treat all such aspects as reducible to
actors' local interactions and cultural "tool kits" (Swidler 1986).17 This first
line of theoretical development beyond Parsons is pursued in the remainder of this chapter and the next.
Resuscitating the integrity of internal procedural restraints. The second
possible line of theoretical development left unexplored by Parsons is that
actors within rccwauthoritarian social orders either develop or adopt both
internal and external procedural restraints. They do so irrespective of the
substance of national traditions and the particularity of the social infrastructure that is comprised of lived social fabrics. Moreover, they may innovate
by infusing any newly transferred restraints with political power or legal
sanctions. In other words, the nation-states to which voluntaristic procedural norms of restraint are transferred may, in principle, initiate the establishing of a public realm within their civil societies well in advance of the
nation-state within which these voluntaristic procedural norms originated
historically. There is no theoretical or empirical reason why this cannot
occur, in practice. Such a move beyond the public policies of existing
Western democracies exposes limitations in the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
By contrast to Parsons and Weber alike, therefore, it cannot be assumed a priori that one invariant result of infusing norms of external
restraint with political power or legal sanctions is institutional regression
or functional dedifferentiation. Quite the opposite is the case: When exercises of political power and legal sanctions are dedicated to maintaining
the integrity of internal and external norms of procedural restraint, they
are always and everywhere possibly integrative. By distinguishing voluntaristic procedural analytical aspects within any national tradition, and by
considering the implications of supporting their integrity with political
power or legal sanctions, the discussion has moved significantly beyond
the literature of Western constitutional theory and practice. It has moved
beyond this literature by revealing that a public policy of introducing
232
233
to establishing external procedural restraints on how sectors, industries, and organizations respond to systemic pressures of drift. Unlike
the particularity of the constituent group's (purported) narrower
contribution, moreover, the external procedural restraints institutionalized by collegial formations are eminently transferable. Just as importantly, their impact of restraint on any sector, industry, or organization of any modern civil society is invariant.
It is instructive to consider more closely the major differences between
governmental constitutionalism's "agent of change" and that of societal
constitutionalism. Governmental constitutionalism's agent is homogeneous actors and consensual groups, first within an amorphous "constituent force" and then within a temporarily organized "constituent group."
Societal constitutionalism's agent is heterogeneous actors and competing
groups within collegial formations. In exploring the differences between
these agents, the reasons for collegial formations' greater "availability"
for transfer or generalizability, and for their invariant impact, come into
view.
10.4.2. From the constituent group to collegial formations
Constituent group: restricted impact, temporary presence. The "constitu-
234
ately, receding into the amorphous constituent force from which it had
emerged and to which it had remained responsible.
Legal and constitutional theorists distinguish the constituent group from
the constituent force for a most important reason. By their accounts, the
constituent force is in itself incapable of either establishing or maintaining a
republican or limited government. Indeed, these theorists insist quite adamantly that if this social force were ever mobilized en masse it would be
unable to avoid authoritarian excesses. They said this because with the
delegitimation of the natural right of kings - the "natural law" that a monarch's sovereignty is as removed from challenge as is God's rule over man
or a parent's rule over a child - the constituent force became sovereign, and
sovereignty is ultimately indivisible.
Thus, once the monarch's sovereignty could no longer escape challenge,
the constituent force became the ultimate source of political power within
the nation - as the totality of republican-minded social influential. Like
the monarch's sovereignty before it, however, the constituent force's sovereignty also is ultimately absolute, beyond challenge. Its power is never
legitimately limited or restrained by any group or faction because any and
all other interests are particular whereas the interest of the constituent
force is general, the literal "public interest." The major difference between
the monarch's sovereignty and the constituent force's sovereignty, however, is critical to this tradition of legal and constitutional theory: Unlike a
monarch, the new sovereign is likely to remain forever a latent social force,
or what Habermas (1962) calls a "bourgeois public sphere." The theorists
within this tradition could not imagine the circumstances under which the
constituent force would ever, or could ever, mobilize fully. But then again
these same theorists failed to anticipate the rise of mass political parties in
the mid- and late nineteenth century, to say nothing of the numerous massbased authoritarian (and occasional totalitarian) regimes of the twentieth
century.
Regardless, Anglo-American legal and constitutional theory revolves
around the presupposition that whenever government exceeds its "natural"
limits, a faction of the constituent force - the constituent group - can be
expected to organize, albeit temporarily. It can be expected to organize
only for as long as it takes to complete its single task: to return government
to "natural" limits, limits popularly recognized by the latent constituent
force. The constituent group accomplishes this at the moment that it
frames (and has ratified) a republican constitution, and in particular at the
moment that it successfully introduces (or resuscitates) the division of powers (see Vile 1967 for the best account). Once this is accomplished, the
constituent group simultaneously loses its legitimacy to remain organized.
It properly disbands, receding into the amorphous, ever-vigilant constituent force from which it came.
235
236
leadership, precisely because it does not face legitimate strategic or normative opposition from any quarter within the constituent force proper. The
only opposition it faces comes literally from traitors or monarchists, and
the latter are already riddled by the problem of delegitimation. As the
constituent group carries out its sole task, its opponents are encouraged to
leave the country - and to leave their property behind.21
Still, even if all of these assumptions are conceded, the only normative
and strategic restraints that concerned early legal and constitutional theorists were internal procedural and substantive restraints on government.
Systemic pressures of rationalization, including actors' fragmentation of
meaning and the reactions of bureaucratization and steady extensions of
formal social controls, were not salient issues for theorists in the seventeenth, eighteenth, and early nineteenth centuries. This is why the issue of
challenging the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests, of institutionalizing external procedural restraints on the drift of social change, falls far
outside the scope of application of the concepts that these theorists developed.22 Just as early legal and constitutional theorists assumed that the
constituent force would remain forever latent and unorganized within civil
society, so too they assumed that the sole legitimate product of the constituent group - a republican constitution - would have at most a strictly latent
and indirect impact on civil society.
To this day, this tradition of legal and constitutional theory lacks the
concepts that would allow social scientists to address even the possibility
that permanent organizations and institutions within a civil society might
comprise the social infrastructure of a nonauthoritarian direction of social
change. First, this would be the social infrastructure on which a contemporary "constituent force" (and social scientists) might establish and maintain
a shared recognition and understanding of what governmental arbitrariness
is in the late twentieth century. Second, this would be the same social
infrastructure on which social influentials (and social scientists) might recognize and understand in common when arbitrary exercises of collective
power by private enterprises are increasing within a civil society.
Habermas fares no better than this constitutional and legal tradition
when he explores the rise of popular opposition to absolute monarchy in
Western Europe in the mid-eighteenth century. (He excludes the American
colonies from his discussion.) As noted in passing above, he refers to this
opposition not as an amorphous constituent force but rather as an informally organized "bourgeois public sphere:" "[A] forum in which the private people, come together to form a public, readied themselves to compel
public authority to legitimate itself before public opinion" (pp. 25-6).
Habermas traces this sphere's steady rise to prominence through the early
nineteenth century, and then its subsequent rapid decline in influence begin-
237
238
239
in particular is that since 1962 he has been looking too directly, too literally,
at political parties, interest groups, and social movements for the social
infrastructure once provided by the public realm. He then finds, of course,
that they fail to measure up as arenas of critical discourse, and thereby fail
to account for the possibility of nonauthoritarian social order. His later,
absolutist critiques of Western democracy (1973a; 1981a,b) clearly signal
that his conceptual apparatus, an achievement of the first order in other
respects, is leading him further and further away from answering the question above and resolving the Weberian Dilemma. Yet, this question and
this dilemma are being answered every day, in practice. There is indeed a
social infrastructure underlying nonauthoritarian social orders today, and it
is indeed under threat from systemic pressures of social change. But it is
comprised of collegial formations largely located within formal organizations. It is not comprised of a more amorphous set of social influential
operating within informal talking clubs or broader social movements.
In sum, the constituent group has the following characteristics:
(a) The constituent group strategically restrains government's excesses, and then institutionalizes both substantive and procedural internal restraints, including the division of powers in particular.
(b) The constituent group's emergence not merely straddles but collapses the public/private distinction. But because the constituent group
brings the sovereign power of the constituent force to bear on the
single task of restraining arbitrary government, civil society is not
directly affected by its actions.24 It is not to be trusted when it defines
its mission any more broadly, to include exercises of collective power
by private enterprises within civil society itself.
(c) The constituent group places both substantive and procedural restraints on government, but it does not do so by its sheer presence
within civil society. Nor, certainly, does the sheer presence of the more
amorphous constituent force or bourgeois public sphere yield internal
restraints. The constituent group places these restraints on government by organizing temporarily as a faction of the constituent force or
bourgeois social sphere.
Collegial formations: invariant impact, permanent presence. The problem
240
241
then receding into civil society, and yet this project is decidedly practicable
rather than idealized or allegorical.
A public realm proper is literally the commons within a civil society (cf.
Selznick 1987). No one is excluded, in principle, from participating within
and contributing to the organizations and institutions comprising this
realm. Yet, these same organizations and institutions are not themselves
democratic in any strict sense. They are not organized in the democratic
form, and their impact on civil society and government, while invariant, is
by no means synonymous with that of the "public opinion" that survey
research codifies. The organizations and institutions at the center of this
public realm are a decentralized network of collegial formations. The same
social and political conditions supporting this network simultaneously support other "protected spheres" that fail to adopt the collegial form. The
latter are functionally defined spheres of religion, the arts, environment,
leisure, and family or local life protected artificially from unmediated competition within economic and political marketplaces.
The discussion in chapter 9 addressed why power holders and social influentials can be expected to institutionalize internal procedural restraints in
particular. This was followed, in chapter 10, by a discussion of why procedural voluntaristic restraints in general are "available" for transfer. Now it
is possible to assess conceptually collegial formations' current status and
future prospects within contemporary nation-states. Along the way, other
issues come to the fore as well, including: First, the relationship between
the theory of societal constitutionalism and other theoretical approaches to
social order. Second, how the presence of collegial formations affects the
stratification system. Third, how both authoritarian and nonauthoritarian
directions of social change develop beyond the limiting case of authoritarian social order. And, fourth, how the presence of collegial formations
within selected sectors of a civil society can affect how power holders act
and propose actions across an entire civil society.
11.1. Speculations on collegial formations today: two restraints not
institutionalized
Collegial formations today fail to restrain two sets of social activities that
they could restrain to some greater extent if their integrity were upheld as a
matter of public policy. Yet, they restrain a third set of social activities
because, by definition, their members' behavior is oriented by voluntaristic
procedures. This third contribution of restraint is what accounts for the
collegial form's modest links to social power today. It also provides social
scientists with a standard by which to gauge whether collegial formations
are maintaining or losing their integrity.
11.1.1. Collegial form and possessive individualism
The first set of normative restraints that collegial formations fail to institutionalize by their sheer presence within a civil society has to do with orienting economic activity within market economies. The presence of collegial
formations fails to restrain consumerism and possessive individualism
242
243
(Macpherson 1962).l Prominent members of collegial formations may endeavor at times to influence others by ridiculing the mindlessness of consumerism and possessiveness, and by rejecting the latter in their own styles
of life. The same may be said of selected leaders of other protected
spheres, including religious leaders and others dedicated in word and deed
to maintaining the integrity of the substantive core of a national or cultural
tradition. But more typically these members and leaders accommodate,
and themselves recapitulate, this behavior.
This presents a problem, of course, and one may label it "motivation
crisis" if one wishes (Habermas 1973a). Or else, one may label it the
problem of maintaining "social solidarity" (Hechter 1987), the "free-rider
problem" (Olson 1965) ,2 or the problem of "social order" (Parsons 1937a).
But this is a manifestation of systemic drift that is not intrinsically related to
the problem of whether social order is becoming more controlling and
arbitrary.3 The mindlessness of consumerism and possessiveness may be
regrettable. But free riders and other narrowly motivated actors in abundance do not invariably threaten heterogeneous actors' and competing
groups' possibilities for social integration, nor their possibilities for maintaining a nonauthoritarian direction of social change.4 Quite to the contrary, the reformers who endeavor to eliminate free riders, and to "cultivate" the narrowly motivated, might well pose a greater threat. This is
clearly the case the moment that even the best-intentioned efforts at "cultivation" entail either purposeful or inadvertent encroachments against collegial formations or against the threshold of interpretability of shared social
duties.
11.1.2. Collegial form, social stratification, and social order
The second set of restraints that collegial formations fail to institutionalize
today by their sheer presence within a civil society is a corollary of the first.
Consider the relationship between the collegial form of organization and
the substantive inequalities found within a civil society: the relationship
between collegial formations, social stratification, and social order. In exploring this relationship, points of contrast between societal constitutionalism and competing approaches to the "problem of social order" come
to the fore. Again, social order is any situation wherein actors conform to
ranges of expectations regarding acceptable behavior that are widely acknowledged by the members of any social unit (chapter 2).5
Societal constitutionalism v. consensus theory
Social order within collegial formations: acknowledged expectations.
When actors maintain the integrity of the collegial form within any division
of a more complex social enterprise, this means that their behavior within
244
245
246
such changes). This may either convert them into controversial issues or
bolster them with new sources of legitimacy.7 What is ironic about all of this
is that as the power holders and social influentials who benefit most from
existing substantive inequalities conform most fully to the acknowledged
ranges of expectations institutionalized by collegial formations, their very
behavioral conformity to the "social order" of collegial formations might
exacerbate interest competition and foster outright social conflict.
Collegial formations and middle-class sensibilities. Few social and governmental units within any modern nation-state ensure that the "most reasoned" interests typically prevail within their decision-making processes.
Habermas's point about the pervasiveness of purposeful manipulation and
inadvertent distortion is well taken. Indeed, most complex social units fail
to ensure that the "most reasoned" interests are typically afforded a hearing. Given contemporary systemic pressures, actors' fragmentation of
meaning, and both organizational complexity and functional differentiation, it is likely impossible to ensure even this. As noted in chapter 5,
Habermas's ideal speech situation has never been institutionalized, nor can
it be.8
It is also likely impossible for the members of any complex social enterprise today to institutionalize the expectation that interested parties are
eventually to arrive at some "consensus," whether reasoned or not.9 Interested parties gaining access to any complex enterprise's decision-making
processes are going to be differentiated by function, if nothing else. This
alone renders them competitive rather than predisposed to consensus, even
on the "rules of the game." Yet, as long as their competing proposals do not
threaten the procedural theshold of existing collegial formations, as long as
their proposals remain "acceptable" merely in this sense, interested parties
may be said to be competing collegially. This may be said even as their
behavior becomes ever more disorderly within the wider civil society\ departing ever more from other acknowledged ranges of expectations to the point
of conflict.
In short, when actors exhibit behavioral fidelity to the integrity of the
collegial form within particular divisions of larger organizations, this does
not somehow guarantee simultaneously that the "social order" of these
divisions is consensual, pleasant, or tranquil. Quite to the contrary, the
integrity of these formations may be maintained even as the sensibilities of
middle-class professionals and deliberators are increasingly being assaulted.
The "social order" of these divisions may well be competitive, unpleasant,
and stressful for all involved. After all, like any other set of substantive
norms and lived social fabrics, the sensibilities of the middle class are particular. The voluntaristic orientation of the collegial form, however, is ultimately
a procedural mediation, and not more immediately substantive or particular.
247
detached from the sensibilities of any and all ascriptive groups, whether
those of majority or minority groups. In short, the collegial is an impersonal
organizational form, in this respect much like the bureaucratic and democratic forms. The great difference between them is that the latter forms
revolve around rational procedures and quantifiable outcomes whereas the
collegial form revolves around voluntaristic procedures and outcomes that
are qualitative, and far more amenable to politicization and controversy.
The empirical issue of whether members of collegial formations retain
the integrity of the latter's distinctively procedural voluntaristic orientation
is altogether independent of any and all substantive empirical issues. As
one example, this issue is independent of whether college or high-school
curricula are either too "European" or insufficiently "Third World" in
substance (a longstanding debate in the United States fueled a few years
back by Bloom 1987). It is possible for the "Europeanists" to prevail by
acting arbitrarily; it is possible for the "Third Worldists" to prevail by
acting arbitrarily; it is possible for their dispute to escalate from competition to occasional conflicts without either side acting arbitrarily. In the latter
case, even occasional social conflicts can be said to remain collegial, to
remain consistent with a nonauthoritarian direction of social change, and,
ironically, to remain consistent with actors' possible social integration.
In short, domestic tranquillity or consensus is not a synonym for social
integration. The former may well be a product of actors' demonstrable
social control, whereas actors' social integration may well result in their
experiencing increasing personal stress and anxiety. The sheer presence of
collegial formations: (a) frames particular spheres within which heterogeneous actors and competing groups may be integrated, and simultaneously
(b) institutionalizes external procedural restraints on drift. It does not,
however, guarantee that actors will defer to the sensibilities of middleclass professionals and deliberators. It also does not guarantee that there
will be any reduction in (a) the extent or intensity of interested parties'
competition and occasional conflicts, (b) the levels of substantive inequalities and types of stratification to be found within a civil society, or (c) the
levels of stress and anxiety that actors experience within any integrative
social order.
In terms of the theory of societal constitutionalism, the central empirical
issue is never whether participants or observing social scientists find actors'
behavior within and around collegial formations to be tranquil, consensual,
or personally pleasing. The central empirical issue is rather whether the
latter's voluntaristic orientation is being maintained by actors' behavior.
Middle-class professionals' and deliberators' personal sensibilities regarding which policy proposals and which ways of presenting them are accept-
248
249
gial formations accounts for how nonauthoritarian social orders have addressed the Weberian Dilemma, in practice, in the late twentieth century. It
also accounts for how heterogeneous actors and competing groups have
established and maintained possibilities for social integration, at least
within selected sectors of selected civil societies. But, bringing symbolic
interactionists' most central point into the discussion, whether concrete
interactions are pleasant, comfortable, and orderly or stressful, uncomfortable, and disorderly is something that actors and groups negotiate locally,
and then renegotiate endlessly. Symbolic interactionists (Blumer 1969; Turner and Killian 1957; Strauss 1978) correctly point out that any form of
organization, or any institutionalized normative orientation, can, at best,
only broadly frame actors' and groups' local interactions (also see Leifer
1988 on "local action," and Swidler 1986 on cultural "tool kits"). Within
the latter, actors and groups invariably negotiate and renegotiate their
recognitions and understandings of shared subjective interests, shared
meanings, shared social duties, and acknowledged ranges of expectations.
None of this is somehow reduced or eliminated by whatever norms actors
have internalized prior to interacting, nor by whatever normative orientations forms of organization have institutionalized.
The theory of societal constitutionalism radicalizes this position, however, by pointing out that local negotiations of meanings within (and
around) collegial formations are nonetheless distinctive, in practice. The
interactions taking place within and around these formations are insulated
not only from manifest coercion but also from many subtler mechanisms of
social control, whether formal or informal, purposeful or systemic. This
cannot be said of the interactions or local negotiations of meaning taking
place within any other form of organization, or, clearly, within economic
and political marketplaces. By emphasizing the distinctiveness of the
former negotiations and interactions, the theory of societal constitutionalism brings a critical edge to symbolic interactionism. It brings critical
potential to an otherwise disappointingly relativistic approach to local social action, one that otherwise asserts that all interests and all norms are
ultimately negotiable at local levels. This approach fails to address how
organizational forms, and other meso- and macrosociological factors, affect the type of local social order being studied.
As it stands, symbolic interactionism is sociology's version of Lockean
liberalism. It rests on concepts that prevent social scientists from appreciating that certain institutionalized normative orientations serve all actors and
groups as reliable trip wires marking shifts in the direction of change,
250
including those taking place within local social orders. But where liberal
theorists at least addressed the issue of directionality in some way, albeit by
positing that drift is intrinsically benign, symbolic interactionists simply
bracket the whole issue from sight and mind. Their conceptual framework
rests on the presupposition that ongoing shifts of social change, like the
effects of all other institutional and structural factors, cannot affect actors
in ways that escape their cognition and behavioral reaction within local
social orders (the same may be said of Giddens' structuration theory, 1979,
1984; thus, Alexander's charge, 1987, that interactionists are "pfesentist" is
right on the mark). Yet, only on the basis of procedural voluntaristic restraints that remain "external" to actors' ongoing negotiations and interactions at local levels may heterogeneous actors and competing groups possibly recognize in common whether they themselves are being controlled or
integrated.
Countless mechanisms of social control affect local interactions, of
course, including those framed by the collegial form: from structural or
inadvertent restrictions on acknowledged ranges of expectations regarding
acceptable behavior, to actors' informal feelings of pride and shame (e.g.
see Mayer 1983 on the former and Scheff 1988, 1990 on the latter). The
sheer presence of collegial formations does not somehow reduce or eliminate the appearance of these mechanisms of social control. But the critical
edge that the theory of societal constitutionalism brings to the relativism of
symbolic interactionism may be put in the following way: To the extent that
actors maintain the integrity of the collegial form, they do not permit even
structural or informal mechanisms of social control to push them (or others)
into either purposeful or inadvertent behavioral encroachments against the
threshold of interpretability of shared social duties. Whether the shared
social duties being sanctioned within local interactions are at least being
kept recognizable and understandable to those affected is a matter of some
significance. Symbolic interactionists cannot merely bracket this issue from
consideration a priori by refusing to account for institutional continuity,
and rigidity, and by concentrating exclusively on describing actors' subjective understandings of, and reactions to, their immediate situation; again,
Giddens's "structuration theory" suffers from the same problem (see
Stryker 1980 for the best treatment of interactionism's limitations).
Consider the situation today in many American cities where health-care
professionals strike and take other actions to protest what they believe is
the inadequate health care being provided to those lacking health insurance
or needing emergency treatment (note 7). The professionals may sincerely
see themselves as serving the interests of those least influential in civil
society. Others, including hospital administrators, may sincerely believe
that the professionals are largely operating in their own interests, that they
are mobilizing (news media) support outside the hospital in order to com-
251
pete more strategically for influence and control within the hospital. The
theory of societal constitutionalism reveals that both sets of actors may be
in error, and it also reveals when and how such strikes contribute to shifts in
social change regardless.
How can it be possible for both sides to be in error? To the extent that an
inadequate level of health care places professionals into lived situations
where they cannot avoid encroaching against the threshold of interpretability of shared social duties, where they cannot avoid meting out health care
capriciously, strikes are related directly to the issue oi professionals' integrity. Ironically, strikes are then related only indirectly to the level of health
care as such. They are not reducible to: professionals' instrumental or
strategic interests, hospital administrators' policies, patients' scope of insurance coverage, or even the supposed "objective" health-care needs of the
general population.
How do such strikes contribute to shifts in the direction of social change?
Clearly, the quality and accessibility of health care that any nation-state
affords its citizens varies greatly in comparative perspective, even across
the Western democracies. It is clearly impossible to select any particular
standard as "objectively irreducible" or "nonnegotiable," one that is unambiguously indicative of whether national health care is improving or declining.12 But it is possible to specify levels of provision of health care at which
professionals are placed into lived situations where they cannot avoid capriciousness and encroachments against the threshold of interpretability of
shared social duties at their sites of employment.
The theory of societal constitutionalism reveals, therefore, that whatever
the "objective" level of national health might be, this is an empirical issue
quite distinct from the following empirical issue: What level of health care
must be provided in order for professionals to maintain the integrity of
their collegial formations within and around health-care facilities? When
any nation-state fails to provide a level of health care that can at least
support professionals' collegial formations, then hospitals and other
health-care facilities are rendered into sites where breakdowns in professionalism, and both inadvertent and purposeful contributions to social authoritarianism, are common. This may be demonstrated by social scientists
empirically, and in comparative perspective. It may be demonstrated by
them independently of officials' (too often politicized) "objective" indices
of public health, and independently of professionals' (too often selfserving) "subjective" impressions of whether any particular level of health
care is adequate or not (see Sciulli and Bould in preparation for an example
and an initial approach to this issue).
Societal constitutionalism v. functionalism's accounts ofprofessionals9 moti-
252
253
254
sional's sense of integrity, by Parsons's account, is the drift of rationalization itself. That is, he correctly posited that functional differentiation is a
systemic social force. Inordinately high levels of "energy" (or material
incentives) would have to be mobilized in order for power holders to
dedifferentiate complex social units in general. But he incorrectly drew the
conclusion that this meant it is becoming increasingly difficult for power
holders to encroach against professionals' associations and professionals'
integrity in particular.17
Once again, the assumption on which Parsons (and Barber, Merton, and
Alexander) had to be operating was that, in addition to (a) Weber's view of
rationalization and (b) Parsons's own view of functional differentiation, as
related systemic pressures, there must also be (c) systemic tendencies toward "integration" and a benign "social order" (Alexander 1987: 36-51,
63-4, 68-9, 83-8 cannot escape this account of social order). This assumption is simply posited. It lacks conceptual support in Parsons's own social
theory and empirical support in practice.
11.2. Collegial formations today: institutionalized restraint beyond
left and right
Collegial formations today institutionalize procedural voluntaristic restraints on a third set of social activities. This set revolves around the
possibility that professionals and deliberators contribute to reasoned social
action in the larger social order - qua members of collegial formations
rather than qua properly socialized individuals who happen to have undergone expert training. Put differently, the contributions that these heterogeneous actors and competing groups make to the larger social order is by no
means reducible to those made by Homo economicus (Coleman 1986,
1990; Hechter 1987) or by expert occupations competing for "jurisdictions"
within economic and political marketplaces (Abbott 1988).
But in which specific respects can the actions taken by individual professionals and deliberators outside of the collegial formations at their sites of
employment be said to contribute to reasoned social action in the larger
social order? In answering this question, these individuals' cognitive contributions to the resilience of external procedural restraints, and thereby to a
nonauthoritarian direction of social change, must be isolated from whatever normative contribution they may also make to social order as such (see
chapter 2, note 6, on R. Stephen Warner).18 Put differently, the cognitive
contributions that individual professionals make to a nonauthoritarian direction of social change qua members of collegial formations is analytically
distinct from whatever normative contribution they happen to make to
social order as such, qua properly socialized individuals who happen to
have undergone expert training.
255
256
257
258
259
generally). Thus, what distinguishes a sustained nonauthoritarian and integrative direction of social change is not the extent to which increasing
numbers of "protected spheres" of any kind are institutionalized within a
civil society. What distinguishes it is rather the extent to which distinctively
procedural voluntaristic "protected spheres" become functionally differentiated, in practice, from substantive voluntaristic "protected spheres."
11.2.3. From subtle restraint to a lived sense of anticipation
The voluntaristic orientations institutionalized within all nonauthoritarian
social orders and sites of heterogeneous actors' and competing groups'
possible social integration are, ultimately, sets of decidedly nonrational and
yet inter subjective norms. These are distinctively procedural voluntaristic
orientations that are artificially, and always only contingently, suspended
from interest competition within economic and political marketplaces as
well as from power holders' "negotiations of meaning" within local social
arenas. The only modern social orders - national or local - in which all
voluntaristic orientations continue to be negotiated, as symbolic interactionists and pluralists contend, are social orders that rest exclusively on
social control.21 After all, it is within these social orders that members of
the artificially "protected spheres" that institutionalize substantive voluntaristic orientations indeed find that these orientations are never suspended
from interest competition and local negotiations.
By contrast, within nonauthoritarian and integrative social orders, the
professionals and deliberators who are members of collegial formations
operate within and through procedural voluntaristic orientations that literally become and remain suspended in this way. Within these social orders,
both sets of social influential - "moral authorities" who are members of
protected spheres and professionals and deliberators who are members of
collegial formations - comprise an enormous network of hundreds of thousands of individuals. The only quality that they share in common, qua
individuals, is that they are all permanently "available" to scrutinize and
criticize social influentials' and power holders' actions and proposals anywhere within a civil society. They are not somehow confined to their respective protected spheres. Yet, their "availability" in the sense above is ultimately contingent on whether these spheres continue to be artificially (or
nonrationally) protected.
By contrast to Parsons's approach to the professions, professionals' and
deliberators' "availability" qua individuals is certainly not based ultimately
on their socialization and whatever norms they have happened to internalize. After all, professionals within authoritarian social orders may well have
internalized more "moral" norms than professionals within nonauthoritarian social orders. Similarly, by contrast to Lockean and Smithean liber-
260
11.2. Collegialformationstoday
261
262
many subjective interests, if any. It can and does occur without them having
to negotiate any particularly restricted set of substantive meanings within
their local interactions. In short, this institutionalized sense of anticipation
is the irreducible social infrastructure that sustains a nonauthoritarian direction of social change under modern conditions, and it is not established
by the presence of bureaucratic, democratic, or patron-client formations
within a civil society.
Going beyond the presupposition of exhausted possibilities, this social
infrastructure may well be found, in practice, within particular sectors of
civil societies of modern nation-states that fail to recapitulate most of the
particular political institutions and economic practices of existing Western
democracies. Indeed, this social infrastructure is what augments these institutions and practices in such a way that they may at times contribute, in
practice, to a nonauthoritarian direction of social change. It is precisely
because these institutions and practices are not always augmented by this
social infrastructure that they may be found in various combinations within
any number of authoritarian social orders.
It must be kept in mind that actions taken by individual professionals and
deliberators qua members of coUegial formations, and not the sheer presence of coUegial formations itself, institutionalize power holders' lived
sense of anticipation. By their sheer presence, coUegial formations institutionalize only (a) an acknowledged range of expectations regarding what is
acceptable behavior within and immediately around these formations in
particular, and, with this, (b) a set of external procedural restraints on drift
or on inadvertently arbitrary exercises of collective power. This range of
acknowledged expectations can only be extended across an entire civil
society, however, and thereby sustain a nonauthoritarian direction of social
change when individual members of coUegial formations act in such a way
that power holders anticipate scrutiny and methodical criticisms even when
their actions and proposals are not encroaching against the integrity of existing coUegial formations. But how can this be demonstrated empirically?
The subtle impact of this procedural voluntaristic orientation can be
demonstrated empirically by asking why do power holders ever bother to
prepare rationales for their actions and proposals in the first place? After
all, preparing rationales is essentially a private act. It is also not sanctioned
by law in any modern nation-state. Nor is it something that journalists or
amorphous public opinion "sanction" more informally. And yet within all
nonauthoritarian social orders without exception the leaders of any "responsible" social movement, network, organization, or institution prepare
such rationales, even as they are rarely called on to present them. They do
so because, after all is said and done, they acknowledge that their failure to
do so leaves them unprepared for individual professionals' and deliberators'
queries. This renders them vulnerable, in principle; whenever this failure is
263
264
of civil societies in the East and Third World where this sense of anticipation has been institutionalized. These are the sectors of these civil societies
wherein actors' possible social integration accounts in some part for social
order. They also can be said to contribute, however inadvertently so, to a
nonauthoritarian direction of social change within nation-states that currently lack most political institutions and economic practices of Western
democracy.
In both cases, these are empirical issues. These are issues amenable to
detailed, falsifiable comparative and historical research. To pose these as
empirical issues, however, is to jettison the presupposition of exhausted
possibilities.
Still, the absence of a public policy of maintaining the integrity of collegial formations means that two crucial bases of a nonauthoritarian direction of social change have not yet been institutionalized anywhere in the
modern world, including within existing Western democracies:
First, individual professionals' own behavioral fidelity to the collegial
form's procedural threshold has not yet been firmly institutionalized.
Such behavior is not sanctioned by law, nor mandated as a matter of
public or corporate policy.
Second, power holders who encroach against the threshold of interpretability of shared social duties are not sanctioned by law. This
remains the case even when their actions and proposals are revealed to
have this effect.
Institutionalizing these two bases of a nonauthoritarian direction of social
change is the very centerpiece of a public realm proper. When individual
professionals and deliberators, or power holders, encroach against the
threshold of interpretability, they simultaneously contribute to drift in two
ways. First, they close off any possibility of contributing to reasoned social
action in the larger social order. Second, and more importantly, they encroach against the integrity of the threshold of the collegial form, and
thereby against the external procedural restraints on drift that this formation alone institutionalizes. To institutionalize these two bases is, by contrast, to sanction all such encroachments by law. It is to establish and then
maintain civil "meaning" regarding what drift and direction are, despite:
actors' (including professionals') increasing heterogeneity, social units' increasing complexity and functional differentiation, and tendencies toward
increasingly rigid levels and types of social stratification.27
Today, with neither social base institutionalized, individual professionals
and deliberators within universities, corporations, associations, and networks of Western democracies seldom refuse to entertain the rationales
provided by elected officials, corporate executives, or other power holders
265
within civil society. They seldom refuse even as these rationales often feign
claims of consistency with the "public interest" of a "democratic society."
Within nonauthoritarian social orders, such feigning is nonetheless an acknowledgement of sorts of the ranges of expectations regarding acceptable
behavior institutionalized by collegial formations. As such, feigning is not
really as serious a problem for a nonauthoritarian social order as it might
initially seem. It certainly does not, in itself, presage a "legitimation crisis" of
Western institutions and practices (Habermas 1973a). The real world, after
all, is not a courtroom, a graduate seminar, or an ideal speech situation.
What is a serious problem, however, is that power holders are not sanctioned by law when it turns out that their efforts to maximize efficient
production or effective administration within private enterprises do indeed
threaten the integrity of sectoral or divisional collegial formations. Unmediated rational action is intrinsically inconsistent with the procedural voluntaristic orientation institutionalized by the collegial form. Yet, it may remain
consistent with the substantive voluntaristic orientations institutionalized by
other "protected spheres." This is the case in the illustration presented in
chapter 1: Scott's demand that William submit tampered data may well be
consistent with the company's (and its employees') immediate material
interests as well as with the substantive norms of environmental, cultural,
and religious protected spheres. Yet this same demand is inconsistent with
professionals' integrity, with the research division's collegial form, and with
this formation's contribution to external procedural restraints on drift.
Scott's conduct is an indication that: power holders' lived sense of anticipation of scrutiny and criticism has not been institutionalized within this
industry, the industry's professionals are being controlled, and the industry
is contributing to drift rather than to direction.28
Even in the absence of a public mandate to sanction instrumental and
strategic actions that encroach against the collegial form, the institutionalization of a sense of anticipation among power holders that characterizes
existing nonauthoritarian social orders carries its own subtle restraint.
First, it at least slows the pace of drift. Second, it simultaneously exposes
the importance of establishing a public realm proper within a civil society.
It begins to reveal that the latter is the social infrastructure upon which a
nonauthoritarian direction of social change can be sustained in the late
twentieth century. Third, it keeps open the possibility at least that selected
power holders and social influentials are capable of contributing to reasoned social action in the larger social order.
Whenever individual professionals and deliberators question power holders, and find that their actions and proposals threaten the procedural
voluntaristic orientation institutionalized by the collegial form, they are
simultaneously elevating a broader standard of reason above the narrow
norm of rational action. This is the case irrespective of whether they are
266
aware of this or not. They are demonstrating, however implicitly or unknowingly, that even if power holders' actions and proposals are indeed
instrumentally or strategically rational, they are nonetheless encroaching
against the threshold of interpretability of shared social duties. They are
simultaneously demonstrating, again however implicitly or unknowingly,
that this disqualifies these actions and proposals as possibly reasoned, possibly integrative, or possibly contributing in any way to a nonauthoritarian
direction of social change.
Still, individual professionals and deliberators today lack direct, institutionalized linkages to social or political power even within Western democracies. This is the case particularly when they question power holders
outside of the divisions and sectors within which they are employed. This is
why power holders may ultimately ignore them even as they continue to
anticipate the possibility of their questioning: Power holders are ultimately
not compelled or impelled to bring their actions and proposals into line
with the threshold of interpretability of shared duties and the integrity of
either sectoral or divisional collegial formations.
11.3. Unwitting beneficiaries of the collegial form
What does it mean, on the one hand, for there to be a vast network of
individuals employed within formations that institutionalize external procedural restraints, and who are thereby "available" to institutionalize a lived
sense of anticipation among power holders? What does it mean, on the
other, for these same individuals to operate without any direct linkage to
political or social power that could result in power holders, being sanctioned to comply with the threshold restraints that ultimately maintain their
formations and thereby keep them "available"?
11.3.1. Positivists' apologetic politics
This state of affairs means, in the first place, that there are students of
society (that is, sociologists, anthropologists, political scientists, historians,
economists, philosophers) holding positions in the academy and government, and also natural scientists holding public and private research affiliations, who do not aspire to institutionalize a public realm even at the sites of
their own professional practice.29 To the extent that they are not driven
exclusively by the subjective interests of Homo economicus, these social
and natural scientists are otherwise dedicated rather one-sidedly to keeping
the findings of their research scientific, a seemingly laudable substantive
aspiration. However, at the moment that they elevate this aspiration to the
status of an ultimate end, the literal end-in-itself of the research enterprise,
they are simultaneously assuming that this end may be attained within any
267
social order and also within any form of organization. They may share this
unargued assumption during periods of domestic tranquillity. During these
periods, they may casually overlook the scientific enterprise's interrelationship with a quite different aspiration: This is the voluntaristic aspiration to
keep research enterprises consistent with the form of organization distinctive to deliberate bodies, including those of the natural and social sciences
themselves. Under modern conditions, this same form of organization also
happens to contribute to the social infrastructure capable of sustaining a
nonauthoritarian direction of change.
Thus, individual researchers' one-sided aspiration to render their findings scientific, as an end-in-itself, literally obscures from their recognition
and understanding the procedural voluntaristic orientation that universities, research divisions, and other sites of professional practice contribute
simultaneously (a) to any research enterprise itself and (b) to the larger
direction of social change.30 This procedural voluntaristic orientation is as
much an empirical "fact" in the social world as any demographic trend or
pattern, as any index of stratification, as any pattern of group competition.
Yet, scientists (and philosophers of science) continue to emphasize the
scientific qualities of research findings without simultaneously accounting
for the impact that this procedural voluntaristic orientation has on research
enterprises. They fail to account for the impact that different forms of
organization have on the scholarly context in which research findings are
developed, and then, even more certainly, on the scholarly context in
which they are presented, debated, and then either accepted or rejected.
They thereby obscure the collegial form's empirical contribution to researchers' communication communities and to the scientific enterprise as
such. Yet, this form contributes to the social infrastructure that underlies
the very possibility of their maintaining their own integrity as scientists
under modern conditions.31
Positivists' characterizations of what qualifies research findings as scientific are in themselves relatively benign in their impact on the direction of
social change. They are benign as long as these characterizations affect only
the self-understandings of natural scientists. Natural scientists' object domain of study, after all, is ultimately the movement of matter in space (see
Habermas 1968a on object domains). But the very same characterizations
become pernicious once they affect the self-understandings of social scientists, and then practicing professionals and deliberators, because the object
domain here is very different. They become pernicious when they convince
social scientists that (a) the integrity of the enterprise of science is unaffected
by the type of social order or form of organization in which it is embedded,
and that (b) any standard of social change purporting to distinguish authoritarian from nonauthoritarian shifts in direction is intrinsically particular and
normative rather than possibly generalizable and reasoned.32 At the mo-
268
ment that positivists' characterizations of the research enterprise affect social scientists in this way, these characterizations begin to jeopardize the
integrity of the scientific enterprise itself. Moreover, through social scientists' treatments of modern institutions, organizations, social movements,
and networks, these characterizations ultimately affect the institutionalized
environment within which professionals, power holders, and social influentials approach the research enterprise and professional practice generally.
The irony is that social scientists' assumption that standards of social
change are intrinsically normative and particular is itself unscientific. It is
itself a strictly normative belief. It is a nonrational prejudice that they
happen to share with natural scientists and positivist philosophers of science who are addressing a very different object domain. This normative
belief is a reflection of what happens when social scientists characterize the
research enterprise using concepts that remain consistent with a copy
theory of truth: Individual researchers are seen as monads capable of independently establishing the certainty of their (and others') descriptions and
explanations. They are not seen as uncertain describers and explainers who
either operate within collegial formations or some other organizational form,
but never operate independently.33
By contrast, the moment that social scientists view the research enterprise
in terms that remain consistent with a consensus theory of truth, they characterize individual researchers and the research enterprise quite differently.
Here, each researcher's "independent" descriptions and explanations are
conjectures (to use Popper's 1962 apt term). They are conjectures regarding
what "really happened" in the natural or social world. Any researcher's
claim that his or her own conjectures are "true" (more "factual") secures
credibility only within and through ceaseless peer review. The theory of
societal constitutionalism adds to this characterization that under modern
conditions uncertain researchers may or may not orient themselves within
and around a distinct organizational form that, in turn, secures the credibility of peer review itself. The threshold restraints of the collegial form maintain the integrity of peer review, despite systemic pressures of drift that
fragment meaning among researchers and drive them toward patron-client
relationships.34
11.3.2. Intellectuals' ready cooptation and marginalization
The presence of collegial formations whose members lack any connection
to the political or social power that can result in sanctioning power holders'
compliance with procedural voluntaristic orientations also carries a second
meaning. It means that there are intellectuals, artists, and practicing professionals within modern nation-states who are relatively detached, in prac-
form
269
tice, from any identifiable organizational base. Intellectuals, after all, "do
not constitute a corporate body" (Parsons and Platt 1973: 274). To the
extent that they also do not become linked to, or supported by, a network
of collegial formations within their institutionalized environments, they
are, like journalists, mere commentators on the contemporary political and
social scene. For all of their eloquence, they are handily controlled by
power holders and social influentials in one or more of the following three
ways at least:
First, intellectuals may be ignored altogether. If a network of collegial
formations is not already present within a civil society, power holders
may repress intellectuals outright. Yet, if they are wiser, they permit
them to write or say whatever they wish, because, after all, they are
already detached from any organizational base. As a result of this,
they are already incapable of resiliency restraining power holders'
exercises of collective power.
Second, intellectuals may be sought out by power holders, as one quite
minor set of contributors to a lived social fabric of symbols and cultural
"information" that provide upper and middle classes with diversion,
refinement, and entertainment. If a network of collegial formations is
not already present within a civil society, then intellectuals' prospects
of influencing power holders may be less promising than those of
movie stars, sports stars, or stand-up comedians.
Third, intellectuals may be readily coopted. After all, political and
economic elites directly or indirectly control the purse strings of intellectuals' career networks. If a network of collegial formations is not
already present within a civil society, then recruitment into intellectual
"circles" may be largely restricted to the patron-client networks of an
already compromised intellectual elite. Occasional working-class or
lower-class recruits are easily isolated or coopted. Patron-client networks have already been substituted for collegial formations in intellectuals' "institutionalized environment."
Still, the issues that typically concern intellectuals tend to be broader
than the issues addressed by social scientists within universities. Intellectuals debate "meaning," "ideology," and actors' "definition of the situation." They cannot be said to be dedicated exclusively or even primarily
to maximizing "cognitive rationality" or empirical explanation (Parsons
and Platt 1973: 275, 283).35 Because they often lack an organizational
base which is itself dedicated to enhancing actors' recognition and understanding of "meaning" beyond cognitive rationality, intellectuals bring
their talk of "meaning" into universities. But university departments are
270
not organized today to deal with issues posed in this way (Alexander
1986). As a result, intellectuals may be quite isolated even within major
universities.
There does not now exist any specific organizational framework within the university structure for meeting this ideological need, and so far there has not been a
strong demand for it [to be placed within the university]. This structural vacuum
may have been a factor in the vulnerability of the universities in situations of
pressure to which they have recently been subjected (Parsons and Platt 1973: 292).
One of the ways in which intellectuals may nonetheless prove useful to
universities (and other collegial formations) is for them ceaselessly to remind professionals of the importance of maintaining the integrity of collegial formations. The problem with this is that intellectuals ignore the latter's importance as well. They prefer to turn more immediately to the
"heat" of substantive matters of "meaning" rather than to bother with
issues as "cold" as that of collegial formations' procedural threshold. Ironically, the latter is precisely the standard by which they and social scientists
alike may fathom the shifts in the direction of social change that most
immediately affect their own integrity.
Notes
271
272
Notes to chapter 1
remaining incommensurable (see Bershady 1973 for the best treatment of this quality of
Parsons's works). Luhmann is explicit in rejecting this project (1982: 365, notes 5-6).
5 The mainstream at one time included modernization theory, and even today it continues to
revolve in one way or another around pluralist theory (Skocpol 1980; Laumann and Knoke
1987), despite the many criticisms lodged against the latter.
6 This assertion by Tilly is challenged directly in chapter 6 (page 126).
In presenting "eight Pernicious Postulates of twentieth century social thought," Tilly
embraces the lacuna of integrative possibilities and thereby fails to question the presupposition of exhausted possibilities. Indeed, he explicitly collapses social integration into
social control in his fifth and eighth postulates (1984: 11, 44-9, 56-7). He also advances
two propositions. First, functional differentiation is not a terribly significant systemic
force within modern nation-states, as Talcott Parsons believed, because dedifferentiation
occurs as well. Second, the analytical distinction between legitimate and illegitimate uses
of force cannot be made in comparative study (1985: 169-91). By dismissing the significance of functional differentiation, however, Tilly ends up with a vision of social order
that is more conservative and complacent than Parsons' own, including that contained in
his indefensible works of the early 1950s (Sciulli in preparation, a). Tilly's abandonment
of any effort to distinguish legitimate from illegitimate uses of force is by no means an
implicit critique of the collective prejudice regarding Western democracy. It is rather the
sort of relativist position that contributes to the latter's elevation by default above significant criticism.
7 The argument here is clearly not that liberal-democratic or social-democratic institutions
and practices are immoral or, for that matter, amoral. The argument is decidedly less
grand: It cannot be said by anyone that these institutions and practices alone are in some
sense "moral," or superordinate to actors' and groups' narrow calculations of their own
immediate material interests. These institutions and practices cannot be said by anyone to
exhaust all "moral" responses to Olson's (1965) free rider problem (also e.g. Hechter
1987), what Parsons (1937a) called the utilitarian dilemma, and what Weber (1914-20)
treated as the entropic drift of rationalization.
8 Jiirgen Habermas's works are a rarity today because they continue the Frankfurt school's
outright rejection of the presupposition of exhausted possibilities. Yet, his works perpetuate this school's longstanding inability to present critical concepts capable of informing
detailed empirical research in the social sciences.
9 See Hall (1987) for a decidedly moralistic endorsement of Western democracy. Instead of
endeavoring to explore the limits of the presupposition of exhausted possibilities with
grounded concepts, Hall opens the way to a grand, unhesitant apologia for whatever
direction of change Western civil societies happen to take in the future. Bloom (1988) is
the great antidote to this, as moralistic (and polemical) in its own way. Bloom decries not
merely relativism but what he calls "American nihilism."
10 This same definition of social integration is repeated at the end of chapter 2, in the context
of a review of the literature of social control. It is specified somewhat further in chapter 4
when the importance of the collegial form of organization is introduced. In chapter 8 the
definition of social integration is used again, but by this point within the context (and
terminology) of the theory of societal constitutionalism.
11 Michael Hechter (1987) proposes that "solidarity" be reduced to two factors within the
framework of concepts of rational choice theory: actors' degree of material dependence
on a particular group, and the degree to which the group's leadership can monitor (or
"meter," as Hechter puts it) actors' conformity to the groups' shared social duties. In this
way he rightly eliminates all concern with actors' feelings of moral obligation to conform
to group life, since actors' subjective beliefs can just as well be manipulated as genuine
(whereas Etzioni 1988, for instance, wishes to bring such feelings into the very center of
Notes to chapter 1
273
economists' studies of aggregate economic behavior). But feelings aside, Hechter then
follows comparativists and other researchers in failing to consider a further distinction,
one that has a great deal to do with both the presence of group solidarity in itself and
then with the quality of that solidarity: What does "solidarity" mean if the shared social
duties that the groups' leaders enforce can be demonstrated to be controlling and intrinsically particular in substance? Conversely, what does "solidarity" mean if these shared
social duties can be demonstrated to escape reduction to control and particularism? Put
differently, Hechter's theory reduces "solidarity" to successful social control, just as
Durkheim's theory and then Parsons's reduced "integration" to successful social control.
Hechter's reductionism merely substitutes surveillance and material sanctions for Durkheim's and Parsons's hypostatization of actors' purported internalization of shared norms
and moral beliefs. One of the purposes of the present volume is to provide theorists and
researchers with the analytical distinctions necessary to examine critically both materialist and idealist frameworks of concepts, and thereby to avoid both tendencies toward
reductionism.
12 These ideal types can generally be traced to Juan Linz's (1964) seminal essay. For uses of
the latter, see, for example, Oberschall (1973) in sociology and McDonough (1981) in
political science.
13 What is exciting about network analysis is that it indeed offers a new conceptual framework for comparative study, one not directly traceable to derivations of the classics'
theories (S.F. Nadel notwithstanding). See Berkowitz (1982) for a proponent's appraisal of
network analysis, Burt (1980) for a review of the literature, and Wellman (1983, updated
1988) for an influential commentary. See David Knoke (1989) for an effort to bring
network analysis to comparative study (based on principles from Laumann and Knoke
1987).
14 Lieberson is concerned that researchers too often pose problems because they meet statistical criteria rather than because they are informed by theoretical issues (1985: 89). As
opposed to seeking data sets that incorporate variation, and then endeavoring to explain
the variation (1985: 88), Leiberson thinks that "the simple case study could be of considerably greater value than presently appreciated if it is possible to mount such studies with a
very clear appreciation of some crucial issue and if the data are of very high quality such
that the results can be taken seriously" (1985: 105). And he sees this as most useful in
comparative study because statistics (such as international crime data) taken out of their
social contexts are distortions from the outset (1985: 110-13) or succumb to "the fallacy of
nonequivalence" (1985: 114).
15 Durkheim, Parsons, and Giddens are probably the worst offenders (to span generations),
and yet, ironically, Parsons' analytical framework of concepts provides an important basis
for distinguishing social integration from social control and thereby for filling the lacuna
(Sciulli in preparation, a). Both Diana Crane (1982) and Margaret Archer (1987) are
highly critical of Durkheim, Parsons, and functionalism generally for positing that a society likely has a single, dominant culture. Each of them argues effectively for the greater
likelihood of cultural diversity within any social setting, and in particular within any
modern social setting. And yet, ironically, they are very similar to Durkheim in the way
that they collapse the concept of social integration into the broader concept of social
control. As a distinct concept, social integration is controversial because it hinges on
whether parts of a social order that are not based on actors' manipulation, control, or
coercion can be isolated. To fail to distinguish this concept, however, is to concede implicitly that instances of very successful social control - when mechanisms of coercion and
control are most effective, and thereby manipulative - are instances of "social integration." Crane and Archer are as guilty of this Durkheimian tendency as Parsons and
Giddens.
274
Notes to chapter 1
16 The central concern of societal constitutionalism as stated to this point is to address social
change, and in particular to fathom its direction. Yet, the situation presented below, for
purposes of illustration, is static; a hypothetical situation described at a single point in
time. Even worse, it seems to focus on particular individuals rather than on collective
actions. Illustrations of how the direction of social change contradicts the presupposition
of exhausted possibilities cannot be provided, however, until the theory of societal constitutionalism has been presented, at the end of chapter 8. To present them now would
reduce them to assertions. Detailed empirical research has yet to be oriented conceptually
to take static situations, like the one discussed in this section, and trace either how they
evolved historically or how they are shifting today. In short, there is no available comparative study or case study in the literature that demonstrates that static situations like this
one are indeed either increasing or decreasing in frequency within Western democracies
or, for that matter, within Eastern or Third World nation-states. Consider, for instance,
that there is not a single study that compares how corporations that engage in corporate
crimes organize their research divisions and how research divisions are organized within
corporations that have reputations for lawful practices (see Braithwaite 1985 for a literature review). The theory of societal constitutionalism is designed to encourage researchers
to draw such comparisons, and to monitor particular changes within and across private
enterprises.
17 Upon reading this hypothetical illustration, William Lofquist, a graduate student at the
University of Delaware, was reminded of a report he had read of an incident that took
place in 1967 at a B.F. Goodrich Co. installation in Troy, Ohio, purportedly resulting in
the Department of Defense changing its procurement policies. Reported by Kermit
Vandivier, a married, then forty-two year-old, data analyst and technical writer at Goodrich with seven children, it was first published in 1972 and is reprinted in a 1987 anthology
on corporate crime edited by my former colleague David Ermann and Richard Lundman
at Ohio State University. The Troy installation was in 1967 "one of the three largest
manufacturers of aircraft wheels and brakes," even as it employed only 600 people
(Vandivier 1972: 103). The incident in question revolved initially around the relationship
between a new, twenty-six year-old engineer, Searle Lawson, and his immediate supervisor, John Warren, a man who would not tolerate criticism and, as a result, had, over time,
insulated himself from peer review (1972: 104-5):
Warren assigns Lawson hisfirstmajor project. In testing aircraft brakes for an important
new customer, LTV Corp., Lawson finds, however, that they cannot meet specifications
due to faulty design (1972: 106). Warren rejects Lawson's suggestions for redesign because
he wishes to meet the contract's deadline. Lawson responds by moving one step up the
corporate ladder. He shows hisfindingsto projects manager Robert Sink, a hard-working
man who held his present position without engineering credentials but with an ear to
company politics (1972: 107-8). Sink promptly tells the young engineer to follow the
orders of his more experienced supervisor, Warren.
At this point Vandivier enters the picture. He notices irregularities in the data from
Lawson's tests, and also the subsequent efforts to cover up the unwanted results. By this
point, too, the cover-up had expanded considerably. After speaking to Sink, Lawson went
dutifully to Ralph Gretzinger, a test lab supervisor, and requested that he miscalibrate the
instrument that records brake pressure (1972: 110-11). Ironically, Gretzinger, a man
noted for integrity, readily complied, but only because he thought at the time that this was
part of an experiment for internal use only, something which is not unusual. For his part,
Sink had by this time informed his boss, Russell Van Horn, manager of the design engineering section, of the situation as well (1972: 112). And Gretzinger, soon enraged to learn that
the miscalibrated results might well leave the laboratory and be included in the final
Notes to chapter 1
275
reports describes the whole incident to Russell Line, manager of Goodrich's entire technical services section (1972: 113).
Line tells all of the subordinates in the cover-up that each of them is working only on
one part of the puzzle. Because none of them is apprised of the complete picture, he
assures them they are not doing anything wrong. Vandivier cannot believe that this is
Line's position, so he discusses it with him personally (1972: 114). Line is indeed adamant
(1972: 115). With a family to support and bills to pay, Vandivier goes along by doctoringup his qualification report, the report to be issued to LTV Corp. and the United States Air
Force. Out of conscience, he perfunctorily adds a negative conclusion, one readily
dropped by others from the issued report (1972: 118).
Once the aircraft brake comes on line for the Air Force, the young engineer Lawson
personally witnesses planes skidding and near fatal accidents. Upon hearing Lawson's
personal accounts, Vandivier goes to an attorney who advises him to see the FBI in
Dayton. In time, Goodrich officials panic as the Air Force demands to see the raw data
from their tests. Individuals seek attorneys. But even now those involved deny that they
had lied.
Lawson and Vandivier eventually resign, and a year after that they each testify before a
Senate hearing chaired by William Proxmire. Sink testifies for Goodrich's Troy plant. The
Senate committee reaches nofirmconclusion after four hours of testimony, but the Department of Defense purportedly changes its procedures with this incident in mind. Lawson is
now an engineer for LTV Corp., and Vandivier is a newspaper reporter. The Troy plant
redesigned its aircraft brake along the lines originally proposed by Lawson, secured new
contracts with LTV Corp. and others, and increased its profitability. Both Line and Sink
were promoted.
18 On the one hand, charges by sociologists and political scientists of elite authoritarianism or
increasing official repression within Western democracies and the United States in particular are generally dismissed as unfounded or polemical, and correctly so (Wolfe 1973, 1977;
Isaac Balbus 1973; and, for that matter, Horkheimer and Adorno 1944; and Marcuse
1964b). Such charges tend to be ad hoc or impressionistic (e.g. Wolfe 1974), tied to
particular events and left unrelated to any systemic or structural pattern. Or, alternatively,
they are based on unrealizable ideals of "democracy" that contemporary practices understandably fail to meet (Wolfe 1977 and the Frankfurt school, including Habermas 1962,
1973a; also Bloom 1987 on the right). Put differently, such charges are not based on a
conceptual apparatus that allows researchers to isolate patterns of increasing social authoritarianism in comparative perspective; even Franz Neumann (1936) and Otto Kirchheimer
(1961) fail to escape this weakness. On the other hand, charges of "working class authoritarianism" within Western liberal-democracies are usually better received, even if controversial. Yet, these charges are typically based on surveys of workers' attitudes (e.g. toward
ethnic minorities) rather than on studies that establish systemic or structural patterns in
workers' actions (Lipset 1960; Lipset and Raab 1970). Moreover, it is never made clear
how authoritarian attitudes among workers, or among any other segment of the population
for that matter, contribute to a social order becoming authoritarian in practice. It is simply
assumed that this connection is self-evident, but it is not at all.
19 I have not hesitated to incorporate into this volume parts of previously published articles
(especially Sciulli 1986, 1988a, 1989a). Nor have I hesitated to both rearrange these parts
and substantially rewrite them as they were placed into this more elaborate presentation of
the theory of societal constitutionalism. However, there should not be any instance in
which rearranging or rewriting has altered the substance of the earlier articles. Changes in
the theory of societal constitutionalism might come in time, I suppose, but for now readers
should find consistency across these publications. Should readers find inconsistencies of
276
Notes to chapter 2
substance, these can only be mistakes, changes in my thinking of which I am unaware and
for which I cannot account.
Chapter 2. Social integration and social control: the importance of
procedural normative restraints
1 Consider F. James Davis's definition of social control (Davis et al. 1962: 39): "Social
control is the process by which subgroups and persons are influenced to conduct themselves in conformity to group expectations." And then Niklas Luhmann's definition of the
political system (1982: 145): "The specific function of politics is fulfilled at the level of
concrete interaction because [its] decisions are made binding. A decision is binding whenever, and for whatever reason, it succeeds in effectively restructuring the expectations of
those affected and thus becomes the premise for the future behavior. It is a matter, then, of
actual learning, and not just formal validity."
2 Conversely, when actors no longer typically meet acknowledged ranges of expectations
regarding acceptable behavior, then the social unit is "disordered" even if, ironically, competition over scarce resources decreases in intensity and coercion increases in intensity.
3 This calls to mind Niklas Luhmann's concept of autopoiesis, which he defines as system
self-monitoring or reflexivity. He uses this concept to illuminate any social system's
tendency to restrict actors' behavior within roles already given by the system. Like other
theorists discussed momentarily, he fails to distinguish analytically between instances
when autopoiesis is possibly integrative and when it is demonstrably controlling.
Habermas insists that the reasoned/nonreasoned or communicative/noncommunicative
distinction can be made, but Luhmann counters that any such distinction remains patently normative rather than possibly being grounded conceptually against normative
relativism.
4 Some of the best work on informal mechanisms of social control is by Thomas Scheff
(1984: 17-35; 1988; 1990).
5 The Frankfurt school long focused on systemic and institutional forms of social control.
Habermas, for instance, emphasizes the importance not only of "manipulation," which is
purposeful, but also of "systematically distorted communication," which is inadvertent or
systemic. Luhmann (1982: 124, 1972) defines law "as a way of constraining behavioral
expectations [that] is found in every society."
6 Cognitive self-restrictions are being focused on here precisely because they are not reducible to actors' internalization of norms during primary or secondary socialization (see John
F. Scott 1971 on the latter). They are not reducible to blockages within an actor's "personality," whether asocial neuroses or cultivated manners. Put differently, because the selfrestrictions being focused on here are strictly cognitive, they cannot be reduced to actors'
normative motivations and beliefs, whatever these might be and however they might have
been acquired. See R. Stephen Warner (1978) for an impressive statement of Parsons's
tendency to collapse these, a statement to which Parsons responded weakly (Parsons
1978a)/
7 Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 72) use the term "precommitment," citing both John Elster
and Thomas Schelling. Luhmann (1990: 235) puts the matter more abstractly, referring to
the "self-despontaneification" of any "autopoietic system," including a personality system.
Habermas's communication theory revolves around actors' "manipulation" and "distorted
communication."
8 That survey research is also expensive, and appeals generally to researchers who most
casually dismiss the possibility that social order may be based on manipulation or latent coercion is not surprising. Who could make better use of the data of successful
manipulation?
Notes to chapter 2
277
9 Zald (1978) is more difficult to label. See Sciulli (in preparation, b) for an expanded
discussion of these works.
10 By contrast, Luhmann (1990) discusses the welfare state in terms of polar concepts distinctive to each of his systems (including politics, economics, law, science, education, and
others). The result is that many of his criticisms are much sharper. Far more than Janowitz,
Luhmann reveals internal contradictions of the welfare state, or how its very successes are
preparing the way for future structural crises. At the same time, what would actually
constitute a "crisis" in terms of Luhmann's systems theory is by no means self-evident.
11 It should be kept in mind, however, that once the social control/social integration distinction is brought to Janowitz's seemingly more basic distinction, the former distinction
proves to be more basic. It cannot be demonstrated empirically whether particular instances of social control are possibly integrative merely by demonstrating that physical
coercion is not being applied or threatened. But it can be demonstrated empirically that
particular instances of physical coercion might well be integrative rather than demonstrably controlling (see chapter 6, note 32).
12 Chapters 4 and 8 contain related wordings. These wordings are altered slightly in each
chapter as the conceptual framework of societal constitutionalism is presented.
13 James Buchanan, the public choice economist and Nobel laureate at George Mason
University, makes much of the need for students of comparative institutions to address
the "model" of Homo economicus, the strictly self-interested actor, rather than to operate on the assumption that human behavior is typically more altruistic or moral (Brennan
and Buchanan 1985: 46-66; Buchanan 1989: 12-14, 28-321). As he correctly puts the
problem: "The objective should be that of designing institutions such that, if participants
do seek economic interest above all else, the damages to the social fabric are minimized"
(1989: 34). Several fundamental differences between what Buchanan now calls "constitutional economics" and the theory of societal constitutionalism will be noted in this
volume. But his point of departure, the need for any sociological study of institutions to
deal conceptually with the self-interested actor rather than to search empirically for
counterexamples of more altruistic behavior, in practice, is right on the mark. That
societal constitutionalism has the same actor in view will become apparent in the discussion of the Weberian Dilemma in chapter 3. It must be kept in mind that along with the
Hobbesian problem of order, this dilemma was Talcott Parsons' very point of departure
in the 1930s.
14 Anthony Giddens's view of actors' efforts to create, maintain, and change social structures "structuration" - recapitulates this failure in a different terminology (1976, 1979, 1984;
Cohen 1987,1989). He then makes a virtue of relativism by ignoring epistemological issues
entirely and instead moving to what he calls actors' "ontology of flexibility," an oxymoron.
For his part, Niklas Luhmann emphasizes systems'flexibilityin adapting autopoietically to
each other's actions and to "noise" in the larger social system's environment. He sees actors,
then, as both constrained and confused by the complexity and rapidity of social changes
taking place all around them, literally outside of their individual and collective control
(1982, 1986, 1990).
15 Like Habermas (1981a,b), Archer (1987), and many others, Giddens (1979: 75-81; 1981:
66-67, 157-63; 1984: 24, 64) follows Lockwood (1956) in distinguishing between social
integration and system integration. The former refers to dense face-to-face interactions
and the latter to relations between collectivities. Whether "integration" in either sense is
manipulated or latently coerced is something that Lockwood, and then the others, fails to
address methodically (see Giddens's confusing discussions of "exploitation," 1981: 58-61,
239-47; and "domination," 1984: 31-4, 1985: 7-11). Luhmann, of course, concentrates
exclusively on system integration and does not bother to distinguish this from systemic
control (e.g. 1986, 1990).
278
Notes to chapter 2
16 For instance, Jack Gibbs (1981) in particular ties social control to the participation or
intervention of third parties. In many instances of his five types of social control, third
parties are expected to provide authoritative judgments of one kind or another. Similarly,
Donald Black (1984) and John Griffiths (1984) at certain points in their discussions focus
on the importance of actors accepting authorities' legitimacy within situations of social
control.
17 Skocpol (1980) points this out in reference to certain programs of the New Deal in the
United States. Stephens (1980) and Korpi (1983) do the same in reference to the even
greater extension of transfer payments in Sweden.
18 Habermas's work is explored at some length in chapter 5. This same emphasis on systemic
distortion is what led Karl Marx earlier to examine the "commodity form," and how
surplus value is routinely extracted from labor irrespective of capitalists' skills, knowledge,
or planning. It is also what led Max Weber to explore the more general relationship
between "rationalization" and "bureaucratization" (see chapter 3).
19 See, as examples, Skocpol (1980), Skocpol and Amenta (1986: 136), plus Stephens (1980),
Korpi (1983) and Esping-Anderson (1985); also Block (1977), Przeworski (1985), and
Therborn (1987).
20 The same distinction also is missing from more specific discussions of interlocking directorates and "institutional capitalism," and from discussions of "crises" in the welfare state (not
only Janowitz 1976; but Wolfe 1977; Cawson 1982; Therborn 1987; and Luhmann 1990).
21 Robert Dahl (1982) explores the tension between autonomy and control as the overriding
"dilemma" of pluralist democracy. But there are two great limitations with his study. First,
he refers to "autonomy" only in terms of organizations' independence from government.
He must then concede that autonomous organizations may "do harm" (1982: 1-3). Second, he concedes (1982: 4) that he cannot demonstrate which organizations are independent or autonomous even in this limited sense. By contrast, the theory of societal constitutionalism revolves around an operationalizable definition of social integration. It then
extends this definition to organizations and institutions across a civil society rather than
concentrating exclusively on their relationships vis-a-vis governmental agencies. Social
integration replaces Dahl's notion of autonomy, and the former is demonstrated to have
more to do with increasing freedom and reducing harm than the latter. Heinz and
Laumann (1982: chapter 10) explore problems with the notion of autonomy as applied to
the professions.
22 Anthony Giddens (1984, 1987) also wishes to be critical or radical, and lacks a suitable
conceptual grounding for critique or radicalism. To his credit, Luhmann methodically
addresses why critique is incapable of being grounded theoretically, and incapable of
informing actors in practice (1982, 1986, 1990). The theory of societal constitutionalism
ultimately rejects both of these conclusions, and yet Luhmann's systems theory is more
formidable than Giddens's structuration theory precisely because Luhmann consistently
dismisses the possibility of critique under modern conditions. He does not turn inconsistently to ungrounded concepts to support criticisms of existing conditions.
23 See Przeworski (1985) on social democrats' steady accommodation of the restrictions and
opportunities of electoral democracy, and Przeworski and Sprague (1986) for a historical
review.
24 It should be kept in mind that the coup d'etat remains today the most typical way in which
governmental leaders are transferred from office, and by no means elections (Luttwak
1968/1984). In the real world, coups are normal, and elections (to say nothing of revolutions, civil wars, and putsches) exceptional. Coups and elections aside, questioning beyond
the presupposition of exhausted possibilities is taking place in practice today within many
modern nation-states. One of the purposes of the theory of societal constitutionalism is to
provide a conceptual framework that exposes this to empirical study.
Notes to chapter 3
279
25 See Sewell (1985) and Skocpol (1985) for a fascinating debate over these issues as they
apply to the French Revolution, and Laumann and Knoke 1987: 346-72 for an application
to the contemporary United States.
26 Alexander (1983b: 62, 75, 77-80, 94-5, 133-4) collapses integration into "voluntary authority" or voluntary social control (which, in turn, collapses informal, systemic, and selfrestrictive mechanisms of social control). Like other theorists influenced by Parsons, he
appreciates the richness and variety of mechanisms of purposeful social control. But, with
this, he addresses the first question only, and only in part, and he fails to move to the next
two. This is why he reduces the question of "freedom" to an empirical issue (1978). He
fails to see that its institutional and organizational foundations are so distinctive that they
are amenable to conceptual specification.
280
Notes to chapter 3
4 "[I]t is justified to see the question of rationality as Weber's central issue" (Schluchter
1981: 10, note 11). See Polanyi (1944) and Arendt (1951) for what remain most impressive
updatings of the sense of drift. By the 1950s, pressures of rationalization were reified by
comparativists into the notion of "modernization" (see Huntington 1971 for an account),
and Weber's pathos was by then overlaid by Americans' Lockean and Smithean complacency and optimism.
5 Luhmann (1990) captures this well today, but without Weber's sense of pathos regarding
the imminence of authoritarianism. Habermas (1989) seems to have resigned himself to
drift.
6 Parsons initially characterized this as a "law of entropy" (1937a: 752), and then later (with
Smelser 1956) converted it into the systemic process of "functional differentiation."
Luhmann has since developed the implications of the latter more than anyone else within
the Parsonian tradition (eg. 1982, 1986, 1990).
7 The statement of the Weberian Dilemma that follows is my best effort to carry out the
logic of Weber's conceptual apparatus, irrespective of what his personal political beliefs
happened to be as articulated in his correspondence and speeches (Mommsen 1959/1974;
Beetham 1974). My statement also accounts for Weber's pathos, as opposed to Lockean
liberals' complacency and optimism. Clearly, Weber on occasion expressed hope in the
future of parliamentary democracy, but can his personal statements be rendered consistent
with his own conceptual apparatus? Any Weber specialist who wishes to rebut my statement of the Weberian Dilemma, or otherwise to demonstrate that it is faulty, must do
more than string together quotations from Weber's personal views regarding parliamentary democracy. The Weber specialist must demonstrate that such personal beliefs by
Weber (or anyone else) are consistent with the conceptual apparatus that Weber developed. I do not think this can be done.
8 Aside from its consistency with Michels's iron law of oligarchy, the Weberian Dilemma is
also consistent with Kenneth Arrow's (1951) impossibility theorem, and Brennan and
Buchanan's (1985: 76) extension of this to what they call the "attenuation of individual
control over collective-choice options." Arrow's point was that even if individuals within
any social unit express their preferences consistently, the unit's collective decisions will not
be internally consistent even if decision-makers follow rules designed simply to combine
these preferences. Brennan and Buchanan's point, in turn, is that even if one person is
certain that others will not change their preferences over time, it is impossible for this
person to predict whether the sequence of actions taken by any social unit will be consistent with his or her own ordering of preferences. What is being emphasized by both points
is that even if all actors operate consistently in their own subjective interests within any
complex social unit, they cannot be expected to control, or even to predict, how the social
unit will react collectively. One result of conceding Brennan and Buchanan's argument,
however, is to come to a conclusion that they would oppose unhesitatingly: If predictability
is to be brought to exercises of collective power within civil society, this can only be
accomplished on the basis of a social infrastructure that in turn challenges, or subordinates, the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests.
9 Why would two conceptually sophisticated economists, wedded so firmly to Homo economicus as their "model," conclude their book with a call for a civil religion? They do so
because, to their credit, they recognize the outer limits of economically motivated behavior for institutional design: "[Economists confuse] the robustness of economically motivated behavior within given constraints and the possible robustness of economically motivated behavior in modifying the constraints themselves" (Brennan and Buchanan 1985:
14). Presumably, only a shared understanding of noneconomic qualities in life, that is of
nonrational norms, can modify the constraints on economic behavior themselves. Thus,
they advocate a civil religion to this end.
Notes to chapter 3
281
10 For valiant efforts to bring consistency and clarity to Weber's three concepts, see
Mommsen (1959/1974), Jean Cohen (1972), Beetham (1974), Burger (1976), Jacobson
(1976), Factor and Turner (1979), Kalberg (1980), Zaret (1980), Levine (1981), Habermas
(1981a: chapters 2-3), Schluchter (1981: 58, 88-9, 108-10, 128-32), Alexander (1983a),
Kronman (1983: chapter 4). Earlier, now "standard" accounts fare no better (Shils 1948,
Hughes 1958, Bendix 1960, Freund 1966, and Guenther Roth's 1968 introduction to Weber's major mature work).
11 Weber fails to acknowledge that rationalization or purposive-rational action hinges on
whether ends are quantifiable. Habermas perpetuates this failure in his own work (1968b,
1973a, 1979,1981a) whereas Marcuse (1964a), surprisingly, is more consistent in appreciating this interrelationship. Etzioni (1988: chapters 8-9) recently defined instrumental rationality in terms of the qualities of decision-making processes itself rather than in terms of
the quantifiable results of efficient production or effective administration (see chapters 7 8 for additional remarks on the importance of the latter). His reasoning is that unanticipated events beyond decision-makers' control (e.g. a dramatic jump in energy prices) may
turn an essentially rational decision into a result which, in retrospect, appears to be
"irrational." But surely Etzioni is mistaken to define instrumental rationality in this way.
Aside from running contrary to Weber's usage, it leaves Etzioni with the problem of
neutrally observing which decision-making processes are more or less rational than others.
This is a far more hermeneutically complex undertaking than economists (whom Etzioni is
addressing) can be expected to undertake. Consider the following counterexample: Let us
say a new technology suddenly rendered the automobile obsolete. Nevertheless, a neutral
observer can still look at automobile manufacturing companies and specify which ones
manufacture automobiles most efficiently by pointing to various quantitative indices of the
production process. That the automobiles manufactured are no longer purchased does not
somehow reduce the instrumental rationality with which they were produced. Hechter also
fails to see that action can only be called rational on the basis of its quantifiable results.
This leaves him in the nether world of fathoming actors' subjective interests: "[Rational
choice] theory treats individual preferences as sovereign, but if it is to yield testable
implications about group behavior, these preferences must be specified in advance. Otherwise the theory is empty, for any behavior can be viewed as rational with the advantage of
hindsight" (1987: 31). He goes on to note (1987: 31-2, note 22) that "the preferences which provide the motivation for all behavior - are exogeneous to the theory, and therefore unexplained." Regardless, literally all of Hechter's examples of rational-choice behavior revolve around enterprises whose ends are clearly quantifiable, from legislative voting
and patronage (1987: chapter 5), to credit associations and insurance groups (1987: chapter 6), to capitalist firms (1987: chapter 7). And yet, he fails to work this into the very
definition of his most central concept. One other point may be made about Hechter's view
of actors' preferences above: to treat actors' subjective interests literally as sovereign is to
treat them as either given or random, rather than as possibly principled or otherwise
warranted (see chapter 4).
12 Alan Sica pursues an alternative tack, tracing Weber's efforts to sublimate his anxiety
over the persistence of the "irrational" in everyday life. The problem pervading Sica's
account is his failure to distinguish the nonrational (literally, the nonpurposive-rational)
from the irrational. This is a distinction that Parsons made, and most methodically so,
across his career (e.g. 1969b for Parsons's best later statement). Indeed, the handiest
summary of Parsons's entire body of work is to say that he was a theorist preoccupied
with nonrational social action. The same failure on Sica's part prevents him from appreciating the importance of Parsons' (1936; 1937a: 185-95) reformulation of Pareto's
concept of the "nonlogical" into the more generally applicable concept of the "nonrational." This accounts, too, for Sica's rough-and-ready slighting of the relationship in
282
Notes to chapter 3
Weber's work between "substantive rationality" and the irrational as Sica defines it
(1988: 209-13).
13 Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 17-18, 22, 27-32, 98-107) substitute "unanimity" over
meta-rules for a natural identity of interests, and Luhmann substitutes "autopoiesis" for
the hidden hand. For Luhmann: "Totally absorbed in its own object, sociology did not
even notice that a reorientation had already started among the natural sciences, begun by
the law of entropy. If this law that declares the tendency to the loss of heat and organization is valid then it becomes even more important to explain why the natural order does
not seem to obey it and evolves in opposition to it. The answer lies in the capacity of
thermodynamically open systems . . . to enter into relations of exchange, i.e. environmental dependency, and nevertheless to guarantee their autonomy through structural regulation" (Luhmann 1986: 4). By suspending the law of entropy and then employing the
concept of autopoiesis, Luhmann brackets the issue of authoritarianism from his concerns.
He accounts for social order as such rather than for nonauthoritarian social order in
particular. In this regard, he is as much a follower of Parsons (Sciulli 1988b) as Alexander
and Munch.
14 The Frankfurt school in general, and Herbert Marcuse in particular, has been roundly
criticized for so categorizing contemporary nation-states, although one cannot say that
they were particularly casual about it. The Frankfurt school is nothing if not methodical.
15 Failing to provide answers to either question in the face of considerable empirical evidence
to the contrary, contemporary Weberians obfuscate the dilemma itself. They accede to
Lockean liberals' complacency by dismissing the entire issue of directionality out of hand
as "normative" or "ideological." By default, therefore, liberals' hypostatization of a "hidden hand" or of actors' "natural identity of interests" is left standing unchallenged conceptually. It is startling, actually, how many theorists and researchers who label themselves
Weberians, or conflict theorists and radical researchers, operate with concepts indistinguishable from those underlying Lockean liberalism. Indeed, is there a single Weberian
theorist or researcher who answers either question by accounting conceptually for the
presence of nonauthoritarian social orders in the late twentieth century?
16 Brennan and Buchanan (1985) also fail to examine external normative restraints methodically, of course. Yet, they end up appealing to a civil religion as the only alternative to
drift. The reason for their rejection of the external, on the one hand, and yet their appeal
to a civil religion, on the other, may be traced to their failure to distinguish between norms
that are voluntaristic and those that are nonrational. In turn, they fail to see that certain
voluntaristic norms are procedural rather than substantive, and thus capable of being
institutionalized independently of any civil religion. The importance of these two distinctions is demonstrated in chapter 7.
17 After all, the other view of modern social change supported by Weber's conceptual framework is just as readily supported by the presuppositions of Lockean liberalism. Any
resilient normative restraint on rational social change invariably fosters authoritarianism.
18 Brennan and Buchanan's constitutional economics revolves around the possibility of
successful self-restriction. But they see this as immutable, tied to actors' inability to
tailor macrosociological institutions and "meta-rules" to their own subjective interests
(1985: 17, 55, 72, 75-81). Thus, they ultimately recapitulate the classic liberal argument
in favor of the "hidden hand" of the market even as they initially raise Hobbesian
criticisms.
19 Theories of "social closure" (Collins 1979; Parkin 1979; Murphy 1988; Waters 1989) take
precisely this tack: Any and all obstacles that actors face in securing access to resources are
treated as manifestations of social closure. One combs these writers' works looking for a
single exception. In the face of existing institutional obstacles, actors' failure to rebel can
only be attributed to their successful manipulation.
Notes to chapter 4
283
284
Notes to chapter 4
Together, these two types of action comprise the "model of purposive-rational action."
Every social relationship, in turn, is either rational, that is strategic, or nonrational, that is
normative. A social relationship is strategic when each actor or group consciously seeks its
own particular advantage in its own subjective interest. It is normative when they endeavor
to secure a mutual understanding of their situation. Habermas (1979: 195-5) uses his own
concept of communicative action to specify when the latter social relationships are reasoned rather than merely normative. For him, communicative action and strategic action
are both "complex cases" or ideal types. They are closer to empirical social action than
analytical concepts or what Habermas calls "pure cases." In analyzing the ideal type of
communicative action, he turns to "pure cases," including actors' cognitive utterances,
their expressive self-representations, and their normatively regulated actions. It is not
necessary to discuss this further in this volume.
All of this can get very complicated in practice, of course. For instance, there is little
separation of church and state in Sweden. The Lutheran clergy are civil servants whose
salaries are paid by the state treasury (Popenoe 1988:138-9). Yet, Sweden may well be the
most secularized nation-state, those of the former Eastern bloc included.
Anderson (1964/1982) clearly conveys the strictly strategic nature of elections in his discussion of Latin American regime changes between civilian and military rule. Still, it cannot
be denied that in a few modern nation-states - still very few indeed - elections have
clearly gained normative status, all evidence of their failure to express any "national will"
or "national mandate" notwithstanding. Put differently, within these few nation-states,
electoral results may well carry a normative mandate that is popularly considered to be
loftier than that of maintaining the integrity of the procedural threshold of interpretability
of law. It will become clear in chapter 6 why this is a strictly normative belief rather than a
contribution to reasoned social action.
Interest group pluralism is quite distinctive to the United States (see Garson 1978 for a
review, and Lowi 1969 for a critique). More generalizable types of group competition
include "neocorporatism," which involves peak associations (since Schmitter 1974), and
"consociational democracy," which involves ethnic sections (see Lijphart 1977; but also
Connor 1972, 1973; and Enloe 1973 for early, influential statements regarding the resilience of ethnic sections despite "modernization").
This issue is formulated more consistently with the theory of societal constitutionalism in
chapter 11. Friedrich (1963) remains a valuable account of the importance of power
holders' "anticipated reactions." Hechter's "theory of group solidarity" literally revolves
around the institutionalization of anticipated reactions, which he calls "metering" or
monitoring (1987: chapter 4). The rare totalitarian regimes (Nazi Germany, Stalinist
Soviet Union, and Pol Pot's Cambodia) are distinctive in that methodical steps were
taken to reduce dramatically even internal substantive restraints on state officials' exercises of collective power. Leaders of "totalitarian" nation-states radically reduced and
realigned the groups permitted to compete, and yet even they could not escape all such
strategic restraints (see Hagopian 1978: chapters 4-5 for a useful overview of this enormous literature).
Yet, this was precisely the grandest proposal of postwar pluralist theory, and it remains
Notes to chapter 4
10
11
12
13
14
285
implicitly at the center of Philippe Schmitter's distinction between societal and state
neocorporatism.
One of the most significant contributions of Laumann and Knoke's discussion of energy
and health policy domains within the United States is that they treat patterns of events as
"scenarios" (1987: 17, 249-70), and examine the "joint space" occupied by actors and
events (1987: 26-42). They find an "absence of any direct effects of resource possession on
event participation" (1987: 284) such that "any organization with a modicum of interest in
the policy issues could easily enter into the debates" (1987: 283). Their point is that the
scenarios within which events are patterned have a certain life of their own. Each set of
policy issues has only some particular moment in the sun, and, presumably, state officials
have great control over these moments. It is during these rare moments that participation
in debates is particularly significant. In this way, Laumann and Knoke portray state officials as far more active than pluralist theory's portrayals of them as mere referees, enforcers, or vector sums. Indeed, they are more specific in characterizing the state's role than
researchers who have insisted that the state's relative autonomy be taken more seriously
(Evans, Rueschemeyer, and Skocpol 1985).
It can already be seen how this procedural threshold challenges the faith that Buchanan
has in his "contractarian vision," and in what he calls "constitutional economics" more
generally. Buchanan focuses exclusively on actors' subjective interests and beliefs, and he
adamantly rejects the idea that organizational forms or procedural thresholds can be used
to resiliently restrain actors' self-interested competition within economic and political
marketplaces. In terms of "institutional forms," Buchanan sees only two types: monopolies and markets. It is then an easy matter for him to favor markets and the subjective
interests filling them (Buchanan 1989: 5, 13-17, 26-7, 32, 41-2; Brennan and Buchanan
1985: 7, 21-4, 27-8, 37-45, 49).
With this third assumption, Niklas Luhmann is as much a pluralist as any American
political scientist. He sees a "dual sovereignty" operating within the "legal system": actors'
sovereignty in invoking the law, and thereby the frequency with which the law is invoked in
ongoing social situations; and the sovereignty of lawmakers to change the law, including
the premises on which they make such changes (1972; 1982: chapters 5-6; 1990: chapter 6).
Thus, law is rendered positive (or relativistic) when "we claim an inalienable sovereignty
to decide what the law is to be and even to vary the premises according to which such
legislative decisions are made" (1982: 125-6). The only conditions that Luhmann sees are
that the changes not rattle public opinion sufficiently to change its subjective expectations,
and that both political and legal systems continue to function. The problem of arbitrariness, or drift, drops from sight. Indeed, Luhmann advocates that pluralist theory, the
theory of the sovereignty of competing subjective interests, be generalized beyond groups
and interests into a general principle of system complexity and reflexivity, independently
of all external restraints (1982: 383, note 45; also 1990: 27).
Hayek and Buchanan reject this assumption, and thereby remain Hobbesian, whereas
Hechter and Coleman remain more complacent Lockeans. Hechter in particular is explicit
about this (1987: 62-9, 183-6).
This allegory of the constituent force may sound farfetched, but it underlies the Western
constitutional tradition from the Glorious Revolution to this day. It is discussed more
methodically in chapter 10. What is remarkable about Brennan and Buchanan's continuing
confidence in such a constituent force is that they simultaneously accept Arrow's impossibility theorem and then update it with their own "theorem" of the "attenuation of individuals' control over collectivities" (Brennan and Buchanan 1985: 73-81; Buchanan 1989: 39;
chapter 3, note 8). It never dawns on them that heterogeneous actors and competing
groups, operating in their own immediate interests, may never recognize in common what
arbitrary government is - until it is far too late.
286
Notes to chapter 4
15 David Truman (1951) had insisted that robust interest competition contributes to democracy only as long as it is kept confined within resilient "rules of the game," rules which are
independent of this competition or tied to some principle superordinate to the sovereignty of
actors' subjective interests. Moreover, he followed constitutional tradition in positing that a
mythical "constituent force" within civil society ultimately upholds these rules, and this
principle, in the face of flagrant encroachments. Later pluralists correctly ridiculed such
naivete about a constituent force, and symbolic interactionists have always had none of
this. They bracket the entire issue of shifts in the direction of social change from their
concerns. The same may be said of Luhmann (1990), but not of Parsons. Pluralists jettisoned the vague notion of rules of the game and principle as unnecessary to their (and
interactionists') basic argument. They were certain that the latter can rest securely on the
sovereignty of actors' subjective interests, without appealing to any purportedly independent principle. Today, Brennan and Buchanan resuscitate both of Truman's ideas, but
without seeing how the latter hinge on an independent principle: They refer vaguely to
rules of the game (or "meta-rules"), and they evince faith in the workings of an amorphous
constituent force or consensual will within civil society. The conjunction of these two ideas
is literally what they see as the contribution of what they call "constitutional economics"
(1985:22,26-8,51,98-111).
16 Norms of due process refer to procedural guarantees that actors are accorded, particularly
within common-law countries, during criminal arrests, trials, and other formal proceedings
(Fellman 1976; McClosky and Brill 1983: chapter 4). The theory of societal constitutionalism by no means contends that any particular set of such guarantees is irreducible
either to a nonauthoritarian social order or to actors' prospects for social integration, and
thereby capable of informing comparative research. Quite to the contrary, it concedes
(chapter 10) that both the historical and contemporary record of common-law countries in
this regard is as intrinsically particular as that of civil law countries (e.g. Merryman 1969/
1985; Meador 1986; Damaska 1986).
17 Consider the reviews of Marxists' treatments of law by Hugh Collins (1982) and Spitzer
(1983), and also the review of Marxists' treatments of morality by Lukes (1985). Weberians' views of law have already been alluded to, and they are addressed in chapters 5-6.
For feminism, consider the works of Catharine MacKinnon (1983). Her critique of the
"objectivist epistemology" of law embraces all procedural norms, and it is nothing if not
absolutist. Her view of how rape laws should be rewritten, for instance, is a case in point.
By her own accounting, 80-90% or more of the male population could be expected to
qualify immediately as rapists for continuing their present behavior. MacKinnon is not
calling for violent sexual acts to be prosecuted fully. She is calling for each women's
subjective judgment of personal uncomfortableness to be placed beyond question in defining what rape means for her - irrespective of what a man's actions happen to be, and
irrespective of what his subjective impressions are. The first call would be eminently
reasonable, but MacKinnon's call to reduce legality to a "subjectivist epistemology" is
chilling (to say nothing of being oxymoronic). Regarding sociology of law, finally, it is fair
to say that the most mainstream position today treats norms of due process as formalities
or empty shells, e.g., Hawkins (1984) and Braithwaite (1989). The integrity of these
formalities is routinely demonstrated to be jeopardized today by current practices of
criminal and civil courts, e.g., Silberman (1978), Abel (1981), Braithwaite (1982, 1984),
and Clinard and Yeager (1980).
18 Lowi (1969) presents the most methodical critique of this argument. He proposes a resuscitation of what are here called internal procedural restraints on government, and what he
calls "juridical democracy." The problem is that Lowi speaks repeatedly of "principle" as
opposed to group competition but he never specifies what he means (Sciulli 1990). Does
"principle" not mediate "democracy"?
Notes to chapter 4
287
19 See Vile (1967) for the best discussion of the rise and then fall of the division of powers,
the latter even prior to comparativists' recognition of neocorporatism within Western
Europe.
20 Aside from providing a rationale for possessive individualism, Locke's (then) innovative
view of private property in the seventeenth century (Arendt 1958) was linked to the
problem of restraining arbitrary government. This is a linkage that Macpherson (1962)
acknowledges but then brackets from his critical discussion of possessive individualism.
21 See Robert Nagel (1989) for a recent assessment, and a call for the courts to show renewed
respect for internal substantive restraints of popular opinion and group consensus. Because he fails to see the possibility of institutionalizing resilient external procedural restraints on drift, Nagel has no alternative other than to call for a return to substantive
consensus - all evidence to the contrary notwithstanding. This is also why Brennan and
Buchanan (1985: 146-50) call for a civil religion - all evidence to the contrary, and all
conceptual gaps notwithstanding. The Law and Economics movement at the University of
Chicago law school is at least more consistent conceptually by treating drift as immutable
and then, like Lockean liberals before them, elevating the sovereignty of actors' subjective
interests to a virtue.
22 On this crisis in the postwar era, consider works from Arendt (1951) to Lowi (1969), then
Sennett (1978), Hayek (1973-79), Maclntyre (1981), Pennsylvania Law Review (1982),
and both Michelman (1988) and Sunstein (1988). The European and Marxist literature
here is enormous.
23 It will become clear in chapter 6 that the effort on the part of American courts to extend
desegregation decisions to more and more juridically defined minorities, and to more and
more activities within civil society (Horowitz 1977; Ely 1980), is typically unrelated to the
effort to extend internal restraints from the state to civil society.
24 Not only radicals (Habermas 1973a) await a crisis in the West. Hayek (1973-9) proposes "a
basic alteration of the structure of democratic government" as "an intellectual stand-by for
when the breakdown of existing institutions becomes unmistakable" (see the remarkable
preface to his third volume). Brennan and Buchanan (1985: ix) do not sound much different: "The wisdom and understanding of the Founders have been seriously eroded in our
time. The deterioration of the social-intellectual-philosophical capital of Western civil
order is now widely, if only intuitively, sensed." They go on (1985: 150): "We must come to
agree that democratic societies, as they now operate, will self-destruct . . . unless the rules
of the political game are changed."
25 Informal processes of social control such as shaming (Braithwaite 1989) and gossiping
(Merry 1984) are not of equivalent importance to a nonauthoritarian social order nor to
actors' possibilities for social integration. Still, these social controls are also eventually
addressed conceptually in this volume.
26 As noted on page 56, under modern conditions there are no institutions of external
restraint that are strategic rather than normative. Robust, strategic competition for material resources or political influence recapitulates the marketplace and the pluralist arena
and are manifestations of drift rather than restraints on it.
27 Consider West Germany's difficulties in granting citizenship to second and third generation Turkish "guest workers." Similar difficulties may be found across Western and Eastern Europe, to say nothing of the Caribbean, sub-Saharan Africa, and Asia generally
(Young 1976, Horowitz 1985).
28 In chapter 7 it is shown why this must be further specified. The external restraints are both
procedural and distinctively voluntaristic rather than simply normative.
29 Sciulli (in preparation, b) explores implications of its presence within research divisions of
corporations, and implications of the courts' legal recognition of the integrity of collegial
formations.
288
Notes to chapter 5
30 It is important to keep in mind that Clinard and Yeager (1980) found that sixty percent of
600 major American corporations were under indictment or federal action of some kind
in a twenty-four month period. Moreover, thirty-eight corporations accounted for half of
all of the federal actions during this period. It is not a stretch of imagination, then, to
propose that William's company may routinely treat its researchers in the manner depicted in the illustration. Consider also Goldner and Ritti's (1967) impressive argument
that the "professional ladder" within corporations is, in top management's eyes, a mark
of failure and of second-class citizenship. Unlike the "management ladder," it closes
employees off from ever being considered for managerial openings. Due to this, professionals within corporations lack the status that they are otherwise accorded elsewhere in
the larger society.
31 It should be kept in mind that Weber did not see systemic pressures of drift causally
determining the detailed results of social changes within any particular modern nationstate. He saw these pressures broadly orienting actors and groups, and thereby the
direction of social change. Similarly, to the extent that actors and groups maintain the
integrity of collegial formations, and thereby the integrity of external procedural restraints, then this too broadly orients actors and groups, and the direction of social
change.
32 After formulating this definition and then reading Jack Gibbs's excellent discussion of
social control, two definitions of social control in particular that Gibbs listed (with about a
dozen others) could be rendered consistent with the definition of social integration presented here, if they are reformulated: those by Jerome Dowd (1936) and August
Hollingshead (1941) (Gibbs 1981: 51). Their definitions of social control are distinctive in
that they at least allude to restraints on social forces (which they respectively call "momentum" and "mechanisms of society"). Dowd (1936: 6) uses the term control literally, "as
contra, against, or contrary to, any momentum, as 'guidance,' 'direction'. . . . " Unfortunately, he also treats paternal control as a synonym for social control, and this may be
dropped outright as needlessly confusing his discussion. Dowd goes on to say (1936: 11):
"The . . . controlling agency in any society consists of one or more individuals who, on
account of some kind of prestige, are able to bring people together for some common
purpose, and to induce or compel them to conform to the group interest." This undermines the importance of his discussion of direction by reducing it to purposeful actions
taken by individuals rather than appreciating the importance of the presence of a particular form of organization. Hollingshead comes closer to an appreciation of organizational
forms, but without seeing the importance of any particular form. For him (1941: 220):
"[S]ocial control lies not so much in the mechanisms society has developed to manipulate
behavior in crisis or in the subtle influences so important in the formation of personality, as
it does in a society's organization. . . . [SJocial control inheres in the more or less common
obligatory usages and values which define the relations of one person to another, to things,
to ideas, to groups, to classes, and to the society in general. In short, the essence of social
control is to be sought in the organization of a people."
Notes to chapter 5
289
the norms that he was convinced individual professionals internalize during the secondary
socialization of their formal training, Parsons otherwise never suggested what it is, if
anything, that distinguishes professions. The other proposal, dating from his books of
1951 and 1953, was presented even more tentatively and inconsistently. This was Parsons's
occasional distinction between organizations' institutionalized "normative orientations"
and actors' internalized "normative motivations" (see chapter 8, notes 5-6). Aside from
never developing explicitly what he had in mind, he failed to keep his references to either
concept consistent across his mature writings. One looks in vain in the literature today for
exegetes who have developed this distinction or for critics who have pointed out that it
was left undeveloped. Yet, this distinction is one of the ways out of the "normativist
perspective" that Hechter (and others) otherwise dismisses out of hand (1987: 20-3). One
fails to find the distinction in Scott's (1971) discussion of the notion of the internalization
of norms, or in Jonathan Turner's (1988) more recent survey of theories of motivation,
interaction, and interpersonal structuring. The same may be said of Alexander's (1983b)
volume devoted to Parsons, and of Habermas's long essay and chapter devoted to Parsons
(1980; 1981b: chapter 7).
It is curious that despite his masterful critique of neopositivism (1968a; 1973b), Habermas
has never noted the debate in the late 1950s between Fuller and Ernest Nagel on the factvalue distinction in science and in law: Fuller (1956; 1958b); Nagel (1958); Fuller (1958c);
Nagel (1959). It is even more curious that despite his critique of Weber for succumbing to
legal positivism, Habermas has never referred either directly or in footnotes to Lon Fuller.
Habermas refers indirectly to H.L.A. Hart (1974: 234, note 54) and he has discussed or
referred to contract theorists from Hobbes and Locke to Rawls (1963b: 84ff; 1974: 184,
205; 1981a: 230, 263-5). But he failed to discuss the legacy of common law jurists such as
Sir Edward Coke in his early study of the bourgeois public sphere (1962). Niklas
Luhmann, who studied both sociology and law at Harvard, and attended one course of
Parsons's but not any of Fuller's, cites Fuller as well as the Hart-Fuller debate (e.g. 1972:
20, 290, 345, 348, 363, 370). Luhmann was trained as a lawyer-civil servant in the civil law
tradition. This does not assist him in seeing how fundamentally Fuller's normative procedures of legal interpretability differ from rational procedures of legal enforcement, and
thereby how incompatible the former is with his own legal positivism (eg. 1972; 1982: 90137) and central concept of autopoiesis (e.g. 1986, 1990).
This possibility of credibly claiming grounding remains open even if Habermas's communication theory is replaced in time by another that is less idealized but consistent with a
procedural standard of reason. After all, whether Habermas's critique of positivism and
copy theories of truth holds up against positivists' counterarguments is an issue independent of whether his communication theory holds up against alternative communication
theories that also reject positivism and copy theories.
Again (chapter 1, note 4), the only postwar "bourgeois" or non-Marxist social theorist
with whom I am familiar who sustained a credible claim to grounding was Talcott Parsons.
He turned to analytical concepts precisely because he wanted to ground the social sciences
against normative relativism. That Parsons himself never characterized his social theory as
critical or radical does not mean that it fails to qualify as such. This point is developed in
chapter 10, and it is elaborated at length in a separate volume (Sciulli in preparation, a).
Kronman concedes (1983: 72-3) that Weber used the concept rational-legal in a confusing
way. Indeed, he finds (1983: 73-5) that Weber used the term "rational" in reference to law
in four ways, as: rule-governed, systematic, based on a logical interpretation of meaning,
and controlled by the intellect. For Kronman (1983: 78-9, 89-90, 92-3), formally rational
law refers in Weber's work to a legal order that is separated from ethical concerns, or to a
legal order that is self-contained, comprehensive, and both clearly and self-consciously
applied by specialized enforcers.
290
Notes to chapter 5
6 Habermas has expressed reservations about his formulation of motivation crisis (1982:
279-83), but he stands by his thesis of legitimation crisis. Yet, his most recent reflections
(1989) do not convey that the latter is imminent.
7 "If you want to know the law and nothing else, you must look at it as a bad man, who cares
only for material consequences which such knowledge enables him to predict, not as a
good man, one who finds his reasons for conduct, whether inside the law or outside of it, in
the vaguer sanctions of conscience" (Holmes 1897: 459).
8 Alexander (1983a: 113-17, 204, note 90) and Kronman (1983:94-5) see Weber's concept
of formal-rational law resting on a particular ethical ideal or a substantive postulate, that
of "utilitarian individual freedom." Schluchter (1981: 57-8) sees the "idea of freedom of
conscience" as central to Weber, beyond economic individualism. Yet, Schluchter acknowledges that Weber failed to develop the implications of this beyond economic individualism, and Schluchter himself relies on Martin L. Hoffman's work to do so (1981: 59-61).
9 Also see Macpherson (1962) on "possessive individualism" in seventeenth-century British
political theory, and Summers (1982) on "pragmatic instrumentalism" in early twentiethcentury American legal theory. Habermas's object of study is precisely the same as Parsons's: the "nonrational realm," or literally those aspects of social action that are
nonpurposive-rational (chapter 7). Like Parsons, too, Habermas fails to distinguish the
concept of voluntaristic action within the larger categories of the nonrational and the
normative. Because of this, Habermas cannot appreciate that what he calls "procedural
reason" is voluntaristic, and invariably restrains the drift of purposive-rational social
change rather than broadening and complementing it, as he insists.
10 Schluchter (1981: 88) notes that Weber distinguished the procedural (Jormelt) from the
formal (formal). But Schluchter does not do much with the distinction other than to point
it out. He also places Weber's sociology of law in the context of Weber's treatment of
rationalization (1981: 82-138). But, as Fuller insisted, a law may be formally rational and
effectively enforced and yet not be procedurally reasoned or procedurally warranted.
Kalberg (1980) and Levine (1981) offer helpful discussions of Weber's uses of the term
"rationality" (also Habermas 1977; 1981a: chapters 2-3; and Alexander 1983a: 25-28).
Kronman (1983) offers one of the most detailed discussions of Weber's sociology of law in
English.
11 Habermas has been exploring (1984) how law's formalization in this narrow sense, as
rational procedures of consistent enforcement, undermines the integrity or robustness of
actors' social relations (also 1989 more generally). He refers to this as "juridification."
12 Oliver Wendell Holmes (1897) saw jurists' predictable behavior as critical to the practice of
law and also to advances in legal training and scholarship (see Grey 1989 on the latter).
Yet, he also saw this behavior being directed to citizens rather than to enforcers alone.
13 "Hence the law is not, as Austin formulates it, a rule 'enforced' by a specific authority, but
rather a norm which provides a specific measure of coercion as sanction. The nature of the
law will not be grasped if one characterizes it as does Austin, as a command to conduct
oneself lawfully. The law is a decree of a measure of coercion, a sanction, for that conduct
called 'illegal,' a delict; and this conduct has the character of 'delict' because and only
because it is a condition of the sanction" (Kelsen 1941: 275). "When the delict is defined
simply as unlawful behavior, law is regarded as a system of secondary norms. But this is
not tenable if we realize law's character of a coercive order which stipulates sanctions. Law
is the primary norm, which stipulates the sanction, and this norm is not contradicted by the
delict of the subject, which, on the contrary, is the specific condition of the sanction. Only
the organ [of enforcement] can counteract law itself, the primary norm, by not executing
the sanction in spite of its conditions being fulfilled. But when speaking of the delict of the
subject as unlawful, one does not have in mind the unlawful behavior of the organ"
(Kelsen 1945: 61).
Notes to chapter 5
291
14 The Harvard political scientist Carl Friedrich (1963, 1969, 1972, 1974) developed the
distinction between Autoritat, a Latin term, and Herrschaft, a German term, into the very
basis of his distinction between reasoned authority and (unreasoned) authoritarianism. In
many respects, Friedrich's works remain among the very best historical, theoretical, and
comparative treatments of governmental constitutionalism. Still, he left his concept of
reasoned authority relativistic rather than attempting to ground it, and for this reason his
works fail to move beyond the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
15 This is a major theme for Habermas by 1981. Yet, it was his very point of departure even in
1965 and then in 1967 and 1968 as he elaborated his critique of neopositivism.
16 Habermas's insistence on this point also indicates that his procedural standard of reason is
analytical: At best, only parts or aspects of a complex social action or particular way of life
can be reasoned. Yet, Habermas insists explicitly that his social theory, and its standard of
reason, is not analytical. This is most confusing: Habermas wishes to overcome relativism
in order to ground critique. But he does not see the need to bring analytical distinctions
into the very core of his social theory. Luhmann, by contrast, has no interest in overcoming relativism since he is not interested in critique. He rejects Habermas's position that
there is any generalizable standard of reason, procedural or otherwise. Luhmann readily
acknowledges that this is why his concepts need not be analytical (personal conversation
in Atlanta, Georgia, August 1988, at the Annual Meeting of the American Sociological
Association). Habermas's reluctance to acknowledge the need for analytical distinctions
in his project of escaping relativism may be due to his seeing one other implication of
basing a social theory on analytical distinctions: Even if a grounding against relativism is
secured, analytical distinctions move the critique of existing social arrangements away
from the Frankfurt school's absolutism. Put differently, analytical distinctions can support
critique, and even quite radical critique, but they cannot support the Frankfurt school's
absolutist rejection of entire institutional complexes. Quite to the contrary, analytical
distinctions support more specific criticisms, ones more amenable to falsification and
operationalization. Because the Frankfurt school seldom appreciated such qualities of
research, its members never felt particularly constrained to bring specificity to critique
(Jay 1973).
17 This question essentially rephrases Lowi's (1969) central concern in his analysis of American interest group pluralism, and this question also informs the reassessment of the republican civic tradition in the Yale Law Journal (1988).
18 Jay (1974) puts these issues well in exploring the Frankfurt school's reactions to Mannheim's (1929) relational view of "truth." Luhmann has been putting these questions quite
forcefully to Marxists for three decades, but then he goes further by dismissing Habermas's
procedural turn as well. The irony is that Luhmann cites Fuller; Habermas does not (note
2); and yet Fuller would surely side with Habermas on this matter rather than with
Luhmann.
19 Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 27) treat subjective interests as sovereign, and as a result
treat actors as monads - whose interests are given or random - rather than as members of
communication communities whose interests may either be warranted or unwarranted in
these contexts. What is ironic is that they anticipate a subjective consensus among such
monads over basic rules of the game or "meta-rules." They thereby end up closer to
Habermas's ideal speech situation than to Fuller's more practicable threshold of interpretability, but without the support provided by a communication theory.
20 Habermas does not use the term normative orientations. I use this concept in this context
because eventually I will demonstrate that what Habermas calls communication communities are themselves mediated by the normative orientations institutionalized by forms of
organization (chapter 8, especially note 6). For his part, Collins (1979: 58) refers to
professions as "consciousness communities," no different in this respect, says he, than
292
21
22
23
24
25
26
Notes to chapter 5
ethnic groups. In terms of the theory of societal constitutionalism, however, the issue is not
whether an occupational group and an ascriptive group happen to revolve around their
respective members' shared symbols rather than around their instrumental or strategic
calculations of success. Clearly, professions, ethnic groups, and many other social units
(religious, cultural, and affective) rely on their members' "consciousness." The issue is
that ethnic groups typically are organized in patron-client networks whereas professions
proper, unlike other expert occupations, are organized in the collegial form (chapter 8). To
bring this distinction to Collins's The Credential Society is to call into question his argument from beginning to end: from his conceptual distinctions, to his research findings, to
his prescriptions for change.
See Karl-Otto Apel (1972) for an excellent essay criticizing neopositivists' "methodological solipsism"; Habermas (1967b, 1968a, 1973c, 1982) for criticisms of neopositivism and
substantive standards of scientific truth; Radnitzky (1968) for a masterful overview of this
vast literature; and Bernstein (1978,1983) and Apel (1980) for updates and commentaries.
What Habermas fails to see, however, is that qualities of "discourse" are distinctively
voluntaristic (see chapter 7). They are qualities in social life that cannot be reduced to the
quantifiable outcomes of instrumental actions or scientific experiments. (Nor can they be
elevated to the ultimate meanings of symbolic or nonrational actions.) Habermas also fails
to acknowledge that positivism may well be warranted as long as it is kept restricted to
those areas where reductions to such outcomes go unchallenged. These areas may expand
quite considerably over time, moreover, without this threatening or challenging Habermas's procedural turn and communication theory. This point cannot be developed further
here, except to say that Habermas's early discussion of "object domains" (1968a) would
provide a point of departure.
This suggests why Habermas fails to see that qualities of discourse are voluntaristic: At the
level of interpersonal communication, he treats these qualities as "universal pragmatics,"
or as qualities that may be found in every instance of mutual understanding between actors
under ideal conditions. At this microsociological level of analysis, these qualities appear to
be structurally overdetermined by the very nature of ordinary speech itself, rather than
voluntaristic or contingent. But as soon as Habermas attempts to explore how these
qualities may be institutionalized, beyond this level of analysis, their voluntaristic status
comes to the fore. Again, the significance of saying that these qualities are voluntaristic is
explored in chapter 7.
Habermas's major discussions of his communication theory may be found in 1973c;
1976a; 1977; 1981a,b; and 1982. In addition, see several statements by Karl-Otto Apel
(1972, 1979, 1980). Fine commentaries and elaborations include those by McCarthy
(1978: especially chapter 4), Dallmayr (1974, 1976, 1977), Bernstein (1978), Wellmer
(1976), plus collections by Thompson and Held (1982), Geraets (1979), and O'Neill
(1976). Radnitzky (1968) places both Habermas and Apel within the philosophy of
science, and Bernstein (1983) provides an update. See Alexander (1985) for a pointed
critique of Habermas's use of J.L. Austin's concepts, and Antonio (1989) for the charge
that Habermas has not adopted central tenets of pragmatism. Sabia and Wallulis (1983)
contains several essays summarizing Habermas's works. For overviews of Habermas's
relationship to the Frankfurt school and Marxism, see Schroyer (1973), Held (1980), and
Bottomore (1984).
Here is a link between Habermas's communication theory and both American pragmatism
(Antonio 1989; Rochberg-Halton 1986) and the symbolic interactionism of both Anselm
Strauss ("negotiated order") and Ralph Turner ("emergent norms").
Thus, Habermas's limiting case standard of ideal speech provides one basis for specifying
when ranges of expectations of acceptable behavior are "unduly restricted," as noted in
the discussion of social order in chapter 2. But, as will become clear in chapter 6, Fuller
Notes to chapter 6
27
28
29
30
31
293
provides a more practicable standard for locating such restrictions, a standard much richer
in its implications for research.
Habermas does not use the term "artificially protected arenas," but it will become clear in
later chapters why this term applies in this context.
See Fuller (1969: 23-26) on the ideal of reciprocity; Habermas (1976b) on reciprocity as a
grounding; Gouldner (1960) on reciprocity as a norm. Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 22,
27-32,98-100), surprisingly, have the same outlook on consensus and unrestrained participation as Habermas. Ackerman (1980) attempts to apply it in legal theory.
Habermas draws rare exception for Anabaptists. Wuthnow (1987: 230-47), however,
places this in sounder perspective.
By 1971, Habermas clearly and unhesitatingly acknowledged that he could not bring his
communication theory to political practice (1973a: 130-43; 1974: 186-8; 1981: 43; 1982:
220, 232-3, 251-4, 261-3). He conceded that he had to restrict himself to interpersonal
relations and "therapeutic critique" (1968a: chapters 10-12; 1971: 28-32, 37-40; 1981: 201, 41-2). Habermas has never argued, suggested, or intimated that his earlier works,
including his study of the bourgeois public realm (1962), offer him any assistance in
making the linkage to political practice. Commentators, exegetes, and critics have yet to
offer Habermas a viable proposal for the linkage.
See Randall Collins (1986) for an exercise in "Weberian sociological theory" that sidesteps
the problem by acceding too readily to conceptual relativism. Alan Sica (1988) also refuses
to touch the issue of what distinguishes substantive rationality and substantive irrationality
within the Weberian conceptual framework.
294
Notes to chapter 6
3 Fuller is also remembered for his allegory of the complexities involved in interpreting
complex social events: "The Case of the Speluncean Explorers" (1949).
4 Gibbs (1982: 93-4) offers a rare and yet still limited appreciation by a sociologist of the
research potential of Fuller's legal theory, and Elkin (1987: 9-12, 103-9) one by a
political scientist. Black (1984) dismisses "normative" theory out of hand, and yet his
work exhibits a strictly normative, altogether unargued, fealty to the presupposition of
exhausted possibilities.
5 The question broadens when converted into the terms of the theory of societal constitutionalism: How can social scientists distinguish in comparative perspective when a stable
social order is becoming either more controlling or (possibly) more integrative?
6 Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 4-5) also emphasize the importance of enforcement rather
than the importance of interpretability.
7 Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 100-4) follow this second path. They reduce law's legitimacy to the ranges of expectations regarding acceptable behavior that actors happen to
acknowledge at any given point in time. This is why they end up accepting that actors
may agree to "meta-rules" that permit "legitimate lawmaking bodies" to make unannounced or secret changes in the law - as long as the changes do not challenge actors'
existing expectations (1985: 107-8). Luhmann offers the same argument (1972; 1982: 90137; 1990: 187-202).
8 Because Fuller's standard of lawfulness rests on qualities of interpretability rather than on
quantitative indices of effective enforcement, the former may be called voluntaristic social
integration and the latter rational social control. The reasons for saying this are explored in
chapter 7. This would eliminate many of the endless disputes over the normative and
scientific status of "law" as such. Rational social controls (and the effectiveness of enforcement) close off any possibility of social integration whenever they are institutionalized in
and of themselves. As Weber's social theory indicates, they are consistent with any social
order rather than being intrinsically consistent with a nonauthoritarian social order in
particular.
9 Actually, Fuller wavers in characterizing what these eight qualities establish. At times
(1964/1969: 41-9, 101-3), he insists that they are ideals that existing legal orders cannot
fully realize, in practice. At other times (e.g. 1964/1969: 17, 27-8, 39-40, 64-5, 204, 21516; 1969b: 220, 234), he insists, and just as forcefully, that they are irreducible criteria of
the lawful/lawless distinction. The reasons why the latter position is emphasized in this
volume are presented in the text. The former position, ironically, is not consistent with
Fuller's own distinction between a morality of duty and a morality of aspiration; this is
discussed momentarily.
10 This is the restraint against which Brennan and Buchanan are prepared to encroach (see
note 7).
11 Again, only when the threshold of interpretability is interrelated with the collegial form of
organization does its capacity to restrain or mediate inadvertent mechanisms of social
control and the drift of social change come into view.
12 See Hugh Collins (1982), Spitzer (1983), and Lukes (1985) for recent reviews of this
literature, each failing to move beyond Marxism's unsophisticated treatment of law. The
latter is exemplified by Lukacs's 1920 essay "Legality and Illegality." The best treatment of
law by a Marxist, in my view, remains a very early essay written by Marx himself, in 1842:
"Comments on the Latest Prussian Censorship Instruction." Marx's reasons for ridiculing
state censorship are completely consistent with the common-law tradition and Fuller's
work. Yet, these same reasons are utterly inconsistent with Marx's later references to law,
and certainly to references to law by major Marxist theorists since.
13 See Habermas (1963a,b,c) for methodical criticisms of this understanding of the theory
and practice of revolutions in the West, both by liberals and Marxists.
Notes to chapter 6
295
14 See Selznick (1961) for an influential statement, and (1987) for an explicit statement of a
substantive moral theory. Yet, his other works cannot be said to update a natural law
theory, nor, for that matter, to remain consistent with Fuller's strictly procedural approach
to due process. Instead, Selznick has, over the years, increasingly treated "due process" as
the successful balancing of interested parties' legal claims (Selznick 1969,1978; Nonet and
Selznick 1978). See Dallmayr (1974) for an excellent review and categorization of moral
and ethical theories. Unfortunately, he fails to include Fuller's contribution.
15 For Donald Black (1972 1096; 1976; 1984: 2), law is "governmental social control." All
other mechanisms of social control, and all unofficial ways of expressing grievances, fall
within "normative sociology" (1984: 4). Habermas tailored his communication theory to
escape the same two shoals, of course, even as he concentrated on Weber's legal positivism
in particular. This too suggests that Fuller's procedural threshold and Habermas's more
idealized standard of procedural reason may be read in retrospect today as interrelated.
Yet, the former reveals how the latter might be brought to detailed comparative study (and
to practice).
16 If anything, one cannot escape the conclusion that the legal systems of Great Britain and
the United States are less rational-legal than those of the Soviet Union and South Africa.
Kronman (1983: 87-92) discusses why this is the case, albeit in more general terms.
17 As shown in chapter 7, Parsons took the same tack in developing his earliest social theory,
the "voluntaristic schema of action." Aside from passing references to Locke's view of
actors' "natural identity of interests," he largely ignored moral theories. Instead, he concentrated on methodically examining positivists' and utilitarians' unexamined residual
category, the "nonrational." Within this residual category, he (albeit unsuccessfully) proposed that "voluntaristic action" is a distinct concept.
18 Kant distinguished duties of virtue and duties of law. Schluchter (1981: 103ff) brings this
distinction (and others from Kant) to Weber's sociology of domination, and Munch
(1981a, 1982) discusses a "Kantian core" within Parsons's social theory. Brennan and
Buchanan (1985: 100) pin their constitutional economics on Kantian notions of keeping
promises. Given Weber's legal positivism, Schluchter's use of Kantian concepts fails to
yield the critical potential of Fuller's legal theory. Parsons's mature view of law (by the
early 1960s) is more sophisticated. He arrived independently at a position consistent with
Fuller's. Miinch's Kantian reading of Parsons's social theory leads him to emphasize the
"interpenetration" of Parsons's concepts as opposed to their analytical distinctiveness. As
such, the significance of Parsons's eventual "procedural turn," and the latter's consistency
with Fuller's legal theory, is not appreciated.
19 Fuller never stated explicitly that his legal theory is dedicated exclusively to the nonauthoritarian/authoritarian distinction. Parsons is guilty of the same oversight (Sciulli
1988b). In both cases, this renders literal interpretations of their works needlessly contradictory and confusing. For instance, Fuller referred to points of interrelationship between positive law and the two moralities as the "internal morality of law" (1969: 5-9).
But this phrase misleads readers in their efforts to appreciate the critical potential of his
legal theory. His point may be stated more generally, and more accurately, by labeling
these points of interrelationship a normative orientation. The latter hinges on the interpretability of shared social duties, irrespective of whether the latter are positive laws or
more informal expectations regarding acceptable behavior. The term normative orientation is preferred to Fuller's term morality because the latter suggests that actors internalize norms in common whereas the former does not (chapter 8, note 6). Irrespective of
whether the procedural norms comprising Fuller's threshold are internalized by actors or
not (or even acknowledged by them at all), they nonetheless constitute an irreducible
threshold that begins to separate authoritarian from nonauthoritarian social orders, in
practice.
296
Notes to chapter 6
20 Fuller also never stated explicitly that he was talking about aspirations that are openly or
publicly pursued. Yet, his duty/aspiration distinction runs into enormous problems unless
this is added. After all, Nazi death camps were tied to an aspiration of sorts. The same may
be said of the strenuous endeavors by the Marquis de Sade, or by Lucky Luciano, Meyer
Lansky, and other organized crime figures. In all such cases, aspirations were pursued
privately rather than publicly; as such, they could be pursued in the absence of the social
infrastructure of shared social duties.
21 Also see Gibbs (1981: 7-21) on the "consensus problem" regarding norms (and earlier
Scott 1971). Here is where Braithwaite's (1989) theory of reintegrative shaming suffers
problems, as does Brennan and Buchanan's constitutional economics (1985: 29). Braithwaite acknowledges that his theory is less applicable when laws are ambiguous. But he
operates on the assumption that basic criminal law typically escapes ambiguity. If so, then
why is a generalizable morality of duty not available to comparative research other than
Fuller's procedural threshold?
22 All modern nation-states that revolve around a tapestry of patron-client networks, rather
than around some combination of public administrations and collegial formations within
civil society, have indeed institutionalized a culture of evasion. The former, moreover,
likely characterizes the vast majority of modern nation-states today (to say nothing of the
situation historically). Just as importantly, all modern nation-states without exception are
vulnerable to this development under modern conditions (see chapter 8 on patron-client
networks as a form of organization, chapter 9 on Brazil and Latin America generally, and
chapter 11 for alternatives).
23 This poses the duality represented today by rational-choice theory and symbolic interactionism, on one side, and traditional applications of Parsonian functionalism and Durkheimian social theory, on the other. The latter includes Randall Collins's interaction ritual
chain theory (1988: chapters 6, 10). A culture of evasion is a logical product of extending
principles of either rational choice or symbolic interaction across any population. Coleman's (1988) examples of "social capital," including actors' shared feelings of security in
allowing their children to travel alone in familiar (and, by his examples, always ethnically
or religiously homogeneous) neighborhoods, rest on decidedly nonrational, internalized
normative restraints on individuals' rational decision-making. If harassing children brings
pleasure and possible material reward to an assailant, with low likelihood of pain or cost,
on what rational grounds is an actor discouraged from this practice? Coleman turns to the
idea of "social capital" precisely because the institutionalization of rational choice principles is so unappealing that it brings him to reappraise anachronistic alternatives. He
concedes implicitly that once a culture of evasion has been institutionalized, there is
nothing in rational-choice theory that can help resuscitate prior cultures of shared feeling.
24 As the University of Wisconsin political scientist Herman Goldstein points out (1977:
chapter 5), this problem moves beyond that of police discretion or selective enforcement.
It moves to the problem of legislators being unwilling, as active politicians, to publicly
decriminalize activities that they know full well the police routinely fail to enforce. The
police purposefully decide not to enforce certain activities (often "victimless crimes")
precisely because full enforcement in these areas would, in their view, reduce the effectiveness of social control at their street level of operation.
25 Put into terminology adopted in chapter 8, this is the rule-making body's normative
orientation. Whether these actors happen to internalize shared subjective interests or
normative motivations qua well-socialized individuals is a secondary issue.
26 This may well explain why Coleman's (1988) "social capital" withers with modernity (see
note 23). That children may no longer walk alone safely in urban America is unfortunate.
But this supports Coleman's point about social capital only when considered in isolation. Is
it not possible* that a great many social contexts within which children remain safe also
Notes to chapter 6
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
297
298
Notes to chapter 7
that he now considers his criticisms and others' to have been mistaken. He explores the
ability of Fuller's work, as it stands, to rebut the major criticisms to which it was subjected,
and particularly those from Hart. Imagine how formidable Fuller's work would appear to
Summers were its consistency with a grounded concept of procedural reason, and then
with a distinctive organizational form, brought into his reassessment.
35 Again, consider the term employed by Richard Stewart (1983), a professor of administrative law at Harvard Law School: "noncommodity values." He resorts to a residual
category in an effort to describe those norms capable of restraining or mediating the drift
of administrative and regulatory law. Left as a residual category, he fails to locate agents
of change (whether power holders or social influentials) capable of institutionalizing such
values against interest-group opposition. He also fails to demonstrate any relationship
between these values and organizational forms. One result is that even though the
residual category implies that Stewart by no means sees the drift of administrative and
regulatory law as intrinsically benign, the only reforms he suggests involve substituting
market forces for current law - a direct contradiction of his own residual category (Sciulli
in preparation, b: chapter 4).
Notes to chapter 7
299
in order not to have to write the kind of concluding chapter that Turner explicitly excuses
himself for publishing.
5 Alan Sica (1988) misreads Parsons's works in this respect. First, he contends that Parsons
followed Weber in overemphasizing the norm of rational action and drift of rationalization. Then, he fails to follow Parsons's lead in sharply distinguishing analytically between
the "irrational" and the "nonrational." The former concept is insignificant for purposes of
methodical social theory whereas the latter concept opens up an enormous vista for ongoing theorizing, even though it is a residual category.
6 Parsons's social theory exhibits its own variation of conceptual closure, and this is explored
in chapter 10: It is closed to accommodating any concept of reasoned social action.
7 Throughout this discussion, the term "actor" refers not only to individuals but also to
either bounded or unbounded collectivities, including social movements, organizations,
and institutions, which at times act as a unit.
8 At least three meanings for the concept may be found in Alexander's four volumes (as well
as his 1978 article): (a) actors' internalized "normative control" (1982a: 81, 84, 96-112;
1983a: 28-9, 58-9, 102-113; 1983b: 24-5, 35-44,119-50); (b) actors' "voluntary" responsibility or choice (1982a: 87, 96-8; 1983a: 98-9, 107-8, 112-114; 1983b: 25-6, 120-27,
214); and (c) actors' "motivation" (1982a: 23-4; 1983a: 39-40, 96, 107, 116; 1983b: 31).
For Alexander (1978), "formal voluntarism" is actors' inherent capacity to volunteer to act
in common, and "substantive voluntarism" is the empirical realization of this capacity.
9 Camic (1989) manages both simultaneously, to render the concept commonplace and
redundant. In this way he indirectly supports the thesis of this chapter. After all, if one is
going to distinguish a concept from normative action or action in general, then one must
specify the analytical aspects that indeed distinguish it. Parsons failed to do this. Camic
brings his considerable exegetical skills to bear in demonstrating that, indeed, Parsons's
usage results in a "concept" that is commonplace, and thereby unnecessary. The question
remains, however: Can voluntaristic action be distinguished analytically, or is it indeed
reducible to normative action as such? It is interesting to note the many commentators
who ignore the problem of defining or systematically discussing voluntarism, eg. Faris
1953; Swanson 1953; Bredemeier 1955; Cancian 1960; Wrong 1961; Bershady 1973;
Rocher 1975; Mitchell 1967; Barry 1970; O'Neill 1972; Madge 1964: chapter 4; Kaplan
1968; Burger 1977. Compare Warner's approach to the problem by 1978, and Wiley's
expression of frustration by 1979.
10 Parsons had several opportunities to do so, especially when responding to critics (1974a;
1975a,b; 1976a, 1977a; 1978a) and when offering retrospective summaries of his evolving
conceptual schemas (e.g. 1968b, 1970a). Yet, Parsons perpetuated the pattern to which
Louis Wirth had called attention as far back as 1939: He remained vague in his later brief,
direct references to the concept. On two separate occasions Parsons endorsed Gerstein's
(1975: 12) view of voluntaristic action: "By a fortunate circumstance, since the appearance
of the last of the Cohen, Hazelrigg and Pope articles, there has appeared a highly relevant
interpretative article by Dean R. Gerstein (1975). Gerstein gives a clear and accurate
summary of this conceptual scheme as it was presented in The Structure of Social Action, of
the uses to which it was put in that book and of its continuity with the later theoretical
developments involved in the 'four-function paradigm' . . . [which] has been much used
ever since" (Parsons 1976a: 362, note 2; also 362, 364). Parsons's second endorsement
came in 1977 (1977b: 2) in his "General Introduction" to Social Systems and the Evolution
of Action Theory. But Gerstein's definition falls into the third set of definitions above, and
it fails to bring any greater specificity to the concept than Parsons's own references.
11 See chapter 11 on "moral authorities" and their "protected spheres." Consider also
Habermas's treatment of Peter Winch's studies of Azande magic (Habermas 1981a: 43-75;
1982: 270). McCarthy is critical of Habermas's earlier response to Winch (1978: 317-33).
300
Notes to chapter 7
12 By 1938 Robert Merton set up the "polar types" of "instrumental" societies and "ritualistic" societies, and then discussed anomie and deviance within the middle type of "mores
and institutions" of modern societies. But this is less distinctive and innovative than
Parsons's vague references to voluntaristic action.
13 Another example is the transition from the relatively unemotional preindustrial family to
the more emotionally charged nuclear family, one hinging on the primary socialization of
children as well as companionship and emotional support among adults. "Most scholars
have concluded that in the modern, nuclear family these functions have been conducted at
a far higher level of quality (and equality) than ever before" (Popenoe 1988: 69). But,
again, this quality is strictly worldly. It cannot be attributed to any sacred or transcendental
mandate. Similarly, when Swedes came to fetishize hygiene - mental, bodily, sexual,
dietary - in place of earlier religiously based moralities (Popenoe 1988:119-20), this was a
quintessential move from the nonrational to the voluntaristic.
14 To refer to these aspects of a people's lived social fabric as "sacred" is to miss the point of
distinguishing the voluntaristic from the symbolic or nonrational. It is also to lose any
possibility of eventually distinguishing social integration from social control, and nonauthoritarian social order from authoritarian or manipulative social order. This overextension of the category "sacred" is one of the most important differences within the
neofunctionalist "school" between the theory of societal constitutionalism and both Alexander's emphasis on multidimensionality and Miinch's emphasis on interpenetration. Considering again Popenoe's discussion of the Swedes (note 13), why bother to label a collective fetishization of hygiene, or of any other qualities in social life, "sacred" or "moral"?
15 Menzies (1977), Habermas (1980, 1981b), and many others fail to see Parsons's theses of
entropy and authoritarianism in 1937. German theorists, including Habermas, generally
read Parsons after an initial reading of the quite different concepts and theories of Niklas
Luhmann, the German systems theorist. This gives German commentators a particularly
skewed reading of Parsons, given Parsons's own cultural and intellectual roots in American
pragmatism and the common-law tradition. To be sure, Parsons was heavily influenced by
Continental theories and approaches to social theory - but his work, unlike Luhmann's,
cannot be reduced to this influence.
16 Olson (1965) and Hechter (1987) discount this effort more by how they define the groups
they choose to study than by direct argument. Each concentrates on groups that are
dedicated to attaining quantitative ends of one kind or another rather than addressing
methodically those groups that are dedicated to describing and explaining (or creating and
maintaining) qualities in social life. Each dismisses the latter groups out of hand by saying
simply that their membership size is not as large as that of the former groups. What they
fail to consider is that the form of organization of voluntaristic groups differs from the form
of organization of rational groups (see chapter 8), and that this is far more important than
the size of their respective memberships.
17 Parsons ultimately saw the professions' integrity being supported by systemic pressures
themselves, and this position misdirects his entire mature social theory (see chapter 11).
The most significant problem riddling Luhmann's systems theory, like so many parts of
Parsons's functionalism, is that autopoiesis, or a system's self-monitoring capacities, can
just as readily institutionalize an authoritarian as a nonauthoritarian social order. There is
no rationale in the social sciences, or in the long and impressive tradition of social theory,
for any theorist to dismiss this problem out of hand simply by referring to "social order" as
such. The theorist must rather take note at some point of the type of social order being
implied.
18 Parsons's footnote (1937b: 251 note 2) clarifies the passage somewhat: "To anticipate: the
first of these possibilities is, so long as the norm is a genuine independent variable and not
dependent, that taken in general by idealistic theories, the second by positivistic and the
Notes to chapter 8
301
third by the voluntaristic theory of action. . . . " But the trichotomy, respectively, of the
symbolic, the intrinsic, and the voluntaristic as discussed above better captures the latter's
distinctiveness.
302
Notes to chapter 8
Wrong (1961), Stryker (1980: 64), and others rightly call for the notion of socialization
to be extended by an interactionist variant, and network analysts emphasize positions of
"structural equivalence." In any event, it is being presupposed that these actors are, in
certain important respects, more or less homogeneous. By contrast, to refer to normative
orientations is to refer to an institutionalization of norms within a complex social unit.
Institutionalized norms may broadly orient actors in common, irrespective of how heterogeneous these actors might otherwise be. That is, if these orientations are indeed firmly
institutionalized, actors who otherwise operate on the basis of quite diverse subjective
interests and normative motivations may nonetheless be able to recognize and understand
in common when the integrity of these norms is being maintained or encroached against.
Whether they then accept these norms, or prefer to be oriented by them, is a matter quite
different from whether they are at least capable of recognizing and understanding them in
common. The theory of societal constitutionalism builds on this distinction by distinguishing, in turn, between the possibility of social integration and demonstrable social control,
and between procedural voluntaristic restraints and substantive voluntaristic restraints. In
both instances the former concepts rest on actors' shared normative orientations, whereas
the latter can rest exclusively on actors' shared normative motivations. Again, it must be
emphasized that to say that actors recognize encroachments against institutionalized normative orientations is not to suggest at all that they thereby agree in common that such
encroachments are to be prevented or punished. Quite to the contrary, some actors (e.g.
rebels, disbelievers, iconoclasts, etc.) may believe that encroachments are virtuous and are
to be promoted and rewarded. The point is rather that they nonetheless recognize in
common when normative orientations are being encroached against.
7 Is it possible that the current wave of "democratization" across the East, and earlier across
Latin America, is a product of the recognition by power holders that Western democratic
institutions contribute to actors' demonstrable social control? Is it possible, therefore, that
this current wave has little to do with power holders' appreciation of the supposed "moral
superiority" of these institutions as such? Put differently, when the evidence clearly demonstrates that other mechanisms of social control are far more costly to institutionalize, even
Eastern and Latin American power holders may arrive in time at the following conclusion,
on the basis of strictly rational-choice calculations: Western institutions of social control
are more likely to preserve their privileges as individuals than their membership in a party
or peak association that attempts to place external substantive restraints on rationalization
itself.
8 They are also not consensual (see chapter 9). Parsons saw only four distinct forms of
organization, the first being what he called the "competitive" (in economics) and the other
three being the bureaucratic (in politics), the democratic (in societal community), and the
associational or collegial (in pattern maintenance). He never provided definitions for this
typology. Moreover, for present purposes the "competitive" form is dropped entirely in
favor of the patron-client form. Competition is not a form of organization. It either refers
to an economic marketplace, an institutionalized environment within which organizations
of any form may or may not be found, or else it refers to a political marketplace, an
institutionalized environment that is pervasive and immutable (chapter 4). The patronclient form, by contrast, revolves around actors' networks of personal loyalties, and it may
be found across the Third World, the East, and the West. Young people in Western liberaland social-democracies, for instance, typically find their first jobs through parents' or
relatives' personal networks rather than through any "competitive" search. The development of networks of personal loyalties also remains a major goal in any professional
career, and yet these networks are a constant source of threats to professionals' maintaining the integrity of the collegial form.
9 This is why Habermas insists, for instance, that when majority rule is detached from the
Notes to chapter 8
303
304
Notes to chapter 8
resided in their respective countries for over a generation, and many of their children have
known no other country); or even (e) the increasingly rigid exclusion of an estimated
twenty or twenty-five percent of the American population from any effective role in the
pluralist arrangements distinctive to American politics. What comparative researchers
must come to grips with is the following question: How are advanced and modern nationstates to be studied which have for all intents and purposes accepted in the late twentieth
century that anywhere from twenty to forty percent of their populations are permanently
excluded from any and all prospects of effective representation within their major agencies
of government and major social units of civil society, and also from any and all prospects of
upward social mobility? Gans (1988) is one of the rare contemporary American sociologists to pose this issue. One of the major themes of early status attainment research (Blau
and Duncan 1967; Featherman and Hauser 1978) was that with the end of migration from
farm to town, upward mobility across generations flattens out, except for people who were
otherwise excluded ascriptively from earlier opportunities for upward mobility (e.g.
blacks, women, and others). Aside from operating on the basis of the presupposition of
exhausted possibilities, comparativists also have operated on another presupposition: That
the thrust of individual democratization became an irreversible foundation of modern
political cultures during the postwar era, not simply in the West but worldwide. Both
presuppositions fail today to account for an already enormous and ever-growing amount of
evidence to the contrary. To their credit, Offe (1983) and Laumann and Knoke (1987) call
into question this and other "normative" democratic theories.
13 The following three definitions of patron-client relations or clientelism, from John Duncan
Powell, James C. Scott, and Ernest Gellner, are as representative as any in the literature:
"At the core of the patron-client relationship lie three basic factors which at once define
and differentiate it from other power relationships which occur between individuals or
groups. First, the patron-client tie develops between two parties unequal in status, wealth
and influence. . . . Second, the formation and maintenance of the relationship depends on
reciprocity in the exchange of goods and services. Such mutual exchanges involve noncomparable goods and services, however. In a typical transaction, the low-status actor
(client) will receive material goods and services intended to reduce or ameliorate his
environmental threats; while the high-status actor (patron) receives less tangible rewards,
such as personal services, indications of esteem, deference or loyalty, or services of a
directly political nature such as voting. Third, the development and maintenance of a
patron-client relationship rests heavily on face-to-face contact between the two parties; the
exchanges encompassed in the relationship, being somewhat intimate and highly particularistic, depend upon such proximity" (Powell 1970: 147-8).
"The patron-client relationship - an exchange relationship between roles - may be defined as a special case of dyadic ties involving a largely instrumental friendship in which an
individual of higher socioeconomic status (patron) uses his own influence and resources to
provide protection or benefits, or both, for a person of lower status (client) who, for his
part, reciprocates by offering general support and assistance, including personal services,
to the patron" (Scott 1972: 124-5).
"Patronage is unsymmetrical, involving inequality of power; it tends to form an extended system; to be long-term, or at least not restricted to a single isolated transaction; to
possess a distinctive ethos; and, whilst not always illegal or immoral, to stand outside the
officially proclaimed formal morality of the society in question" (Gellner 1977: 4).
14 They are restrained, of course, by their strictly practical and strategic anticipation of what
might happen should they ignore this normative orientation and instead operate more
immediately on the basis of material interest alone. See chapter 11 on a "public realm" or
the implications of maintaining the integrity of collegial formations within a civil society as
a matter of public policy.
Notes to chapter 8
305
306
Notes to chapter 8
social integration, is not a sign of social closure. Even more, by no means does the charge
of social closure establish a ground on which to criticize the external procedural restraints
that collegial formations indeed contribute to a civil society. The latter is a public good or
social capital even if they rest firmly on social closure in Waters's sense.
19 Indeed, Collins sees the professions revolving around normative social controls (1979: 48,
58-72, 171-2), political power plays against competitors (1979: 50-3, 71), and patronclient networks or personal cliques (1979: 55-8, 91, 200). Because he fails to notice the
form of organization distinctive to professions proper as opposed to expert occupations
that secure monopolies over their services by way of a power play alone, he calls for the
abolition of credentials (1979: 179-204) - much as Milton Friedman did now nearly a
quarter century ago (1962: chapter 9). Collins and Friedman alike fail to acknowledge two
important bits of information in their rough-and-ready prescription: First, the abolition of
credentials is utter utopianism, and they both know it. Unlike Friedman's early call for
education vouchers, which had a variety of intrinsic merits that even opponents were
compelled to acknowledge, this prescription will never be proposed as policy, let alone
ever acted on, within any modern nation-state (see Freidson 1984b for a methodical
discussion of this issue). Neither Collins nor Friedman specifies social influential or power
holders who could reasonably be expected to initiate a public dialogue put in these terms.
Second, were it acted on, it would expose a modern nation-state to the Weberian Dilemma
shorn of its most resilient institutional mediation against authoritarian drift. The result
would be far different from the egalitarianism that Collins imagines (1979: 69-71, 199),
and yet far closer to Friedman's vision. He blithely advocates extending the "principle" of
caveat emptor from competitive retail stores and automobile mechanics to competitive
(and self-selected) physicians and surgeons, lawyers, and therapists.
20 Thus, collegial formations may well decline inadvertently, without Collins having to prescribe an end to credentialling (see note 19). They may decline as professionals encroach
against the integrity of this form's threshold, possibly with the assurance from conflict
theory and laissez-faire economics that professions are indeed reducible to personal
cliques, power plays, and unwarranted monopolies. Encroachments then appear to be
either insignificant or liberating. Waters (1989) is similarly concerned that collegial formations are responsible for, or contribute to, social closure. He too misses the point: The
integrity of collegial formations is voluntaristic, and thereby always and everywhere only
contingently institutionalized. Being voluntaristic, their continued presence in civil society
is clearly not compatible with any effort to maximize strictly quantitative indices, including
those supporting egalitarian distributions of material resources as an end in itself. To
criticize collegial formations for resisting unmediated egalitarianism is to ignore why any
truly deliberative body is ultimately inegalitarian. If Waters believes that any nation-state
would experience less social closure and greater egalitarianism if the integrity of deliberative bodies were not maintained by the procedural threshold of interpretability of shared
social duties, then why not defend such a proposition directly? Similarly, would Collins
hold to his call for the abolition of credentials when the issue is posed in this way, in terms
of forms of organization and the problem of drift, rather than in terms of what he calls a
"sinecure society" and the problem of monopoly?
21 Meyer's work was mentioned in Chapter 1. See Meyer and Rowan (1977); Meyer, Scott,
and Deal (1981); and Meyer and Scott (1983). See Zucker (1988) for a collection devoted
to the "institutional approach."
22 This provides a good example of how epistemological issues exceed the scope of application of methodological techniques, despite positivists' position to the contrary. The positivist is committed to the view that any empirical study in the social sciences whose methodology escapes criticism cannot possibly "distort" the "meaning" of the events under study.
Notes to chapter 8
307
By contrast, the discussion of Meyer's work in the text provides an example of postpositivists' counterargument: Only a social theory or a framework of concepts can address the
matter of whether empirical findings, taken as they stand, distort the meaning of social
events.
23 In fairness to Meyer, the same criticism may be lodged against Hannan and Freeman's
population ecology approach to organizations as well as Habermas's communication
theory and Luhmann's systems theory. What is ironic is that Parsons's AGIL schema, of all
things, can be used to draw such distinctions, even though his social theory has long been
criticized for being too abstract (Craib 1984). It should be kept in mind that the origins of
the institutional approach to organizations may be traced to Parsons's social theory of the
1950s (e.g. Scott 1981/1987), prior to his formulation of the AGIL schema.
24 Early on in the professions literature, Lewis and Maude (1952), for instance, refused to
consider the first possibility for the professions.
25 It may now be seen how the theory of societal constitutionalism may be related to network
analysts' emphasis on how actors' and groups' behavior is affected by their "structural
equivalence." The theory of societal constitutionalism instructs researchers to explore
whether structural equivalence itself is substantively immediate or mediated by voluntaristic procedures. If the former, then the behavior in question is reducible to the workings of
mechanisms of social control; if the latter, then the behavior in question is possibly integrative. To date, network analysts tie their work exclusively to immediate manifestations of
structural equivalence, and they accede to the presupposition of exhausted possibilities.
The theory of societal constitutionalism begins to reveal that once this is balanced by
taking note of when actors' structural equivalence is mediated by voluntaristic procedures,
network analysis may jettison the presupposition of exhausted possibilities. It may thereby
inform detailed studies that distinguish sharply between actors' structural equivalence
within authoritarian and nonauthoritarian social orders.
26 Jack Gibbs (1981: 129) correctly notes that operationalization rests on findings that are
intersubjectively understandable or "concordant" rather than resting on the "reliability of
measure." For him, the "criterion of concordance" involves: "The amount of agreement
among independent observers in the observations they report about the same events or
things, whether those observations pertain to the application of a definition, a formula, or
an instrument." This position is consistent with Habermas's consensus theory of truth
rather than with any copy theory of truth.
27 One alternative, that of abandoning quantitative indices of egalitarianism as the standard
of comparison in favor of one or another substantive standard of the quality of life, is
guaranteed today to be even less fruitful. Consider Popenoe's (1988) standard of the
quality of child care within the family or, worse, Bloom's (1987) standard of the quality of
undergraduate education. Why can't the prospects for social integration within a civil
society steadily increase even as children's quality of family life declines and even as the
undergraduate curriculum becomes less rigorous? On what basis can it be claimed that the
lived experience of children or of undergraduates is a credible standard by which to gauge
the direction of social change in comparative perspective?
28 Michael Kennedy (1987), for instance, focuses on the extent to which engineers in Poland
had supported the Solidarity movement before the latter came to power. He does not
consider whether engineers' nascent collegial formations and those of other professionals
in Poland provided Solidarity with the possibility of institutionalizing restraints on the
government's or the party's actions, once workers invariably demobilize. But Kennedy's
work is clearly suggestive in this respect. Openings for social integration may be well be
initiated by workers' movements within the Eastern bloc that attempt to restrain the governments' and the party's excesses. But these openings can only be institutionalized, ironically,
308
Notes to chapter 9
Notes to chapter 9
309
9 McClosky and Brill (1983: 9-11) point out that the American colonies were riddled by
"petty despotisms" and "competing orthodoxies" rather than marked by "tolerance and
mutual respect." Prior to 1789, nearly every colony had an established religion, for instance. But consider in comparative perspective the relationship today between first
amendment freedoms and the electronic media. The American founders clearly believed
in an unbridled press in their day, and they indeed experienced their share of scurrilous
political reporting (as did President Lincoln later). But this was reporting by an essentially
local press to a readership embedded within a far larger population of illiterates and
semiliterates (and religious tolerance remained more a matter of local preference than
becoming a matter of principle). This did not change until well into the twentieth century,
and in particular until the mass production of the radio dramatically expanded the audience for news and entertainment. In engaging in comparative research today, one wonders
whether citizens in any and all modern nation-states without exception can only be "free"
if television and radio is as unregulated as it is today within the United States. Many
Western democracies subject their electronic media to much more direct governmental
regulation, including Great Britain. Would citizens of a modern nation-state really suffer if
its electronic media were more controlled even as, say, the quantity and quality of its print
media and public library holdings were superior to that in the United States or Great
Britain, and, to go one step further, even as many more average citizens actually read the
print media and used the libraries on a routine basis than is the case within the United
States or Great Britain? Again, an empirical criterion for determining whether actors are
integrated or controlled within any modern nation-state is by no means provided by
whether its electronic media is relatively unregulated. It is rather whether collegial formations may be found across sectors, industries, and organizations of its civil society. If such
formations are found, in practice, then greater national control over electronic media is a
matter of secondary importance. By contrast, a nation-state that contains a relatively
unregulated electronic media, and that adopts more and more Western institutions and
practices even as it continues to lack collegial formations, may well be a contemporary
exemplar of successful control under modern conditions (Mexico and Brazil may well
qualify here, along with an increasing number of nation-states in the Third World). The
exemplar may no longer be a nation-state that strictly controls its electronic media, or that
prohibits free elections; these controls are costly and they are no longer necessary in order
to manage a population effectively today.
10 Rather than continuing to emphasize the importance of extending actors' "natural rights"
in civil society, Selznick (1987) now joins Bellah, Bell, and Brennan and Buchanan in
prescribing a civil religion or what he calls a "communitarian morality" (see Etzioni 1989
for a review of this literature).
11 But not as far beyond the common-law tradition. As Haar and Fessler (1986: chap. 2)
remind us, the latter indeed addressed instances of purposeful arbitrariness within civil
society, particularly when it affected commerce. For example, English courts prohibited
common carriers from refusing to accommodate any and all customers by the midfourteenth century.
12 Evan misleadingly labels this extension "organizational constitutionalism," Selznick calls it
"industrial justice," and Stewart calls it "organizational jurisprudence." Evan is actually
interested in extending interest competition, American pluralism, from government to
organizations within civil society. A better term for his proposal, and those by Selznick and
Stewart as well, is "organizational interest representation" or "organizational pluralism."
13 These questions recapitulate Habermas's longstanding distinction between observers' perspectives of society as systems of behavior and actors' perspectives of society as lifeworlds
of action (1981a,b). For him, any social theory that remains tied exclusively to the former
perspective, such as Luhmann's systems theory and much of Parsons's functionalism,
310
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Notes to chapter 9
cannot possibly be critical or radical. Any critical theory proper ultimately informs actors
from their perspectives.
Giddens often raises the issue of what happens when actors' routines or daily lives are
radically disrupted, say by being interned in a concentration camp (1979:123-6; 1984: 5 1 64). I cannot find any instance in which he presents a standard for recognizing in comparative perspective when, apart from such extreme situations, actors' senses of "ontological
security" are either increasing or decreasing. Presumably, this is reducible in Giddens's
work to actors' subjective opinions, as Buchanan and other liberals would insist.
It must be kept in mind that as much as forty percent of Brazil's population currently lives
in poverty and is largely divorced from patron-client networks. I cannot find Brazilian
specialists who point to internal processes that are likely to lower this percentage. Moreover, Brazilian police even today continue to torture criminal suspects, and otherwise
operate outside of internal procedural (and substantive) restraints. It is likely that local
and regional patrons, and the clients that they protect, are not treated as capriciously by
the police.
The unraveling of the newly elected Brazilian president's radical economic reform, within
only three weeks of Fernando Collor de Mello's first day in office on 15 March 1990, is not
surprising (Brooke 1990).
Barrington Moore (1966) is less convincing in asserting the opposite proposition than
many readers may recall. His thoughts on India in particular reveal his commitment to the
presupposition of exhausted possibilities. Liberal democracy is a voluntaristic possibility
within the systemic rise of capitalism; neither it nor any other alternative form of government is as systemically overdetermined as is capitalism itself.
Consider Hawkins (1984) on vicissitudes of British water pollution enforcement and Braithwaite (1982) on problems of enforcing government regulations and his (1989) proposal that
local "shaming" take some precedence over generalizable enforcement. Silberman (1978)
discusses the sorry state of formal restraints and protections in American criminal courts.
Lowi's (1969) critique of American pluralism revolves around numerous examples of
encroachments within distinct policy arenas (whereas Laumann and Knoke 1987 ignore
this).
It is well to keep in mind that the "bourgeois public" first emerged as discussion groups
dedicated to the arts. Only later did these deliberative bodies turn to politics (Habermas
1962). The poets and playwrights involved in Eastern European politics today therefore
continue a long tradition (Goldfarb 1989).
Studies of the Eastern bloc prior to the fall of 1989 might well reveal unambiguous
evidence of collegial formations within certain sectors of selected civil societies. It may also
be the case that the leaders of the various reform movements emerged from these very
sectors. I have not seen works by Soviet specialists or specialists on Eastern Europe which
monitor movements of internal procedural restraints from civil society to government.
Yet, Poland, Hungary, and Yugoslavia, and other East European nation-states are likely
experiencing such movement (and, of course, reversals and setbacks, too), each in its own
way. Burawoy and Lukacs (1985) are suggestive. Yet, they look at machine shops in
comparative perspective rather than at sites where either deliberative bodies or professionals may be found, and because of this their work is not directly of use to the theory of
societal constitutionalism. Turning to the West, Christopher Stone (1982) considers only
the reverse movement of internal procedural restraints, from government to civil society.
Then again, he does not consider the possibility of an Eastern country becoming
nonauthoritarian even as it fails to institutionalize most liberal-democratic practices.
Selznick (1969) sees much more of an interrelationship between developments in civil
society and those in the state.
In the most methodical interviewing of Soviet emigres to the West prior to the fall of 1989,
Notes to chapter 9
22
23
24
25
26
311
Millar and his associates found that thirty percent favored state ownership of heavy industry, and forty-eight percent favored state-provided medical care (1987: 27-8). Given these
views among those that had left the Soviet Union, is it a stretch of the imagination to
wonder whether the percentage may well be much higher across the Soviet Union and
former Eastern bloc?
Here again, as in other respects, the cynicism (or realism) of social influential outside of
the West is, if anything, consistent with current Western social, political, and legal theories
and research. There are no influential natural-law theories today. The two most prominent
legal theories today, other than Fuller's, are those by H.L.A. Hart and Hans Kelsen, and
they are remarkably congenial to Charles Anderson's account of how social influential in
Latin America operate as they assess power contenders' claims. No one in the West has
proposed any credible or practicable way of revitalizing the division of powers (but see
Stewart 1985 for an effort in administrative law). If anything, Western sociologists, political scientists, and even legal scholars would agree much more readily that this is insignificant. The notion of "natural rights" has long been ridiculed in social theory and legal
scholarship alike. The controversy surrounding Dworkin's (1977) emphasis on rights is a
manifestation of how far the theoretical and research literatures even in legal scholarship
have moved away from supporting substantive restraints on purposeful exercises of collective power.
Anyone who has ever rejected a friend's manuscript - whether for a refereed session of a
professional association's annual meeting or for a grant - and who did so because the
paper was not as instructive or compelling as other submissions, has in essence upheld the
integrity of a collegial formation rather than subordinated this to a personal network. Not
simply scholarly activity but nearly all professional practice in one way or another involves
institutionalizing collegial formations so sufficiently that participants' personal networks
are kept subordinate to the integrity of deliberation. Indeed, the quality of any academic
department may be described and evaluated rather quickly by exploring whether its hiring
and promotion practices rest routinely on their senior professors' personal networks or on
some set of relatively generalizable standards that typically subordinate the impact of these
influences. Unfortunately, a great many academic departments might be more accurately
described as patron-client networks than as collegial formations (see note 26). Can it be
that the educated public's increasing recognition of this has something to do with the
declining prestige and "moral authority" of universities and colleges across the West?
This later period also saw the slow, uneven rise of the modern professions, and thereby the
rise of new collegial formations in civil society. All five of the accounts noted above ignore
this development. They instead look for collegial formations elsewhere in civil society and
fail to find them. The professions literature, in turn, revolves around the issue of expert
occupations' competition for "jurisdictions" (Abbott 1988) rather than around professions'
distinctive form of organization regardless of whatever jurisdiction they happen to carve
out.
See the discussions of the "constituent force" later in this chapter and in chapter 10 for
examples of the sorts of burdens involved, and how constitutional theory once hinged on
the expectation that actors are indeed capable of bearing this literally impossible burden
immediately.
There is an opportunity to apply principles of societal constitutionalism to the United
States that might be of particular interest to sociologists (see note 23). Recall that one of
the most controversial propositions of pluralist theory was that as long as there are no de
jure blockages to any group's access to compete for political influence, then one cannot say
that any interest in society is being discriminated against, distorted, or otherwise ignored.
Thus, the blockages of Jim Crow laws in the South were indeed discriminatory because
they prevented interests from coalescing into group formations. But beyond this, pluralists
312
Notes to chapter 9
continue, one would be hard-pressed since the mid-1960s to find comparable blockages
today. Instead, the issue at hand becomes whether gays or other sexual minorities are to be
classified in the same way as racial or ethnic minorities, or whether affirmative action is
reverse discrimination, based on de jure blockages of its own. Pluralists conclude that one
of the ways in which Americans' low turnout in both presidential and local elections may
be explained, as compared to much higher turnouts in all other liberal- and socialdemocracies, is that Americans are more pleased with their current political arrangements
than are other electorates with theirs. Americans' apathy is a sign of confidence in the
system rather than a sign of disaffection or coming delegitimation. Now a comparison to
other levels of organization comes into play.
William V. D'Antonio and Steven A. Tuch (1989) have offered essentially the same
explanation for low voter turnout in American Sociological Association elections: Members are pleased with the organization and do not bother to vote. The point of societal
constitutionalism is that D'Antonio and Tuch might well be right, even as pluralists may
well be wrong, or vice versa. This whole controversy may be converted into an empirical
issue rather than left to speculation. D'Antonio and Tuch would be confirmed in their view
to the extent that researchers demonstrate that more and more collegial formations have
been extended not only across the association but also across the academic departments
and other work sites of the profession's membership. This may not be the case at all and
clearly a methodical case study is in order. Similarly, are researchers likely to find that the
integrity of collegial formations has been increasingly secured across sectors of American
civil society? If, instead, encroachments have been increasing, then researchers may point
with specificity to increasing instances of manipulation and latent coercion within particular sectors, industries, and organizations of American civil society. They may point to such
instances even as groups' access to policymakers is not formally blocked and even as open
elections continue to be held.
27 This way of putting the issue may be converted into a direct response to Lowi's pathos
regarding the drift of American interest-group pluralism: Interest groups in the United
States may continue to compete for influence in a more unstructured way than in any other
modern nation-state. But at the point that their competition subordinates the significance
of either internal or external procedural restraints, Lowi and other researchers may specify
when pluralism is becoming increasingly manipulative, controlling, and susceptible to
social authoritarianism. Lowi's account is compelling because he indeed demonstrated that
this point was already being reached by the mid-1960s. The law journals today team with
indictments of "pluralism" for undermining the integrity of the courts, and of legal interpretation generally. This is precisely why the Yale Law Journal (1988) devoted a special issue
to the civic republican tradition: Legal scholars are searching for a practicable alternative
to the drift of what Hurst called pluralism's bastard pragmatism. Too often, however, they
merely end up calling for expanding the scope of the economic marketplace instead of
pluralism's political marketplace (see Stewart 1985, but the University of Chicago's law
and economics movement generally).
28 In the United States today, twenty percent of all children are raised in poverty; among
Hispanic and black children, the figure is forty percent. The life expectancy of black males
in America's inner cities is actually lower than that of males in Bangladesh. A quarter of
the American population lives in substandard housing (to say nothing of the homeless),
and each year a quarter of all eighteen-year-olds fail to graduate from high school. Medical
care, certainty of employment, unemployment insurance, and social security benefits are
among the most uneven in the advanced world. The infant mortality rate and rate of
illiteracy in the United States are both higher than in some Third World countries. See
Gans (1988) for an account of the way of life and outlook for lower middle income groups
in the United States, a group insulated somewhat from the poor. Their disillusionment and
Notes to chapter 9
313
disaffection with institutions is pervasive, and yet in survey research these actors express
general satisfaction with their personal lives. Is this only because alternatives have not
been available in practice?
29 Nietzsche's and Freud's critiques of religion were not phrased much differently, even as
the latter were directed to religion's impact on individuals rather than to its impact on
forms of organization.
30 This is exactly what Evan (1976) and Selznick (1969) propose, respectively, as "organizational constitutionalism" and "industrial justice." Neither defines "rule of law" in terms of
the threshold of interpretability (see pages 189-91 above). Each instead defines it in terms
of the extent to which organized interests are represented and "balanced" in legal proceedings (also see Dobbin et al. 1988). Evan does this explicitly and consistently. Selznick cites
Fuller in his opening chapter and thereby alludes to a more critical definition of "rule of
law." But thereafter his examples of "industrial justice" as well as his own conceptual
apparatus recapitulate the reductionism just noted. Aleinikoff (1987) explores how "balancing" undermines the courts' integrity. Louis Siedman (1987) wonders whether "principle" might again be used to "maintain" some "boundary" against the floodgate of interested parties seeking recognition by the courts. Finally, Michelman's (1988) and Sunstein's
(1988) opening contributions to the Yale Law Journals Symposium on the Civic Republican Tradition revolves around critiques of pluralism, and the need, however vaguely
presented, to return to the integrity of deliberation.
31 See chapter 6, notes 23,26 and chapter 11, notes 6,20. Also see Brennan and Buchanan
(1985) for an explicit statement of the social contract theorist's reification of actors'
subjective interests at the expense not only of objective interests but also of any and all
possible intersubjective interests. Richard Stewart (1983) tries to get at the notion of intersubjective interests with his term "noncommodity values," as does Philip Selznick (1987)
with his "idea of a communitarian morality." In each instance, however, they fail to
distinguish voluntaristic qualities that are procedural from those that are substantive. This
moves them too far in the direction of objective interests, and traditional notions of
natural law (Selznick 1961). Hechter (1987: 125-45) illustrates the inability of rationalchoice theory to distinguish intersubjective interests from strictly subjective ones. As he
explores the "limits of compensation in capitalist firms," he notes corporate managers'
difficulties in monitoring how much effort each worker contributes to production.
Whether corporate managers employ outside contractors or dedicate their own personnel
to monitor work sites, this raises a "second-order monitoring problem" (1987: 131-3).
How can corporate managers know that enforcers are being vigilant? What Hechter
cannot address with the concepts of rational-choice theory is whether the rules being
enforced are themselves warranted, such that enforcers' (and workers') subjective senses
of their legitimacy might be established and maintained over time even in the absence of
effective monitoring in his sense. Instead, Hechter talks vaguely of "trust" within "obligatory groups" as opposed to sanctions within compensatory groups (1987: 140). He acknowledges, however, that his conceptual framework leads him to hinge the survival of
obligatory groups not on whether trust is established within the group but rather on
whether its members lack any viable option of leaving the group. His discussion of "internal labor markets" within corporations revolves around the issue of restriction alone
(1987: 141-3).
32 Wolin (1960) remains a major study of changing senses of time and space in classical
political theory, from Aristotle to Weber.
33 It is well to keep in mind that public-choice theory in political science and economics
emerged in the 1950s, in the works of Downs, Buchanan and Tullock, Niskanen, and
others, with the proposition that elected and appointed officials are literal political entrepreneurs. They can be expected to act in their own interests exclusively, unless restrained
314
Notes to chapter 10
institutionally from doing so. For instance, William Niskanen proposed in 1971 that bureaucrats will seek to maximize the size of their bureau's budget, unless otherwise restrained (Buchanan 1989: 14-16). Buchanan is quite blunt about the point of departure of
public-choice theory (1989: 12): "[T]he assumption that political agents will use any discretionary power that they possess to further their particular private interests can, we believe,
be justified even where there seems to be ample empirical evidence to the contrary, on
grounds essentially analogous to those for using Homo economicus in the monopoly context." Given this point of departure, when it comes to institutional design (1989: 34): "The
objective should be that of designing institutions such that, if participants do seek economic interest above all else, the damages to the social fabric are minimized."
34 It is neither unwise nor rhetorical to recall that Hitler was fairly elected, and that a fairly
elected (albeit intimidated) parliament retroactively absolved him of fault in the Rohm
purge (to say nothing of later events). This retroactive decision clearly encroached against
the integrity of threshold restraints, and it just as clearly undermined the integrity of
parliament's own collegial form. Yet, all of this remained quite consistent with maintaining
the integrity (openness and fairness) of elections. If the Nazis had wished to continue (or
even to extend) elections, this consistency would have been demonstrated, in practice
(Juan Per6n provided some evidence of this later). It is indeed a truism that the plebiscite
is the tool of the clever dictator.
35 This notion of "wasted time" is closer to Arendt's distinction between private property as
place for citizenship and private property as alienable capital (1951, 1958) than to
Luhmann's discussion of why, "in order to be autonomous, a system must first of all 'have
time' " (1982: 143). Luhmann explores how distinct subsystems (such as politics, law, and
education) become differentiated as the ongoing drift of social change unfolds, whereas
Arendt addresses the importance of mediating this drift itself.
36 Laumann and Knoke (1987: 377) demonstrate that something of an informal neocorporatism is emerging within the United States, which they call "elite interest group pluralism."
Notes to chapter 10
6
7
315
faculty (or any other) uphold the latter in the face of any interested party's concerted
demands - whether those of trustees, alumni, administrators, or mobilized students?
Moving beyond the focus of this volume, at the moment that Parsons's framework of
analytical concepts is thrown open conceptually to the possibility of accommodating a
concept of reasoned social action of any kind, his "functionalism" literally metamorphoses
into a critical social theory. It metamorphoses into a social theory that is as intrinsically
critical as any variant of neo-Marxism. Yet, this new critical theory is ironically far more
amenable to informing detailed empirical research than any variant of neo-Marxism
(Sciulli in preparation, a). Luhmann sees that Parsons's social theory is available for such a
move because of its claim to translate all other theories: "Commensurability, incidentally,
is equivalent to the translatability of a theory language. Whoever pursues this translatability in Parsons' sense, must eventually renounce the knowledge of contingent truths [in
favor of necessary truths] and must also abjure a theory of evolution" (1982: 395, note 6).
Luhmann warns against any move to convert Parsons's social theory into a critical theory,
based on any grounding. He advocates instead that systems theories be developed that
distance themselves from all previous social theories, including Parsons's: "Renouncing
[Parsons's] generalizing techniques, however, means giving up the automatic translatability of all other theory languages into one's own. This renunciation, in fact, can be justified
by the distinction between ordinary language and the various media of communication.
Translatability is a structural requirement of language but not a requirement of the communication medium 'truth' " (1982: 395, note 5).
Postwar writers who have come closest to seeing this are a diverse lot, including: Arendt
1951, 1963; Loewenstein 1957; Habermas 1962; Friedrich 1963; Vile 1967; Fuller 1964/
1969; Lowi 1969; Selznick 1969; Parsons and Platt 1973; Bell 1976; Evan 1976; Sennett
1978; Hayek 1973-9; Gouldner 1979; Ackerman 1980; Apel 1980; Maclntrye 1981;
Schluchter 1981; Unger 1986; Hall 1987; Yale Law Journal 1988; Braithwaite 1989; and
Waters 1989.
See Klockars (1985: chapter 5) for a review of the question of police discretion. See Muir
(1977) for an influential statement on which Klockars draws.
Gadamer (1960,1966,1967) sees this, and then, like Parsons, interprets "prejudice" as the
benign, unavoidable prejudging in which actors engage within any particular lived social
fabric.
Bendix (1960), for instance, does not include the term in his index, nor does Parsons
(1937). Schluchter (1981: 108) insists that "substantive rationalization" is a "counter principle" to that of legality; the former involves "the intrusion of ethical imperatives, utilitarian pragmatism or political maxims" into the autonomy of law and administration, resulting in a lack of calculability. It is, therefore a "regression." Levine (1981: 12-13) is similar,
adding that substantive rationality "reflects the desire to achieve motivational integrity,"
whereas formal rationality refers to action "within a calculable order." Sica (1988: 209-10)
is more blunt, noting that when Weber relates substantive rationality to irrationality he is
more interesting than when he treats them as conceptual opposites. But examples of
substantive rationality are scarce everywhere.
The critical theorists of the Frankfurt school attempted this as well, from the 1950s to the
early 1970s. Parsons's writings offer no evidence that he ever understood how dramatically
Habermas's early works in general, and his critique of neopositivism in particular, were
simultaneously "turning" critical theory away from this effort. Habermas clearly devoted
much more time to studying Parsons's writings than Parsons ever devoted to his (Habermas 1967b: 74-88; 1980; 1984). Still, Habermas fails to appreciate how far Parsons's
framework of analytical concepts advances beyond Weber's ideal types and normative
relativism, irrespective of Parsons's decision to close his social theory to the concept of
reasoned social action. Habermas takes no notice at all of Parsons's residual category of
316
10
11
12
13
14
15
Notes to chapter 10
collegial formations, for instance, nor does he note Parsons's increasing (albeit vague)
references to procedural institutions. Habermas (and others, including Max Horkheimer)
engaged Parsons in colloquy in 1964 on the occasion of the Fifteenth German Sociological
Congress in Heidelberg in commemoration of the centenary of Weber's birth (Stammer
1965/1972). But Parsons's thinking about procedural institutions and law was relatively
undeveloped in 1964 and, regardless, he was called on to respond directly to Weber's
methodological positions regarding value-relevance and value-neutrality.
Indeed, such a shift is what institutionalized external procedural restraints restrain. Within
an institutionalized environment containing these restraints, policing may simultaneously
become more accountable. It need not remain localized and thereby susceptible to personal favoritism, prejudice, and other manifestations of arbitrariness.
Donald Black (1984) stresses implications of heterogeneity, functional differentiation, and
diverse styles of life in his study of mechanisms of social control (but see note 15).
This is the logical fallacy of any sociology of knowledge. Since Mannheim (1929) this has
been the approach to the competition of ideas, social arrangements, and institutions
preferred by social scientists who accede most immediately, most unreflectively, to normative relativism. The fallacy is that any new idea, social arrangement, or institution likely
originated in one particular place, or at best one particular region. This is as true of ideas,
arrangements, or institutions that are indeed intrinsically particular as those that turn out
credibly to claim consistency with a generalizable standard of reason. Thus, to trace any
idea, arrangement, or institution to its site of historical origin is a worthy project in and of
itself. But this does not establish a priori that the former is intrinsically particular rather
than possibly consistent with a generalizable standard of reason. For instance, Fuller's
legal theory is readily traceable to the historical experiences of Anglo-American countries.
This in and of itself does not somehow establish that his concepts are intrinsically particular rather than possibly contribute to reasoned social action.
There is no good reason for the world's peoples to learn English as a preferred second
language, as opposed to French, Spanish, German, or for that matter, Japanese or Russian, other than as a strategic response to America's postwar geopolitical hegemony and,
until recently, dominant position in the world economy. There is nothing intrinsically
generalizable about English or about any other language.
Sets of substantive aspects of "tradition" readily transferred to new sites short of being
imposed on outsiders include cuisine, popular music, and popular culture generally. How
they are recognized and understood by "outsiders" is another matter entirely, of course.
Are American movies ever recognized and understood similarly by Hindus and Sikhs in
Punjab?
Luhmann draws the distinction between "genetic and functional methods of inquiry,"
pointing out that "the original genesis of institutions demands special structural preconditions" but then, later, the "maintenance of an autonomous legal system, for example, does
not require the continued existence of its initial preconditions" (1982: 126-7). What
Luhmann sees as generalizable across autonomous legal systems is the dynamic interrelationship between what he calls the "dual sovereignty" of (a) the contingency of whether
the law is invoked or not in particular social situations and (b) the contingency of which
premises are drawn upon in coming to legal decisions. For him, as more and more social
situations are "juridified" or defined as legal situations, and as legal decision-making
adapts legal premises over time in an effort to accommodate social complexity, the legal
system becomes more and more detached from any and all "external" normative justifications. Luhmann's view of law is, thus, far less rigidly "positivist" than Habermas (chapter
5) would lead one to believe. Yet, it lacks any threshold of legality other than the
dedifferentiation of the legal system into other systems, whether religious, political, or
some other.
Notes to chapter 10
317
16 The "impact" of successful efforts to block the transfer of voluntaristic and procedural
aspects of national traditions also is invariant and equally generalizable: unmediated social
control and susceptibility to social authoritarianism.
17 Nor, of course, can they treat all analytical aspects of all traditions as if they were ultimately or even primarily based on actors' shared material interests or their positions of
"structural equivalence" within a social structure. The literature on structural equivalence
spawned by Lorrain and White (1971), along with the literature on network analysis more
generally (see Burt 1980 and Berkowitz 1982 for reviews), is impressive precisely because
contributors to these literatures attempt to explain actors' solidarity and collective action
by resisting as long as possible an appeal to their supposed internalization of shared
substantive norms. This is also the strength of exchange theory and rational-choice theory.
Yet, the notion of structural equivalence seems to offer a potentially richer account of
solidarity and collective action than does exchange theory's and rational-choice theory's
hypostatization of actors' individual calculations of immediate strategic interests. The
single greatest defect of the Parsonian tradition is that Parsonians continue to appeal much
too readily to actors' supposed internalization of shared substantive norms, rather than
resisting such appeals as long as possible in an effort to exhaust all other explanations for
actors' solidarity and collective action. At the same time, this point may be reversed to
indicate the greatest strength of the Parsonian tradition: To the extent that theorists (and
researchers) indeed resist appealing immediately to internalization, and instead endeavor
to exhaust all other explanations for heterogeneous actors' and competing groups' solidarity and collective action, the Parsonian tradition remains the richest reservoir of analytical
distinctions available to sociologists for accounting for the great diversity of solidary units
to be found within modern nation-states.
18 It is difficult to read Rousseau's Social Contract (1762), for instance, as contributing to
discussions of strategic let alone resilient normative restraints on arbitrary exercises of
collective power. Montesquieu and then Tocqueville were in many respects the first theorists to introduce such ideas in France in a methodical way. Sieyes and others raised such
issues at times, of course, both during and after the revolution. But a debate among
influential in France along these particular lines cannot be found that compares to that
which occurred first in England and then in the American colonies. See Arendt (1963) and
Habermas (1963a,b,c) for reflections, respectively, on the authoritarian and radical implications of theoretical discourse in eighteenth-century France, and Masters (1970) for an
influential treatment of Rousseau in English.
19 Consider the American framers. Their mandate in going to Philadelphia was at best to
amend the Articles of Confederation. When Madison presented the Virginia Plan, and it
became the focus of discussion, this exemplified the unlimited power of the constituent
group. Consider, too, that only fifty-five people attended these meetings, and only forty
really participated. Moreover, their proceedings were held entirely in private, the public
being barred from observing and the participants being prohibited from discussing the
proceedings outside Constitution Hall. The Federalist Papers, published in the New York
press, were among the first efforts to inform the public of what the constituent group had
accomplished (for an excellent discussion of the framing, see Diamond, Fisk, and
Garfinkel 1966: chapter 2).
20 Luhmann correctly emphasizes that this overloads the personality system (1990: 204):
"[N]ot until . . . the last third of [the eighteenth] century did the modern concept of public
opinion arise as the 'secret' sovereign and as the invisible authority of political society.
Public opinion was stylized as a paradox, as the invisible power of the visible. And in this
semantic form it became the culminating idea of the political system. For the first time the
result of communication itself was taken as substantive, and thereby became the medium
of further communication. This . . . was purchased at the cost of a severe overloading of
318
21
22
23
24
Notes to chapter 11
the concept which was accompanied with an equally strong idealized concept of the individual. For those who advocated this new idea, public opinion itself now assumed the task of
censorship and exercised it objectively and impartially. While more conservative authors
looked upon this impartiality with skepticism because it appeared to them one-sidedly
directed towards critique and change."
Indeed, consider what happened after the American Revolution (Diamond, Fisk, and
Garfinkel 1966: 16). It is estimated that over 60,000 Loyalists, and possibly as many as
100,000, fled to Canada or England - out of a total nonslave population in the American
republic of only three million! Nearly as much property was confiscated in the new American republic as in the later French Revolution, and, actually, a proportionally greater
number of people fled the American republic than fled the Jacobin repression. Of course,
far fewer were executed outright in the American republic.
It is well to keep in mind that these early theorists could still assume the resilience of
external substantive restraints of tradition and religious fundamentalism. Part of the reason
that they failed to anticipate the mass-based authoritarian regimes and occasional totalitarian regimes of the twentieth century is that they never anticipated even the most zealous
absolute monarch going that far. They never anticipated that a monarch would flagrantly
violate norms that proscribe mass dislocations and exterminations of one's own citizens.
Laumann and Knoke find that policy domains within the United States are "substantially
balkanized" rather than centralized (1987: 376-7), and yet: "[MJutual recognition creates
and sustains the legitimacy of core actors' involvement in domain issues and events. . . .
[TJhese results are comparable to those reported by studies of communication density
within far more homogeneous or functionally interdependent sets of organizations than
the group interviewed for this project" (1987: 375). The question that the theory of societal
constitutionalism brings to this finding is whether these activists' mutual recognition and
seeming consensus is procedurally mediated or really substantively immediate. Is elite
consensus within the United States really the product of some substantive alternative to
Brazilian elites' patron-client networks - as traditional Parsonian analysis would lead one
to believe? Or is it instead a product of, and ultimately reliant on, the mediation provided
by procedural voluntaristic norms and institutions? These are empirical issues that fall
outside the pluralist-elitist and pluralist-neocorporatist debates.
Unlike the case with "elite pacts" within those nation-states of the Third World that are
attempting the transition from military rule to civilian rule and "liberalization," e.g.
O'Donnell, Schmitter, and Whitehead (1986).
Notes to chapter 11
10
11
319
(see chapter 9, note 31). The problem Hechter faces is that millions of professionals and
deliberators within scores of modern nation-states are by no means immobilized in this
way, even as a great many may be.
Recent strikes by health-care professionals in major cities such as San Francisco and New
York, for instance, have this flavor to them, and this example is used elsewhere in this
chapter (see pages 250-1, 255). Overloaded with clients in emergency wards and strapped
for resources and personnel, those who are most professionally committed to providing
quality health care are often the leaders of these strikes. One suggestion beyond the scope
of this volume, however, is that the success of such strikes likely hinges on the extent to
which the integrity of collegial formations in other fields is being maintained locally,
regionally, and nationally. To the same extent that professionals in other fields already
have learned through experience that they cannot maintain these formations' integrity in
the face of social and governmental units' instrumental responses to systemic pressures of
drift, health-care professionals' strikes are not likely to "influence" either policymakers or
"the public" greatly.
This is Luhmann's strongest counterargument to Habermas's communication theory. At
the same time, Luhmann fails to address a significant problem. Weber's work demonstrated that if external normative restraints of some kind are not resiliency maintained,
then there is no good reason to believe that these units can sustain the integrity even of
internal procedural restraints on purposefully arbitrary exercises of collective power, including those by arbitrary government. Luhmann's systems theory dismisses this whole matter.
Baylis (1980) and Waters (1989) see consensus as basic to collegiality. They do so because
they assume the latter rests on substantive norms rather than on a procedural threshold.
As a result, they also assume that members of collegial formations are homogeneous and
consensual rather than increasingly heterogeneous and competitive. Even in passing,
Laumann and Knoke (1987: 160-1) operate on the same two assumptions.
The same may be said of other forms of organization, of course: As long as conflicts or
disruptions do not threaten the integrity of the bureaucratic, democratic, or patron-client
forms, interested parties may be said, respectively, to be competing bureaucratically,
democratically, or clientelistically. The point being made in the text about actors' competing collegially, however, is that their continued fidelity to the collegial form's procedural
voluntaristic orientation distinguishes this competition from that taking place within and
around any other formation. Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 98) offer an expression of
faith, nothing more, in Homo economicus's consensus over "meta-rules." Laumann and
Knoke (1987: 185) argue that elite decision-makers in energy and health policy domains in
the United States operate on a "consensus" only in regard to "a common perception of the
key players and nonplayers [in their domain] - not consensus about particular policy
options." They hastily add, however, that these elites are caught by surprise whenever the
issues in their domain are posed in any way other than strategically or instrumentally
(1987: 383-6). This is precisely what happens, of course, whenever the rules of the game
are brought into question.
This brings into view one of the arguments in favor of recruiting individuals into collegial
formations from as many classes as possible and from as many subcultural groupings and
lived social fabrics as possible: The integrity of the collegial formation must never be
confused, in practice, with middle-class sensibilities, nor with the substantive sensibilities
of any other class or group. This is not an argument consistent with affirmative action as it
is currently designed in the United States. Instead, it is an argument in favor of keeping the
integrity of the procedural threshold of interpretability superordinate to any and all substantive standards of performance. In this way, Bloom's (1987) polemic against gender and
racial groups may be demonstrated to miss the mark. He launches his polemic against the
backdrop of a substantive normative ideal that is unrealizable today, and he fails to explore
320
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Notes to chapter 11
either the importance of, or the limits to, the university's collegial form. The central
problem with affirmative action is not its intent but rather that it codifies a competition
between groups (increasingly between African- and Asian-Americans) that is defined not
merely substantively but ascriptively, and crudely so at that. A multicultural society intent
on integration tends toward intermarriage, but affirmative action raises greatly the symbolic and material obstacles to such choices. A greater irony is that much more could be
accomplished to assist the lower and working classes, and accomplished much more
quickly, if the integrity of procedural norms were kept superordinate to the middle class's
substantive sensibilities. In this way many more of the obstacles to mobility facing members of lower and working classes as well as members of ascriptive groups could be
removed.
Laumann and Knoke (1987: 348-72) point out that the health-policy domain in the United
States differs from the energy-policy domain in that the former revolves around "resource
deployment" or a "resource dependence" system whereas energy revolves around a "resource mobilization" system. Their point is that subordinates or consumers in the healthpolicy domain have greater influence with superordinates or producers in determining
policy outcomes. This point may be rephrased in the following way in terms of the theory
of societal constitutionalism: What is meant by an adequate or acceptable level of health
care for the money spent is less subject to strict quantification than what is meant by an
adequate or acceptable level of energy supplied for the money spent. Since adequacy or
acceptability is subject to greater symbolization in the health-policy domain, subordinates
or consumers invariably have greater influence. Rather than simply mobilizing resources
as they compete within economic and political marketplaces, elites in the health-policy
domain also must consult with their "dependents" regarding issues of "deployment."
One value-commitment that Parsons saw researchers bearing within universities, research
centers, and elsewhere is to maximize what he called "cognitive rationality" (Parsons and
Platt 1973).
See Braithwaite (1982) on "enforced self-regulation;" Stewart (1983) on "noncommodity values" in regulatory law; Sciulli (in preparation, b) on implications for societal
constitutionalism.
The next three paragraphs address not only Parsons's treatment of the professions but also
the related treatments by the other three theorists just noted.
Collins (1979) does the same, of course, explicitly treating professions as nothing more
than "consciousness communities," equivalent in every respect to ethnic groups.
Niklas Luhmann (1988) is very similar, stressing the importance of the relationship between differentiation and "autopoiesis." Social systems' self-regulation as distinct social
units replaces all references (a) to collegial formations, (b) to voluntaristic action more
generally, and (c) to normative restraints on the drift of rationalization. In many respects,
then, Luhmann reifies autopoiesis in precisely the way that Stinchcombe (1986) reifies
"reason:" Both are strictly systemic qualities quite independent not only of actors' motivations but also of organizations' orientations.
Also consider Habermas's critique of Nietzsche for failing to address adequately actors'
cognitive interests (1968a: chapter 12). Despite numerous suggestions to the contrary,
Nietzsche ultimately reduces reason to a mere perspective backed up by power. This is
very evident, for instance, in the closing pages of The Genealogy of Morals (1887).
Laumann and Knoke (1987: 347, note 2) and other network analysts continue to employ
this reductionist concept as their very definition of power, as does Abbott (1988) in his
pathbreaking study of professions. This ensures that they cannot distinguish actors' demonstrable social control from their possible social integration, irrespective of what the evidence happens to be.
Recall that Coleman (1988) referred to social capital in reference to whether children can
Notes to chapter 11
21
22
23
24
25
26
321
walk the streets safely (see chapter 9, page 209; chapter 6, notes 23, 26). By contrast, the
social capital being discussed in the text rests on the relationship between the threshold of
interpretability and whether adults are treated as reasoning and responsible actors. Whenever power holders prepare (or later present) rationales for their actions and proposals
that move at all beyond their strictly instrumental and strategic rationality, they are implicitly treating the actors that they are addressing in this way. This treatment is social capital
or a public good, in and of itself.
Lauman and Knoke find (1987: 381) that "the boundaries between public and private
sectors are blurred, and irrelevant, even in noncorporatist societies" like the United
States. Because the public/private distinction is blurred in every modern nation-state,
however, it can no longer inform detailed comparative study. What needs to be addressed
instead is whether and where voluntaristic procedural orientations persist, and whether
and where they collapse.
Przeworski (1986: 57-8) wrongly emphasizes the importance of the uncertainty of electoral outcomes and of other governmental actions as the key factor in the transition to
"democracy." It was explained in the opening chapter why this obscures more than it
reveals about whether actors are controlled or possibly integrated. As examples, as the
results of elections and the actions of government in Mexico, or in Chicago, become more
uncertain, will this tell social scientists anything at all about whether politics has become
more democratic? Moreover, will this tell them anything about whether heterogeneous
actors' and competing groups' possibilities for integration are increasing or decreasing
within either social order? Przeworski himself acknowledges that it does not, concluding
his essay by noting: "Yet what we need, and do not have, is a more comprehensive,
integral, ideological project of antiauthoritarianism that would encompass the totality of
social life" (1986: 63). The theory of societal constitutionalism is designed to contribute to
such a project, provided that the word "ideological" is dropped from Przeworski's call.
Thus, the theory of societal constitutionalism can at a certain point charge laissez-faire
liberals within complicity in authoritarian drift, much as Arendt accused them of this in
1951. Hayek is a more sophisticated liberal than Milton Friedman, for instance, because he
sees that the "rule of law" is both superordinate to the liberal market and something of a
restraint on it. Moreover, the theory of societal constitutionalism can radically question
actors' subjective impressions of their own interactions whereas researchers employing
concepts of symbolic interactionism or structuration theory must ultimately treat these
impressions as a fixed datum.
Formal lawsuits or other formal judicial proceedings are excluded from consideration in
this discussion. If the integrity of sectoral and divisional collegial formations is being
encroached against, and in particular within a civil-law country, there is no reason to
believe that the courts can maintain their integrity. Not only Nazi Germany and Fascist
Italy but also military and civilian dictatorships of Latin America and the former Eastern
bloc have amply demonstrated this.
This approach to the social infrastructure of nonauthoritarian social order is consistent
with how "public opinion" is characterized by social scientists who study it methodically,
rather than with how it is hypostatized by those who think a constituent force protects
Western democracies from malevolent drift. In political science, since V.O. Key (1942,
1961), public opinion has been seen by specialists as mediated by and through "issue
publics" or what sociologists call significant others or opinion leaders. In sociology, Turner
and Killian (1957: chapters 9-11) point out that "keynoters" even mediate crowd behavior, and they review the various filters through which public opinion is expressed.
Newspapers and electronic news media which remain "free" but operate within nationstates that lack a network of collegial formations (e.g. Mexico) do indeed become altogether latent in their social energy. They become strictly informational, like service
322
27
28
29
30
31
Notes to chapter 11
Notes to chapter 11
323
statements concerning science in Nazi Germany are made under correction.)" His oftencited four "institutional imperatives [which] comprise the ethos of modern science" (1942:
607-15) - universalism, "communism" of substantive findings, disinterestedness, and organized skepticism - begin to distinguish science from other institutions of moral authority.
But they still lack clear thresholds that could enable researchers (or observers) to specify
when the integrity of scientific enterprises in particular is being encroached against. Thus,
Merton's weak statements regarding science within Nazi Germany.
32 Donald Black's (1984) approach to social control is an exemplar not only of the relativism
of contemporary social science but of its increasing nihilism. He proposes to "predict and
explain" why different mechanisms of social control appear "in different quantities" within
different social settings regardless of their purpose or consequences. This is merely relativistic as long as he restricts himself to ignoring their consequences for particular individuals
or substantive interests. It becomes nihilistic, however, once he ignores the consequences
for organizational forms, and thereby for both internal and external procedural restraints.
Black is indeed indifferent to these empirical issues (1984: 6). His thesis is that increased
variation in the mechanisms of social control within a society "is a direct function [in the
mathematical sense of this term] of social diversity" (1984: 17), and that social diversity
also increases variations in judges' rulings (1984: 18). Since it has "become increasingly
difficult to predict the disposition of cases with the written law alone," Black concludes
(1984: 18-19): "[T]he rules have been losing their importance. The widely held view that
law is essentially an affect of rules [and Black cites Hart 1961 and Fuller 1964/1969] may
thus be an historically grounded notion that is becoming obsolete." The rules lose their
importance, however, only within the purview of Black's positivist social science. The
latter revolves around characterizing students of society as monads dedicated to copying
objective states of affairs. But this does not mean that the rules are losing importance for
citizens who happen to be living within any particular modern nation-state, or for social
scientists who happen to be working within any particular form of organization. Black's
positivist social science cannot address the distinction between authoritarian and nonauthoritarian directions of social change, nor the distinction between social scientists' possible social integration and demonstrable social control. Yet, he has not somehow demonstrated scientifically that these distinctions are merely subjective, or beyond conceptual
grounding and empirical operationalization. Black's proposed "general theory of social
control" thereby ignores the institutional and organizational preconditions which account
for the possibility of Black's own research being undertaken within and around collegial
formations. Jack Gibbs (1981: 75) is troubled by the relativism and nihilism of the scientific
study of social control. But he, too, does not know what to do about it. He points out, for
instance, that a Gestapo agent and a British bobby "cannot be treated as equivalent." But
he fails to provide a single conceptual distinction in terms of which they might be treated
differently. He instead concedes that this distinction, as well as any defense of due process,
for instance, is strictly a value judgment.
33 Ironically, Habermas's consensus theory as well as liberal social contract theories, including Brennan and Buchanan's constitutional economics, share this weakness with positivists' accounts of science. They, too, fail to discuss forms of organization standing between
consensual individuals and the legitimate state. Recall, too, that the civil-law tradition is
oriented to the certainty of enforcement, and framed by bureaucratic formations of lawmaking and law enforcement. The common-law tradition is oriented by the interpretability
of the rules, and framed by collegial formations that, for instance, permit lower courts to
call into question the decisions of national lawmaking bodies and the actions of law
enforcement agencies (Merryman 1969/1985).
34 Brennan and Buchanan (1985: 37-45) are opposed to defining democracy by analogy to
science and the pursuit of truth rather than by analogy to an economic marketplace and
324
Notes to chapter 11
the sovereignty of actors' subjective interests. They are opposed to this precisely because
the former subordinates majority rule to some standard or principle of truth, and thereby
challenges their "contractarian vision." But what they fail to appreciate, even though
Buchanan is a Hobbesian rather than a Lockean, is that this elevates actors' subjective
interests, and the concomitant drift of interest competition within economic and political
marketplaces, to the only standard of reason in individuals' relationship to the state (or to
any other powerful enterprise). They fail to see that there is an intersubjective standard of
reason that is indeed superordinate to actors' subjective interests. This standard is procedural and voluntaristic rather than substantive or "objective." Brennan and Buchanan
adamantly oppose treating democracy by analogy to science, therefore, only because
they wrongly accept positivists' accounts of the scientific enterprise (1985: 40-1). Given
this questionable point of departure, their opposition to bringing any objective standard
or copy theory of truth to politics follows quite logically. The problem is that this
prevents them from considering how the voluntaristic orientation and social duties shared
by all scientists who maintain their professional integrity are indeed related to the
nonauthoritarian/authoritarian distinction.
35 Compare Parsons's references to intellectuals to Arendt's distinction between "hommes de
lettres" and "intellectuals" (1963: 115-22). Her distinction rests on her vision of a public
realm that directs social change rather than leaving it to drift.
Bibliography
Abbott, Andrew. 1988. The System of Professions: An Essay on the Division of Expert Labor.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Abel, Richard L. 1981. "Toward a Political Economy of Lawyers." Wisconsin Law Review:
1117-87.
Ackerman, Bruce A. 1977. Private Property and the Constitution. New Haven: Yale University Press.
1980. Social Justice in the Liberal State. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Adriaansens, Hans P.M. 1980. Talcott Parsons and the Conceptual Dilemma. London: Routledge, Kegan & Paul.
Alapuro, Risto. 1988. State and Revolution in Finland. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Albrow, Martin. 1970. Bureaucracy. New York: Praeger.
Aleinikoff, T. Alexander. 1987. "Constitutional Law in the Age of Balancing." Yale Law
Journal 96: 943-1005.
Alexander, Jeffrey C. 1978. "Formal and Substantive Voluntarism in the Work of Talcott
Parsons: A Theoretical and Ideological Interpretation." American Sociological Review
43: 177-98.
1980. "Core Solidarity, Ethnic Outgroup, and Social Differentiation: A Multidimensional
Model of Inclusion in Modern Societies." Pp. 5-28 in Jacques Dofny and Akinsola
Akiwowo (Eds.). National and Ethnic Movements. Beverly Hills: Sage [reprinted in
Action and Its Environments].
1982a. Positivism, Presuppositions, and Current Controversies. Theoretical Logic in Sociology, v. I. Berkeley: University of California Press.
1982b. The Antinomies of Classical Thought: Marx and Durkheim. Theoretical Logic in
Sociology, v. II. Berkeley: University of California Press.
1983a. The Classical Attempt at Theoretical Synthesis: Max Weber. Theoretical Logic in
Sociology, v. III. Berkeley: University of California Press.
1983b. The Modern Reconstruction of Classical Thought: Talcott Parsons. Theoretical Logic
in Sociology, v. IV. Berkeley: University of California Press.
1984. "Action and Its Environment." Paper presented at the first German-American
Theory Conference, Giessen, Federal Republic of Germany (June) [printed in Action
and Its Environments].
1985. Review Essay. "Habermas' New Critical Theory: Its Promise and Problems." American Journal of Sociology 91: 400-24.
1986. "The University and Morality: A Revised Approach to University Autonomy and Its
Limits." Journal of Higher Education 57: 463-76.
1987. Twenty Lectures: Sociological Theory Since World War II. New York: Columbia
University Press.
1988. Action and Its Environments: Toward a New Synthesis. New York: Columbia University Press.
325
326
Bibliography
Allen, William Sheridan. 1965. The Nazi Seizure of Power: The Experience of a Single German Town, 1930-1935. Chicago: Quadrangle.
Anderson, Charles W. (1964) 1982. "Toward a Theory of Latin American Politics." Pp. 30925 in Howard J. Wiarda (Ed.). Politics and Social Change in Latin America: The Distinct
Tradition. 2d, rev. ed. Amherst: University of Massachussetts Press.
Antonio, Robert J. 1989. "The Normative Foundations of Emancipatory Theory: Evolutionary versus Pragmatic Perspectives." American Journal of Sociology 94: 721-48.
Apel, Karl-Otto. 1972. "Communication and the Foundations of the Humanities." Acta Sociologica 15: 7-26.
1979. "Types of Rationality Today: The Continuum of Reason Between Science and Ethics." Pp. 307-40 in Theodore F. Geraets (Ed). Rationality To-day. Ottawa: University of
Ottawa Press.
1980. Towards a Transformation of Philosophy. London: Routledge, Kegan & Paul.
Archer, Margaret S. 1987. "The Myth of Cultural Integration." British Journal of Sociology
36: 333-53.
Arendt, Hannah. (1951) 1969. The Origins of Totalitarianism. Cleveland: Meridian.
(1958) 1971. The Human Condition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
(1963) 1970. On Revolution. New York: Viking.
Arrow, Kenneth J. 1951. Social Choice and Individual Values. New York: Wiley.
Balbus, Isaac. 1973. The Dialectics of Legal Repression: Black Rebels before American Criminal Courts. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
1977. "Commodity Form and Legal Form: An Essay on the 'Relative Autonomy' of Law."
Law and Society Review 2: 571-85.
Barber, Bernard. 1963. "Some Problems in the Sociology of the Professions. Daedalus 92:
669-88.
1983. The Logic and Limits of Trust. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press.
Barry, Brian M. 1970. Sociologists, Economists and Democracy. London: Collier-Macmillan.
Battle, John M. 1988. "Uskorenie, Glasnost, and Perestroika: The Pattern of Reform Under
Gorbachev." Soviet Studies 40: 367-84.
Bayley, D.H. 1976. Forces of Order: Police Behavior in Japan and the United States. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Baylis, Thomas A. 1980. "Collegial Leadership in Advanced Industrial Societies: The Relevance of the Swiss Experience." Polity 13: 33-56.
Beetham, David. 1974. Max Weber and the Theory of Modern Politics. London: Allen &
Unwin.
Bell, Daniel. 1976. The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism. New York: Basic.
Bellah, Robert N. 1975. The Broken Covenant. New York: Seabury.
Bellah, Robert N., Richard Madsen, William M. Sullivan, Ann Swidler, and Steven M.
Tipton. (1986) 1985. Habits of the Heart: Individualism and Commitment in American
Life. New York: Harper and Row.
Bendix, Reinhard. (I960) 1962. Max Weber: An Intellectual Portrait. Garden City: Anchor.
1978. Kings or People: Power and the Mandate to Rule. Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Bentley, Arthur F. (1908) 1967. The Process of Government. Cambridge: Harvard University
Press.
Berkowitz, S.D. 1982. An Introduction to Structural Analysis: The Network Approach to
Social Research. Toronto: Butterworth.
Berman, Harold J. (1972) 1977. "The Use of Law to Guide People to Virtue: A Comparison
of Soviet and U.S. Perspectives." Pp. 75-84 in June Louin Tapp and Felice J. Levine
(Eds.). Law, Justice, and the Individual in Society: Psychological and Legal Issues. New
York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Bibliography
327
Bernstein, Richard J. 1978. The Restructuring of Social and Political Theory. Philadelphia:
University of Pennsylvania Press.
1983. Beyond Objectivism and Relativism: Science, Hermeneutics and Praxis. Philadelphia:
University of Pennsylvania Press.
Bershady, Harold J. 1973. Ideology and Social Knowledge. New York: John Wiley.
Bierstedt, Robert. (1938) 1975. "The Means-End Schema in Sociological Theory." Pp. 31-40
in Robert Bierstedt. Power and Progress: Essays in Sociological Theory. New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Birman, Igor. 1988. "The Imbalance of the Soviet Economy." Soviet Studies 40: 210-21.
Black, D. 1972. "The Boundaries of Legal Sociology." Pp. 41-56 in Black and M. Mileski
(Eds.). The Social Organization of Law. New York: Seminar.
1976. The Behavior of Law. New York: Academic Press.
1984. "Social Control as a Dependent Variable." Pp. 1-36 in Black (Ed.). Toward a General
Theory of Social Control, vol. I: Fundamentals. Orlando, Fla. Academic Press.
Blau, Peter M., and Otis Dudley Duncan. 1967. The American Occupational Structure. New
York: John Wiley.
Block, Fred. 1977. "The Ruling Class Does Not Rule: Notes on the Marxist Theory of the
State." Socialist Revolution 33: 6-28.
1987. Revising State Theory: Essays in Politics and Postindustrialism. Philadelphia: Temple
University Press.
Bloom, Allan. (1987) 1988. The Closing of the American Mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Blumer, Herbert. 1969. Symbolic Interactionism. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
1975. "Exchange on Turner, 'Parsons as a Symbolic Interactionist' [with comments by
Parsons and Turner]." Sociological Inquiry 45: 59-68.
Bobbio, Norberto. (1984) 1987. The Future of Democracy: A Defence of the Rules of the
Game. Cambridge, U.K.: Polity Press.
Bollen, Kenneth A., and Robert W. Jackman. 1985. "Political Democracy and the Size
Distribution of Income." American Sociological Review 50: 438-57.
1989. "Democracy, Stability, and Dichotomies." American Sociological Review 54: 612-21.
Bottomore, T. 1984. The Frankfurt School. New York: Tavistock and Ellis Horwood.
Bourricaud, Francois. (1977) 1981. The Sociology of Talcott Parsons. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Braithwaite, John. 1982. "Enforced Self-Regulation: A New Strategy for Corporate Crime
Control." Michigan Law Review 80.: 1466-1507.
1984. Corporate Crime in the Pharmaceutical Industry. London: Routledge, Kegan & Paul.
1985. "White Collar Crime." Annual Review of Sociology 11: 1-25.
1989. Crime, Shame and Reintegration. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
Bredemeier, Harry C. 1955. "The Methodology of Functionalism." American Sociological
Review 20: 173-9.
Brennan, Geoffrey, and James M. Buchanan. 1985. The Reason of Rules: Constitutional
Political Economy. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
Brooke, James. 1990. "A Swift and Hard Fall for Brazil." New York Times, 4 April, pp. D l , D18.
Buchanan, James M. 1989. Explorations into Constitutional Economics. College Station, Tex.:
Texas A&M Press.
Bucher, Roe, and Anselm Strauss. 1961. "Professions in Process." American Journal of Sociology 66: 325-34.
Burawoy, Michael. 1979. Manufacturing Consent. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Burawoy, Michael, and Janos Lukacs. 1985. "Mythologies of Work: A Comparison of Firms in
State Socialism and Advanced Capitalism." American Sociological Review 50: 723-37.
Burger, Thomas. 1976. Max Weber's Theory of Concept Formation: History, Laws, and Ideal
Types. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.
328
Bibliography
1977. "Talcott Parsons, the Problem of Order in Society, and the Program of an Analytical
Sociology." American Journal of Sociology 83: 320-34.
Burin, F.S., and K.L. Shell (Eds.). 1969. Otto Kirchheimer: Politics, Law and Social Change.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Burnham, Walter Dean. 1970. Critical Elections and the Mainsprings of American Politics.
New York: Norton.
Burt, RonaldS. 1980. "Models of Network Structures. "Annual Re view of Sociology 6:79-141.
1983. Corporate Profits and Cooptation. New York: Academic Press.
Buxton, William. 1985. Talcott Parsons and the Capitalist Nation-State: Political Sociology as a
Strategic Vocation. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Calabresi, Guido. 1982. A Common Law for the Age of Statutes. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Camic, Charles. 1987. "The Making of a Method: A Historical Reinterpretation of the Early
Parsons." American Sociological Review 52: 421-39.
1989. "Structure After 50 Years: The Anatomy of a Charter." American Journal of Sociology 95: 38-107.
Cancian, Francesca. 1960. "Functional Analysis of Change." American Sociological Review
25: 818-27.
Cardoso, Fernando Henrique. 1977. "The Consumption of Dependency Theory in the U.S."
Latin American Research Review 12: 7-24.
Cawson, Alan. 1982. Corporatism and Welfare: Social Policy and State Intervention in Britain.
London: Heinemann.
1986. Corporatism and Political Theory. Oxford, U.K.: Basil Blackwell.
Chambers, William, and Walter Dean Burnham (Eds.). 1969. The American Party System:
Stages of Political Development. New York: Oxford University Press.
Clinard, Marshall, and Peter C. Yeager. 1980. Corporate Crime. New York: Free Press.
Cohen, Ira. 1987. "Structuration Theory and Social Praxis." Pp. 273-308 in Anthony Giddens
and Jonathan Turner (Eds.). Social Theory Today. Cambridge, U.K.: Polity.
1989. Structuration Theory: Anthony Giddens and the Constitution of Social Life. New
York: St. Martin's.
Cohen, Jean. 1972. "Max Weber and the Dynamics of Rationalized Domination." Telos 14:
63-86.
Cohen, Jere. 1975. "Moral Freedom Through Understanding in Durkheim (Comment on
Pope 1973)." American Sociological Review 40: 104-6.
Cohen, Jere., Lawrence E. Hazelrigg, and Whitney Pope. 1975. "De-Parsonizing Weber: A
Critique of Parsons' Interpretation of Weber's Sociology." American Sociological Review
40: 229-44.
Coleman, James S. 1986. Individual Interests and Collective Action: Selected Essays. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
1988. "Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital." American Journal of Sociology 94.
(Supplement): S95-120.
1990. Foundations of Social Theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Collins, Hugh. 1982. Marxism and Law. Oxford, U.K.: Clarendon.
Collins, Randall. 1975. Conflict Sociology. New York: Academic Press.
1979. The Credential Society: An Historical Sociology of Education and Stratification. New
York: Academic Press.
1981a. "On the Micro-foundations of Macro-sociology." American Journal of Sociology 86:
984-1014.
1981b. "Micro-translation as a Theory-building Strategy." Pp. 81-109 in Karin Knorr-Cetina
and Aaron V. Cicourel (Eds.). Advances in Social Theory and Methodology: Towards an
Integration of Micro- and Macro-sociology. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Bibliography
329
330
Bibliography
Eisenstadt, S.N., and L. Roniger. 1984. Patrons, Clients and Friends: Interpersonal Relations
and the Structure of Trust in Society. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Elkin, Stephen L. 1987. City and Regime in the American Republic. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Ely, John Hart. 1980. Democracy and Distrust: A Theory of Judicial Review. Cambridge:
Harvard University Press.
Enloe, Cynthia H. 1973. Ethnic Conflict and Political Development: An Analytic Study. Boston: Little Brown.
Esping-Andersen, Gosta. 1985. Politics Against Markets: The Social Democratic Road to
Power. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Etzioni, Amitai. 1961/1975. A Comparative Analysis of Complex Organizations: On Power,
Involvement, and Their Correlates. Rev. ed. New York: Free Press.
1988. The Moral Dimension: Toward a New Economics. New York: Free Press.
1989. "Toward an I & We Paradigm (Book Review)." Contemporary Sociology 18: 171-76.
Evan, William M. 1976. "Power, Conflict and Constitutionalism in Organizations." Pp. 83-111
in Organization Theory: Structure, Systems and Environments. New York: John Wiley.
Evans, Peter B., Dietrich Rueschemeyer, and Theda Skocpol (Eds.). 1985. Bringing the State
Back In. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Factor, Regis A., and Stephen P. Turner. 1979. "The Limits of Reason and Some Limitations
of Weber's Morality." Human Studies 2: 301-34.
Faris, E. 1953. Review of The Social System. American Sociological Review 18: 103-6.
Featherman, David L., and Robert M. Hauser. 1978. Opportunity and Change. New York:
Academic.
Fellman, David. 1976. The Defendant's Rights Today. Madison, Wis.: University of Wisconsin
Press.
Frankel, Tamar. 1983. "Fiduciary Law." California Law Review 71: 795-836.
Freidson, Eliot. 1984a. "The Changing Nature of Professional Control." Annual Review of
Sociology 10: 1-20.
1984b. "Are Professions Necessary?" Pp. 3-27 in Thomas L. Haskell (Ed.). The Authority
of Experts: Studies in History and Theory. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University Press.
Freund, Julien. (1966) 1968. The Sociology of Max Weber. New York: Pantheon.
Friedland, Roger, and Jimy Sanders. 1985. "The Public Economy and Economic Growth in
Western Market Economies." American Sociological Review 50: 421-37.
Friedman, Milton. (1962) 1982. Capitalism and Freedom. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Friedrich, Carl J. 1941. Constitutional Government and Democracy: Theory and Practice in
Europe and America. Boston: Little, Brown.
1963. Man and His Government. New York: McGraw-Hill.
1969. "On Rereading Machiavelli and Althusius: Reason, Rationality and Religion," in
Rational Decisions: Nomos VII.
1972. Tradition and Authority. New York: Praeger.
1974. Limited Government: A Comparison. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
Fulcher, James. 1987. "Labour Movement Theory Versus Corporatism: Social Democracy in
Sweden." Sociology 21: 231-52.
Fuller, Lon L. 1949. The Case of the Speluncean Explorers." Harvard Law Review 62: 616-45.
1956. "Human Purpose and Natural Law." Journal of Philosophy 53: 653-705.
1958a. "Positivism and Fidelity to Law - A Reply to Professor Hart." Harvard Law Review
71: 630-72.
1958b. "Human Purpose and Natural Law." Natural Law Forum 3: 68-76 [reprinted from
Journal of Philosophy, 1956].
1958c. "A Rejoinder to Professor Nagel." Natural Law Forum 3: 83-104.
Bibliography
331
(1964/1969) 1975. The Morality of Law. Rev. ed. New Haven: Yale University Press.
(1966) 1981. "Two Principles of Human Association." Pp. 67-85 in The Principles of Social
Order. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.
(1969a) 1977. "Some Presuppositions Shaping the Concept of 'Socialization'." Pp. 33-40 in
June Louin Tapp and Felice J. Levine (Eds.). Law, Justice and the Individual in Society:
Psychological and Legal Issues. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winson.
(1969b) 1981. "Human Interaction and the Law." Pp. 209-246 in The Principles of Social
Order, edited by Kenneth I. Winston. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.
1981. The Principles of Social Order, edited by Kenneth I. Winston. Durham, N.C.: Duke
University Press.
Gadamer, Hans-Georg. (1960) 1975. Truth and Method. New York: Seabury.
(1966) 1977. "The Universality of the Hermeneutical Problem." Pp. 3-17 in Philosophical
Hermeneutics. Berkeley: University of California Press.
(1967) 1977. "On the Scope and Function of Hermeneutical Reflection." Pp. 18-43 in
Philosophical Hermeneutics. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Galanter, Marc. 1974. "Why the 'Haves' Come Out Ahead: Speculations on the Limits of
Legal Change." Law and Society Review 9: 95-160.
Gans, Herbert. 1979. Deciding What's News. New York: Pantheon.
1988. Middle American Individualism: The Future of Liberal Democracy. New York: Free
Press.
Garson, G. David. 1978. Group Theories of Politics. Beverly Hills: Sage.
Gellner, Ernest. 1977. "Patrons and Clients." Pp. 1-6 in Gellner and John Waterbury (Eds.).
Patrons and Clients in Mediterranean Societies. London: Duckworth.
Gellner, Ernest, and John Waterbury (Eds.). 1977. Patrons and Clients in Mediterranean
Societies. London: Duckworth.
Geraets, Theodore F. 1979. Rationality To-Day. Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press.
Gerstein, Dean R. 1975. "A Note on the Continuity of Parsonian Action Theory." Sociological Inquiry 45: 11-15.
Gibbs, Jack. 1972. Sociological Theory Construction. Hinsdale, 111.: Dryden.
1981. Norms, Deviance, and Social Control: Conceptual Matters. New York: Elsevier.
1982. "Law as a Means of Social Control." Pp. 83-113 in Gibbs (Ed.). Social Control:
Views from the Social Sciences. Beverly Hills: Sage.
Giddens, Anthony. 1968. " 'Power' in the Recent Writings of Talcott Parsons." Sociology
(September) 257-72.
1971. Capitalism and Modern Social Theory: An Analysis of the Writings of Marx, Durkheim and Max Weber. London: Cambridge University Press.
1976. New Rules of Sociological Method: A Positive Critique of Interpretative Sociologies.
New York: Basic.
1979. Central Problems in Social Theory: Action, Structure and Contradiction in Social
Analysis. Berkeley: University of California Press.
1981. A Contemporary Critique of Historical Materialism, v. I: Power, Property and the
State. Berkeley: University of California Press.
1982. "Labour and Interaction." Pp. 149-61 in John B. Thompson and David Held (Eds.).
Habermas: Critical Debates. Cambridge: MIT Press.
1984. The Constitution of Society: Outline of the Theory of Structuration. Cambridge, U.K:
Polity.
1985. The Nation-State and Violence: Volume Two of a Contemporary Critique of Historical
Materialism. Cambridge, U.K.: Polity.
1987. Social Theory and Modern Sociology. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Gold, David, Clarence Lo, and Erik Olin Wright. 1975. "Recent Developments in Marxist
Theories of the State." Monthly Review 27: 29-43.
332
Bibliography
Goldfarb, Jeffrey C. 1989. Beyond Glasnost: The Post-Totalitarian Mind. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Goldner, F.H., and R.R. Ritti. 1967. "Professionalism as Career Immobility." American
Journal of Sociology 72: 489-503.
Goldstein, Herman. 1977. Policing a Free Society. Cambridge, Mass.: Ballinger.
Gould, Mark. 1981. "Parsons Versus Marx: 'An Earnest Warning . . .' " Sociological Inquiry
51: 197-218.
Gouldner, Alvin W. 1960. "The Norm of Recriprocity: A Preliminary Statement." American
Sociological Review 25: 161-78.
1970. The Coming Crisis of Western Sociology. New York: Equinox.
1976. The Dialectic of Ideology and Technology: The Origins, Grammar, and Future of
Ideology. New York: Seabury.
1979. The Future of Intellectuals and the Rise of the New Class. New York: Oxford University Press.
Grey, Thomas C. 1989. "Holmes and Legal Pragmatism." Stanford Law Review 41:
787-870.
Griffiths, John. 1984. "The Division of Social Control Labor." Pp. 37-70 in Donald Black
(Ed.). Toward a General Theory of Social Control, vol. I: Fundamentals. Orlando: Academic Press.
Grossman, Joel B., and Richard S. Wells. 1980. Constitutional Law and Judicial Policy Making. 2d. ed. New York: Longman.
Haar, Charles M., and Daniel Wm. Fessler. 1986. The Wrong Side of the Tracks: A Revolutionary Discovery of the Common Law Tradition of Fairness in the Struggle Against Inequality. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Habermas, Jurgen. (1962) 1989. The Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere: An
Inquiry Into a Category of Bourgeois Society. Translated by Thomas Burger. Cambridge:
MIT Press.
(1963a) 1973. "The Classical Doctrine of Politics in Relation to Social Philosophy." Pp. 4 1 82 in Theory and Practice. Boston: Beacon.
(1963b) 1973. "Natural Law and Revolution." Pp. 82-120 in Theory and Practice. Boston:
Beacon.
(1963c) 1973. "Hegel's Critique of the French Revolution." Pp. 121-41 in Theory and
Practice. Boston: Beacon.
(1965) 1972. "Knowledge and Human Interests: A General Perspective." Pp. 301-17 in
Knowledge and Human Interests. Boston: Beacon.
(1967a) 1973. "Labor and Interaction: Remarks on Hegel's Jena Philosophy of Mind." Pp.
142-69 in Theory and Practice. Boston: Beacon.
(1967b) 1988. On the Logic of the Social Sciences. Translated by Shierry Weber Nicholsen
and Jerry A. Stark. Cambridge: MIT Press.
(1968a) 1972. Knowledge and Human Interests. Boston: Beacon.
(1968b) 1971. "Technology and Science as 'Ideology'." Pp. 81-122 in Toward a Rational
Society. Boston: Beacon.
(1968-69) 1971. Toward a Rational Society: Student Protest, Science and Politics. Boston:
Beacon. Chapters 1-3.
(1971) 1973. "Some Difficulties in the Attempt to Link Theory and Practice." Pp. 1-40 in
Theory and Practice. Boston: Beacon.
(1973a) 1975. Legitimation Crisis. Boston: Beacon.
1973b. "Wahrheitstheorien." Pp. 1-68 in Wirklichkeit und Reflexion: Walter Schutz zum 60.
Gebuntsstag. Pfullingen: Neske.
1973c. "A Postscript to Knowledge and Human Interests." Philosophy of Social Science 3:
157-89.
Bibliography
333
(1974) 1979. "Legitimation Problems in the Modern State." Pp. 178-205 in Communication
and the Evolution of Society. Boston: Beacon.
(1976a) 1979. "What Is Universal Pragmatics?" Pp. 1-68 in Communication and the Evolution of Society. Boston: Beacon.
(1976b) 1979. "Moral Development and Ego Identity." Pp. 69-94 in Communication and
the Evolution of Society. Boston: Beacon.
1977. "Hannah Arendt's Communications Concept of Power." Social Research 44: 3-24.
1979. "Aspects of the Rationality of Action." Pp. 185-212 in Theodore F. Geraets (Ed.).
Rationality To-day. Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press.
(1980) 1981. "Talcott Parsons: Problems of Theory Construction." Sociological Inquiry 51:
173-96.
(1981a) 1984. The Theory of Communicative Action, v.l: Reason and the Rationalization of
Society. Boston: Beacon.
(1981b) 1987. The Theory of Communicative Action, v.2: Lifeworld and Systems: A Critique
of Functionalist Reason. Boston: Beacon.
1982. "A Reply to My Critics." Pp. 219-83 in John B. Thompson and David Held (Eds.).
Habermas: Critical Debates. Cambridge: MIT Press.
1983. "Interpretive Social Science vs. Hermeneuticism." Pp. 251-69 in Norma Haan et al.
(Eds.). Social Science as Moral Inquiry. New York: Columbia University Press.
1984. "Interaction Between System and Life-World - Exemplified by Phenomena of
Juridification." Manuscript presented at the first German-American Theory Conference,
Giessen, Federal Republic of Germany (June).
1989. "The Crisis of the Welfare State and the Exhaustion of Utopian Energies." Pp. 28499 in Steven Seidman (Ed.). Jurgen Habermas on Society and Politics: A Reader. Boston:
Beacon.
Hagopian, Mark N. 1978. Regimes, Movements, and Ideologies. New York: Longman.
Hall, John A. 1987. Liberalism: Politics, Ideology and the Market. Chapel Hill, N.C.: University of North Carolina Press.
Hall, John R. 1984. "The Problem of Epistemology in the Social Action Perspective." Pp.
253-89 in Randall Collins (Ed.). Sociological Theory 1984. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Hansen, Roger D. 1971. The Politics of Mexican Development. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins
Press.
Hart, H.L.A. 1958. "Positivism and the Separation of Law and Morals." Harvard Law Review
71: 593-629.
1961. The Concept of Law. Oxford: Clarendon.
1965. Book review of The Morality of Law by Lon L. Fuller. Harvard Law Review 78:
1281-96.
Hawkins, Keith. 1984. Environment and Enforcement: Regulation and the Social Definition of
Pollution. Oxford, U.K.: Clarendon.
Hayek, Friedrich A. (1944) 1969. The Road to Serfdom. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
1973-9. Law, Legislation and Liberty: A New Statement of the Liberal Principles of Justice
and Political Economy. 3 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Hechter, Michael. 1987. Principles of Group Solidarity. Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Heinz, John P., and Edward O. Laumann. 1982. Chicago Lawyers. New York: Russell Sage.
Chicago: American Bar Foundation.
Held, David. 1980. Introduction to Critical Theory: Horkheimer to Habermas. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Heller, Agnes. 1972. "Towards a Marxist Theory of Value." Kinesis (Fall) 5 (1): 7-76.
Higley, John, and Michael G. Burton. 1989. "The Elite Variable in Democratic Transitions
and Breakdowns." American Sociological Review 54: 17-32.
334
Bibliography
Hobhouse, L.T. (1911) 1969. Liberalism. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hohendahl, Peter U. 1979. "Critical Theory, Public Sphere and Culture: Jurgen Habermas
and His Critics." New German Critique (Winter) 16: 89-118.
Hollingshead, August B. 1941. "The Concept of Social Control." American Sociological
Review 6: 217-24.
Holmes, Oliver Wendell. 1897. "The Path of Law." Harvard Law Review 10: 457-78.
Horkheimer, Max. 1940. "The Authoritarian State." Pp. 95-117 in Andrew Arato and Eike
Gebhardt (Eds.). The Essential Frankfurt School Reader. New York: Urizen
(1947) 1974. Eclipse of Reason. New York: Seabury.
Horkheimer, Max, and Theodor W. Adorno. (1944) 1972. Dialectic of Enlightenment. New
York: Seabury.
Horowitz, Donald L. 1977. The Courts and Social Policy. Washington, D.C.: Brookings
Institution.
1985. Ethnic Groups in Conflict. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Hughes, H. Stuart. 1958. Consciousness and Society: The Reorientation of European Social
Thought 1890-1930. New York: Knopf.
Huntington, Samuel P. 1971. "The Change to Change: Modernization, Development and
Politics." Comparative Politics 3: 283-322.
Husserl, Edmund. 1934-37 (1970). The Crisis of European Sciences and Transcendental Phenomenology: An Introduction to Phenomenological Philosophy. Translated by David
Carr. Evanston: Northwestern University Press.
Jacobson, David C. 1976. "Rationalization and Emancipation in Weber and Habermas."
Graduate Faculty Journal of Sociology: New School for Social Research 1: 18-31.
Janowitz, Morris. 1975. "Sociological Theory and Social Control." American Journal of Sociology 81: 82-108.
1976. Social Control of the Welfare State. New York: Elsevier.
Jay, Martin. 1973. The Dialectical Imagination: A History of the Frankfurt School and the
Institute of Social Research, 1923-1950. Boston: Little Brown.
1974. "The Frankfurt School's Critique of Karl Mannheim and the Sociology of Knowledge." Telos 20: 72-89.
Jenkins, J. Craig. 1985. The Politics of Insurgency: The Farm Worker Movement in the 1960s.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Jessop, Bob. 1979. "Corporatism, Parliamentarism and Social Democracy." Pp. 185-212 in
Schmitter and Lehmbruch (Eds.). Trends Toward Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly
Hills and London: Sage.
Johnson, Harry M. 1981. "Talcott Parsons and the Theory of Action: Editorial Introduction."
Sociological Inquiry 51: iii-xvii.
Kalberg, Stephen. 1980. "Max Weber's Types of Rationality: Cornerstones for the Analysis of
Rationalization Processes in History." American Journal of Sociology 85: 1145-79.
Kaplan, Harold. 1968. "The Parsonian Image of Social Structure and Its Relevance for
Political Science." Journal of Politics 30: 885-909.
Kaplan, Howard B. 1980. Deviant Behavior in Defense of Self. New York: Academic
Press.
Katznelson, Ira. 1978. "Considerations on Social Democracy in the U.S." Comparative Politics 11: 77-99.
Kelman, Mark. 1987. A Guide to Critical Legal Studies. Cambridge: Harvard University
Press.
Kelsen, Hans. (1941) 1971. "The Pure Theory of Law and Analytical Jurisprudence." Pp.
266-87 in What Is Justice?: Justice, Law and Politics in the Mirror of Science. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
(1945) 1961. General Theory of Law and State. New York: Russell & Russell.
Bibliography
335
336
Bibliography
Bibliography
337
Marcuse, Herbert. (1955) 1962. Eros and Civilization: A Philosophical Inquiry Into Freud.
New York: Vintage.
(1964a) 1968. "Industrialization and Capitalism in the Work of Max Weber." Pp. 201-27 in
Negations. Boston: Beacon.
(1964b) 1970. One Dimensional Man. Boston: Beacon.
Martin, Michael. 1987. The Legal Philosophy ofH.L.A. Hart: A Critical Appraisal. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Martins, Luciano. 1986. "The 'Liberalization' of Authoritarian Rule in Brazil." Pp. 72-94 in
O'Donnell, Schmitter, and Whitehead (Eds.). Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, vol.
3: Latin America. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Marwell, Gerald, Pamela E. Oliver, and Ralph Prahl. 1988. "Social Networks and Collective
Action: A Theory of the Critical Mass, III." American Journal of Sociology 94: 502-34.
Marx, Karl. (1842) 1967. "Comments on the Latest Prussian Censorship Instruction." Pp. 6792 in Lloyd D. Easton and K.H. Guddat (Eds.). Writings of the Young Marx on Philosophy and Society. Garden City, N.Y.: Anchor.
(1857-8) 1973. Grundrisse: Foundations of the Critique of Political Economy. Translated by
Martin Nicholas. Middlesex, England: Penguin.
1967. Writings of the Young Marx on Philosophy and Society. Edited and translated by
Lloyd D. Easton and Kurt H. Guddat. New York: Anchor.
Masters, Roger. 1970. The Political Philosophy of Rousseau. Princeton: Princeton University
Press.
Mayer, John A. 1983. "Notes Toward a Working Definition of Social Control in Historical
Analysis." Pp. 17-38 in Stanley Cohen and Andrew Scull (Eds.). Social Control and the
State. New York: St. Martin's.
Mayhew, Leon H. 1982. "Introduction." Pp. 1-62 in Leon Mayhew (Ed.). Talcott Parsons:
On Institutions and Social Evolution. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
MeAdam, Doug. 1982. Political Process and the Development of Black Insurgency, 19301970. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
McCarthy, John D., and Mayer N. Zald. 1977. "Resource Mobilization and Social Movements." American Journal of Sociology 82: 1212-41.
McCarthy, Thomas. 1978. The Critical Theory of Jurgen Habermas. Cambridge: MIT Press.
McClosky, Herbert, and Alida Brill. 1983. Dimensions of Tolerance: What Americans Believe
About Civil Liberties. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
McDonough, Peter. 1981. Power and Ideology in Brazil. Princeton: Princeton University
Press.
Meador, Daniel John. 1986. Impressions of Law in East Germany: Legal Education and Legal
Systems in the German Democratic Republic. Charlottesville, Va.: University Press of
Virginia.
Menzies, Ken. 1977. Talcott Parsons and the Social Image of Man. London: Routledge, Kegan
& Paul.
Merry, Sally Engle. 1984. "Rethinking Gossip and Scandal." Pp. 271-302 in Donald Black
(Ed.). Toward a General Theory of Social Control, v. I: Fundamentals. Orlando, Fla.:
Academic.
Merryman, John Henry. 1969/1985. The Civil Law Tradition. Stanford: Stanford University
Press, 2d. ed.
Merton, Robert K. 1938a. "Social Structure and Anomie." American Sociological Review 3:
672-82.
(1938b) 1973. "Science and the Social Order." Pp. 254-66 in The Sociology of Science.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
(1942) 1968. "Science and Democratic Social Structure." Pp. 604-15 in Social Theory and
Social Structure. New York: Free Press.
338
Bibliography
(1949/1957) 1968. Social Theory and Social Structure. New York: Free Press.
1965. On the Shoulders of Giants. New York: Free Press.
1976. (with Elinor Barber). "Sociological Ambivalence." Pp. 3-31 in Sociological Ambivalence and Other Essays. New York: Free Press.
Meszaros, Istvan. 1972. Marx's Theory of Alienation. New York: Harper & Row.
Meyer, John W., and Brian Rowan. 1977. "Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structure
as Myth and Ceremony." American Journal of Sociology 83: 340-63.
Meyer, John W., and W. Richard Scott. 1983. Organizational Environments: Ritual and Rationality. Beverly Hills: Sage.
Meyer, John W., Richard Scott, and Terence E. Deal. 1981. "Institutional and Technical
Sources of Organizational Structure: Explaining the Structure of Educational Organizations." Pp. 151-79 in Herman D. Stein (Ed.). Organization and the Human Services:
Cross-Disciplinary Reflections. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Meyrowitz, Joshua. 1986. "Media as Social Contexts." Pp. 229-50 in Ralph L. Rosnow and
Marianthi Georgoudi (Eds.). Contextualism and Understanding in Behavioral Science.
New York: Praeger.
Michelman, Frank. 1988. "Law's Republic." Yale Law Journal 91: 1493-1537.
Michels, Robert. (1911) 1949. Political Parties. New York: Free Press.
Miliband, Ralph. 1969. The State in Capitalist Society. New York: Basic.
1982. Capitalist Democracy in Britain. Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press.
Millar, James R. (Ed.). 1987. Politics, Work and Daily Life in the USSR: A Survey of Former
Soviet Citizens. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Milsom, S.F.C. 1981. Historical Foundations of the Common Law. 2d. ed. Toronto:
Butterworths.
Mintz, Beth, and Michael Schwartz. 1985. The Power Structure of American Business. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Mitchell, William C. 1967. Sociological Analysis and Politics: The Theories ofTalcott Parsons.
Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
Mizruchi, Mark S. 1982. The American Corporate Network 1904-1974. Beverly Hills:
Sage.
Mommsen, Wolfgang J. (1959/1974) 1984. Max Weber and German Politics 1890-1920, trans.
Michael S. Steinberg. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
1974. The Age of Bureaucracy: Perspective on the Political Sociology of Max Weber. Oxford:
Basil Blackwell.
Moore, Barrington. 1966. Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy. Boston: Beacon.
Moore, Michael S. 1989. "The Interpretive Turn in Modern Theory: A Turn for the Worse?"
Stanford Law Review 41: 871-957.
Morris, Aldon D. 1984. The Origins of the Civil Rights Movement: Black Communities Organizing for Change. New York: Free Press.
Muir, W.K. 1977. Police: Streetcorner Politicians. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Munch, Richard. 1981a. "Talcott Parsons and the Theory of Action, I. The Structure of the
Kantian Core." American Journal of Sociology 86: 709-39.
1981b. "Socialization and Personality Development from the Point of View of Action
Theory, the Legacy of Emile Durkheim." Sociological Inquiry 51: 311-54.
1982. "Talcott Parsons and the Theory of Action, II. The Continuity of Development."
American Journal of Sociology 87: 771-826.
1987. "The Interpenetration of Microinteraction and Macrostructures in a Complex and
Contingent Institutional Order." Pp. 319-36 in Alexander et al. (Eds.). The MicroMacro Link. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Murphy, Raymond. 1988. Social Closure: The Theory of Monopolization and Exclusion.
Oxford, U.K.: Clarendon.
Bibliography
339
Nagel, Ernest. 1958. "On the Fusion of Fact and Value: A Reply to Professor Fuller." Natural
Law Forum 3: 77-82.
1959. "Fact, Value, and Human Purpose." Natural Law Forum 4: 26-43.
Nagel, Robert F. 1989. Constitutional Cultures: The Mentality and Consequences of Judicial
Review. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Nelson, Benjamin. 1949. The Idea of Usury. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Neumann, Franz. (1938) 1986. The Rule of Law: Political Theory and the Legal System in
Modern Society. Dover, N.H.: Berg.
Nonet, Philippe, and Philip Selznick. 1978. Law and Society in Transition: Toward Responsive
Law. New York: Octagon Books.
Note. 1982. "Constitutional Rights of the Corporate Person." Yale Law Journal 91: 1641-58.
Oberschall, Anthony. 1973. Social Conflict and Social Movements. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.:
Prentice-Hall.
O'Connor, James. 1973. The Fiscal Crisis of the State. New York: St. Martin's.
O'Donnell, Guillermo A. 1977. "Corporatism and the Question of the State." Pp. 47-87 in
Malloy (Ed.). Authoritarianism and Corporatism in Latin America. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
O'Donnell, Guillermo, Philippe C. Schmitter, and Laurence Whitehead (Eds). 1986. Transitions from Authoritarian Rule. 5 vols. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Offe, Claus. 1983. "Political Legitimation Through Majority Rule?" Social Research 50:700-56.
Oliver, Pamela E., and Gerald Marwell. 1988. "The Paradox of Group Size in Collective
Action: A Theory of the Critical Mass, II." American Sociological Review 53: 1-8.
Oliver, Pamela E., Gerald Marwell, and Ruy Teixeira. 1985. "A Theory of the Critical Mass,
I. Interdependence, Group Heterogeneity, and the Production of Collective Goods."
American Journal of Sociology 91: 522-56.
Oilman, Bertell. 1977. "Marx's Vision of Communism: A Reconstruction." Critique: Journal
of Soviet Studies and Socialist Theory (Summer) No. 8: 7-41.
Olson, Mancur. 1965. The Logic of Collective Action. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
O'Neill, John. 1972. "The Hobbesian Problem in Marx and Parsons." Pp. 177-208 in John
O'Neill. Sociology as a Skin Trade: Essays Towards a Reflexive Sociology. New York:
Harper & Row.
O'Neill, John (Ed.). 1976. On Critical Theory. New York: Seabury.
Ortega y Gassett, Jose. (1930) 1932. The Revolt of the Masses. New York: Norton.
Paci, Enzo. (1963) 1972. The Function of the Sciences and the Meaning of Man. Evanston, 111.:
Northwestern University Press.
Parkin, Frank. 1979. Marxism and Class Theory: A Bourgeois Critique. London: Tavistock.
Parsons, Talcott. 1935. "The Place of Ultimate Values in Sociological Theory." International
Journal of Ethics 45: 282-316.
1936. "Pareto's Central Analytical Scheme." Journal of Social Philosophy 1: 244-62.
(1937a) 1968. The Structure of Social Action. 2 vols. New York: Free Press.
1937b. "Education and the Professions." International Journal of Ethics 47: 365-9.
(1939) 1964. "The Professions and Social Structure." Social Forces 17: 457-67, reprinted
Pp. 34-49 in Essays in Sociological Theory. Rev. ed. New York: Free Press.
1943. "The Kinship System of the Contemporary United States." American Anthropologist
45: 22-38.
1945. "Racial and Religious Differences as Factors in Group Tensions." In Louis Finkelstein et al (Eds.). Unity and Difference in the Modern World. New York: Conference of
Science, Philosophy, and Religion in Their Relation to the Democratic Way of Life.
(1950) 1964. "The Prospects of Sociological Theory." Pp. 348-69 in Essays in Sociological
Theory. Rev. ed. New York: Free Press.
(1951) 1964. The Social System. New York: Free Press.
340
Bibliography
(1952a) 1964. "A Sociologist Looks at the Legal Profession." Pp. 370-85 in Essays in
Sociological Theory. Rev. ed. New York: Free Press.
1952b. "Religious Perspectives in College Teaching: Sociology and Social Psychology." Pp.
286-337 in Hoxie N. Fairchild (Ed.). Religious Perspectives in College Teaching. New
York: Ronald Press.
(1956) 1962a. "Law and Social Control." Pp. 57-72 in W.M. Evan (Ed.). Law and Sociology: Exploratory Essays. New York: Free Press.
(1957) 1960. "The Principal Structures of Community." Pp. 250-79 in Structure and Process
in Modern Societies. New York: Free Press.
1958a. "Authority, Legitimation, and Political Action." Pp. 197-221 in Carl J. Friedrich
(Ed.). Nomos I: Authority. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
(1958b) 1960. "Some Comments on the Pattern of Religious Organization in the United
States." Pp. 295-321 in Structure and Process in Modern Societies. New York: Free Press.
1962. "Review of Law and Social Process by Hurst."Journalofthe History ofIdeas 27:558-65.
(1963a) 1969. "On the Concept of Political Power." Pp. 352-404 in Politics and Social
Structure. New York: Free Press.
(1963b) 1969. "On the Concept of Influence." Pp. 405-38 in Politics and Social Structure.
New York: Free Press.
(1964a) 1967. "Evolutionary Universals in Sociology." Pp. 500-14 in Sociological Theory
and Modern Society. New York: Free Press.
1965. "Changing Family Patterns in American Society." Pp. 4-10 in The American Family
in Crisis, vol. 3. Forest Hospital, Des Plaines, 111.: Forest Hospital Publications.
(1966a) 1969. "The Political Aspect of Social Structure and Process." Pp. 317-51 in Politics
and Social Structure. New York: Free Press.
1966b. Societies: Evolutionary and Comparative Perspectives. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.:
Prentice-Hall.
1966c. "Religion in a Modern Pluralistic Society." Review of Religious Research 1: 125-46.
1968a. "Law and Sociology: A Promising Courtship?" Pp. 47-54 in A.E. Sutherland (Ed.).
The Path of the Law from 1967. Cambridge: Harvard Law School.
(1968b) 1969. "On the Concept of Value Commitments." Pp. 439-72 in Politics and Social
Structure. New York: Free Press.
1968c. "Order as a Sociological Problem." Pp. 373-84 in Paul G. Kuntz (Ed.). The Concept
of Order. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
1968d. Introduction to Paperback Edition, The Structure of Social Action. New York: Free
Press.
1969a. "Polity and Society: Some General Considerations." Pp. 473-522 in Politics and
Social Structure. New York: Free Press.
(1969b) 1978. "Belief, Unbelief and Disbelief." Pp. 233-63 in Action Theory and the Human Condition. New York: Free Press.
(1970a) 1977. "On Building Social System Theory: A Personal History." Pp. 22-76 in Social
Systems and the Evolution of Action Theory. New York: Free Press.
1970b. "The Impact of Technology on Culture and Emerging New Modes of Behavior."
International Social Science Journal 22: 607-27.
(1970c) 1977. "Equality and Inequality in Modern Society, or Social Stratification Revisited." Pp. 321-80 in Social Systems and the Evolution of Action Theory. New York: Free
Press.
1971a. The System of Modern Societies. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
1971b. "Kinship and the Associational Aspects of Social Structure." Pp. 409-38 in Francis
L.K. Hsu (Ed.). Kinship and Culture. Chicago: Aldine.
1971c. "The Normal American Family." Pp. 53-66 in Bert N. Adams and Thomas Weirath
(Eds.). Readings on the Sociology of the Family. Chicago: Markham.
Bibliography
341
(1972) 1973. "Culture and Social System Revisited." Pp. 33-46 in Louis Schneider and
Charles Bon jean (Eds.). The Idea of Culture in the Social Sciences. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1973a. "Some Reflections on Post-Industrial Society." Japanese Sociological Review 24:
109-113.
(1973b) 1978. "Durkheim on Religion Revisited: Another Look at The Elementary Forms
of the Religious Life." Pp. 213-32 in Action Theory and the Human Condition. New York:
Free Press.
1974a. "Comment" [on Turner and Beeghley]. Sociological Inquiry 44: 55-7.
1974b. "The Institutional Function in Organization Theory." Organization and Administrative Science 5: 3-16.
1974c. "Religion in Post-Industrial America: The Problem of Secularization." Social Research 41: 193-225.
1975a. "Comment on [Pope's] 'Parsons' Interpretation of Durkheim' and on [Cohen's]
'Moral Freedom Through Understanding in Durkheim.' " American Sociological Review
40: 106-11.
1975b. "On [Cohen, Pope, Hazelrigg's] DeParsonizing Weber." American Sociological Review 40: 666-70.
(1975c) 1977. "Some Theoretical Considerations on the Nature and Trends of Change of
Ethnicity." Pp. 381-404 in Social Systems and the Evolution of Action Theory. New York:
Free Press.
1976a. "Reply to Cohen, Hazelrigg and Pope." American Sociological Review 41: 361-5.
1976b. "A Few Considerations on the Place of Rationality in Modern Culture and Society. "Revue europeene de sciences sociales et cahiers Vilfredo Pareto 14.
1977a. "Law as an Intellectual Stepchild." Sociological Inquiry 41: 11-58.
1977b. "Comment on Burger's Critique." American Journal of Sociology 83: 335-9.
1977c. "General Introduction." Pp. 1-13 in Social Systems and the Evolution of Action
Theory. New York: Free Press.
1978a. "Comment on R. Stephen Warner's 'Toward a Redefinition of Action Theory:
Paying the Cognitive Element Its Due.' " American Journal of Sociology 83: 1350-8.
1978b. "A Paradigm of the Human Condition." Pp. 352-433 in Action Theory and the
Human Condition. New York: Free Press.
Parsons, Talcott, Robert F. Bales, and Edward A. Shils. 1953. Working Papers in the Theory
of Action. New York: Free Press.
Parsons, Talcott, and Dean R. Gerstein. 1977. "Two Cases of Social Deviances: Addiction to
Heroin, Addiction to Power." Pp. 19-57 in Edward Sagarin (Ed.). Deviance and Social
Change. Beverly Hills: Sage.
Parsons, Talcott, and Gerald M. Platt. 1973. The American University. Cambridge: Harvard
University Press.
Parsons, Talcott, and Edward A. Shils (Eds.). (1951) 1962. Towards a General Theory of
Action. New York: Free Press.
Parsons, Talcott, and Neil J. Smelser. (1956) 1965. Economy and Society. New York: Free Press.
Pennsylvania Law Review. 1982. Symposium on the Public/Private Distinction. Vol. 130.
Perrow, Charles. 1979. Complex Organizations: A Critical Essay. 2d. ed. Glenview, 111.: Scott,
Foresman.
Pike, Fredrick B., and Thomas Stritch (Eds.). 1974. The New Corporatism. Notre Dame:
University of Notre Dame Press.
Platt, Gerald M. 1981. " 'The American University' Collaboration with Talcott Parsons."
Sociological Inquiry 51: 155-65.
Polanyi, Karl. (1944) 1963. The Great Transformation: The Political and Economic Origins of
Our Time. Boston: Beacon.
342
Bibliography
Bibliography
343
cratic and Patrimonial Administration: A Revisionist Interpretation of Weber on Bureaucracy." World Politics (January) 195-227.
Rueschemeyer, Dietrich. 1986. Power and the Division of Labour. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Sabato, Larry J. 1985. PAC Power: Inside the World of Political Action Committees. New York:
Norton.
Sabia, D.R., Jr., and J.T. Wallulis (Eds.). 1983. Changing Social Science: Critical Theory and
Other Critical Perspectives. Albany: SUNY Press.
Sartori, Giovanni. (1958) 1962. Democratic Theory. New York: Praeger.
Scheff, Thomas J. 1984. "Social Control as a System." Pp. 17-35 in Being Mentally III. 2d. ed.
New York: Aldine.
1988. "Shame and Conformity: The Deference-Emotion System." American Sociological
Review 53: 395-406.
1990. Microsociology: Discourse, Emotion and Social Structure. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Schluchter, Wolfgang. 1981. The Rise of Western Rationalism: Max Weber's Developmental
History. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Schmidt, Steffen W , et al. (Eds.). 1977. Friends, Followers and Factions. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Schmitter, Philippe C. 1971. Interest Conflict and Political Change in Brazil. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
1974. "Still the Century of Corporatism?" Pp. 85-131 in Fredrick B. Pike and Thomas
Stritch (Eds.). The New Corporatism. Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
1979. "Modes of Interest Intermediation and Models of Societal Change in Western Europe." Pp. 63-94 in Schmitter and Lehmbruch (Eds.). Trends Toward Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills and London: Sage.
1981. "Interest Intermediation and Regime Governability in Contemporary Western Europe and North America." Pp. 285-327 in Suzanne Berger (Ed.). Organizing Interests in
Western Europe: Pluralism, Corporatism, and the Transformation of Politics. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
1982. "Reflections on Where the Theory of Neo-Corporatism Has Gone and Where the
Praxis of Neo-Corporatism May Be Going." Pp. 259-79 in Lehmbruch and Schmitter
(Eds.). Patterns of Corporatist Policy-Making. Beverly Hills: Sage.
1983. "Democratic Theory and Neocorporatist Practice." Social Research 50: 885-928.
1985. "Neo-Corporatism and the State." Pp. 32-62 in Wyn Grant (Ed.). The Political
Economy of Corporatism. Hampshire and London: MacMillan.
1986. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy,
Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." Pp. 3-10 in O'Donnell, Schmitter, and Whitehead
(Eds.). Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Prospects for Democracy. Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University Press.
In Preparation. "Corporative Democracy: Oxymoronic? Just Plain Moronic? Or a Promising Way Out of the Present Impasse?" Sixty-seven-page manuscript.
Schroyer, Trent. 1973. The Critique of Domination: The Origins and Development of Critical
Theory. New York: George Braziller.
Schumpeter, Joseph A. (1942) 1947. Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy. 2d. ed. New York:
Harper.
Schwartz, Richard D. 1977. "Social Factors in the Development of Legal Controls: A Case
Study of Two Israeli Settlements." Pp. 579-90 in Lawrence M. Friedman and Stewart
Macauley (Eds.). Law and the Behavioral Sciences. 2d. ed. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
Sciulli, David. 1984. "Talcott Parsons' Analytical Critique of Marxism's Concept of Alienation." American Journal of Sociology (November) 90: 514-40.
344
Bibliography
Bibliography
345
Seidman, Louis Michael. 1987. "Public Principle and Private Choice: The Uneasy Case for a
Boundary Maintenance Theory of Constitutional Law." Yale Law Journal 96: 1006-59.
Silberman, Charles E. 1978. Criminal Violence, Criminal Justice. New York: Random House.
Sirianni, Carmen. 1981. "Production and Power in a Classless Society: A Critical Analysis of
the Utopian Dimensions of Marxist Theory." Socialist Review 59: 32-82.
Sitton, John F. 1987. "Hannah Arendt's Argument for Council Democracy." Polity 20:
80-100.
Skocpol, Theda. 1979. States and Social Revolutions. New York: Cambridge University Press.
1980. "Political Response to Capitalist Crisis: Neo-Marxist Theories of the State and the
Case of the New Deal." Politics and Society 10: 155-210.
1985. "Cultural Idioms and Political Ideologies in the Revolutionary Reconstruction of
State Power: A Rejoinder to Sewell." Journal of Modern History 57: 86-96.
Skocpol, Theda, and Edwin Amenta. 1986. "States and Social Revolutions." Annual Review
of Sociology 12: 131-57.
Smelser, Neil J. 1962. Theory of Collective Behavior. New York: Free Press.
Spitzer, Steven. 1983. "Marxist Perspectives in the Sociology of Law." Annual Review of
Sociology 9: 103-24.
Stammer, Otto (Ed.). 1965/1972. Max Weber and Sociology Today. Oxford: Blackwell.
Stelling, Joan, and Ruee Bucher. 1972. "Autonomy and Monitoring on Hospital Wards."
Sociological Quarterly 13: 431-46.
Stephens, John D. 1980. The Transition from Capitalism to Socialism. Atlantic Highlands,
N.J.: Humanities Press.
Stewart, Richard B. 1983. "Regulation in a Liberal State: The Role of Non-Commodity
Values." Yale Law Journal 92: 1537-90.
1985. "The Discontents of Legalism: Interest Group Relations in Administrative Regulation." Wisconsin Law Review 1985: 655-86.
1987. "Organizational Jurisprudence" [review of Dan-Cohen] Harvard Law Review 101:
371-90.
Stinchcombe, Arthur L. 1986. "Reason and Rationality." Sociological Theory 4: 151-66.
Stone, Christopher. 1982. "Corporate Vices and Corporate Virtues: Do Public/Private Distinctions Matter?" Pennsylvania Law Review 130: 1441-1508.
Strauss, Anselm. 1978. Negotiations: Varieties, Contexts, Process and Social Order. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Strauss, Leo. (1953) 1968. Natural Right and History. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Streeck, Wolfgang, and Philippe C. Schmitter. 1985. "Community, Market, State - and Associations? The Prospective Contribution of Interest Governance to Social Order." Pp. 129 in Streeck and Schmitter (Eds.). Private Interest Government: Beyond Market and
State. London: Sage.
Stryker, Sheldon. 1980. Symbolic Interactionism: A Social Structural Version. Menlo Park,
Calif.: Benjamin/Cummings.
Summers, Robert S. 1982. Instrumentalism and American Legal Theory. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell
University Press.
1984. Lon L. Fuller. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Sunstein, Cass R. 1987. "Constitutionalism After the New Deal." Harvard Law Review 101:
421-510.
1988. "Beyond the Republican Revival." Yale Law Journal 91: 1539-90.
Swanson, Guy E. 1953. "The Approach to a General Theory of Action by Parsons and Shils."
American Sociological Review 18: 125-34.
Swidler, Ann. 1986. "Culture in Action: Symbols and Strategies." American Sociological
Review 51: 273-86.
Szelenyi, Ivan. 1986-7. "The Prospects and Limits of the East European New Class Project:
346
Bibliography
An Auto-critical Reflection on The Intellectuals on the Road to Power." Politics & Society
15: 103-44.
Szelenyi, Ivan, and Bill Martin. 1988. "The Three Waves of New Class Theories." Theory and
Society 17: 645-67.
Therborn, Goran. 1977. "The Rule of Capital and the Rise of Democracy." New Left Review
103: 3-41.
1978. What Does the Ruling Class Do When It Rules? London: New Left Books.
1987. "Welfare States and Capitalist Markets." Acta Sociologica 30: 237-54.
Thompson, James D. 1967. Organizations in Action. New York: McGraw Hill.
Thompson, John B., and David Held (Eds.). 1982. Habermas: Critical Debates. Cambridge:
MIT Press.
Tilly, Charles. 1975. "Revolutions and Collective Violence." Pp. 483-555 in Fred I. Greenstein
and Nelson W. Polsby (Eds.). Macropolitical Theory. Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley.
1984. Big Structures, Large Processes, Huge Comparisons. New York: Russell Sage.
1985. "War Making and State Making as Organized Crime." Pp. 169-91 in Evans,
Rueschemeyer, and Skocpol (Eds.). Bringing the State Back In. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
Truman, David. (1951) 1958. The Governmental Process. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Turkel, Gerald. 1980-1. "Rational Law and Boundary Maintenance: Legitimating the 1971
Lockheed Loan Guarantee." Law and Society Review 15: 41-77.
In Preparation. Between Public and Private: Law, Politics and Social Theory.
Turner, Jonathan H. 1974. "Parsons as a Symbolic Interactionist: A Comparison of Action and
Interaction Theory." Sociological Inquiry 44: 283-94.
1988. A Theory of Social Interaction. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Turner, Jonathan H., and L. Beeghley. 1974a. "Current Folklore in the Criticisms of Parsonian Action Theory." Sociological Inquiry 44: 47-55.
1974b. "Persistent Issues in Parsonian Action Theory." Sociological Inquiry 44: 61-64.
Turner, Jonathan H., and Alexandra Maryanski. 1979. Functionalism. Menlo Park, Calif.:
Benj amin/Cummings.
Turner, Ralph H., and Lewis M. Killian. (1957) 1987. Collective Behavior. 3d. ed. Englewood
Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
Unger, Roberto Mangabeira. 1986. The Critical Legal Studies Movement. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Useem, Michael. 1984. The Inner Circle. Large Corporations and the Rise of Business Political
Activity in the U.S. and U.K. New York: Oxford University Press.
Vandivier, Kermit. (1972) 1987. "Why Should My Conscience Bother Me?" Pp. 103-23 in
David Ermann and Richard J. Lundmann (Eds.). Corporate and Governmental Deviance.
3d ed. New York: Oxford.
Vidich, Arthur J., and Stanford M. Lyman. 1985. American Sociology: Worldly Rejections of
Religion and Their Directions. New Haven and London: Yale University Press.
Vile, M.J.C. 1967. Constitutionalism and the Separation of Powers. London: Clarendon
Walker, Henry A., and Bernard P. Cohen. 1985. "Scope Statements: Imperatives for Evaluating Theory." American Sociological Review 50: 288-301.
Warner, R. Stephen. 1978. "Toward a Redefinition of Action Theory: Paying the Cognitive
Element Its Due." American Journal of Sociology 83: 1317-49.
Warren, Roland L. (Ed.). 1977. New Perspectives on the American Community. 3d. ed.
Chicago: Rand McNally.
Waters, Malcolm. 1989. "Collegiality, Bureaucratization, and Professionalization: A Weberian Analysis." American Journal of Sociology 94: 945-72.
Weber, Max. (1914-20) 1968. Economy and Society: An Outline of Interpretive Sociology,
Guenther Roth and Claus Wittich (Eds.). New York: Bedminster Press.
Bibliography
347
1958. From Max Weber, H.H. Gerth and C. Wright Mills (Eds.). New York: Oxford University Press.
Weil, Frederick D. 1987. "Is/Was There a Legitimation Crisis? New Comparative Evidence." Paper presented at American Sociological Association Annual Meeting, Chicago, 111.
1989. "The Sources and Structure of Legitimization in Western Democracies." American
Sociological Review 54: 682-706.
Wellman, Barry. 1983. "Network Analysis: Some Basic Principles." Sociological Theory 1983
1: 155-200.
1988. "Structural Analysis: From Method and Metaphor to Theory and Substance." Pp. 1961 in Wellman and S.D. Berkowitz (Eds.). Social Structures: A Network Approach.
Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
Wellmer, Albrecht. 1976. "Communications and Emancipation: Reflections on the Linguistic
Turn in Critical Theory." Pp. 231-63 in John O'Neill (Ed.). On Critical Theory. New
York: Seabury.
Whitehead, Alfred North. 1925. Science and the Modern World. New York: Macmillan.
Wiarda, Howard J. (Ed.). 1974. Political and Social Change in Latin America: The Distinct
Tradition. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.
Wiley, Norbert. 1979. "Recent Journal Sociology: The Substitution of Method for Theory."
Contemporary Sociology 8: 793-9.
1987. Critic for Session "Author Meets Critics. Violence and the Nation-State." Paper
presented at American Sociological Association Annual Meeting, Chicago, 111.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1985. The Economic Institutions of Capitalism. New York: Free Press.
Winch, Peter. 1958. The Idea of a Social Science and Its Relation to Philosophy. London:
Routledge, Kegan & Paul.
1970. "Understanding a Primitive Society." Pp. 78-111 in Brian R. Wilson, (Ed.). Rationality. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
Wirth, Louis. 1939. Review of The Structure of Social Action. American Sociological Review
4: 399-404.
Wolin, Sheldon. 1960. Politics and Vision: Continuity and Innovation in Western Political
Thought. Boston: Little Brown.
Wolfe, Alan. 1973. The Seamy Side of Democracy. New York: D. McKay.
1977. The Limits of Legitimacy. New York: Free Press.
1978. "Has Social Democracy a Future?" Comparative Politics 11: 100-25.
Wright, Erik Olin. 1985. Classes. London: Verso, New Left Books.
Wrong, Dennis H. 1961. "The Oversocialized Conception of Man in Modern Sociology."
American Sociological Review 26: 183-93.
Wuthnow, Robert. 1987. Meaning and Moral Order: Explorations in Cultural Analysis. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Wynia, Gary W. 1978/1984. The Politics of Latin American Development. 2d. ed. Cambridge,
U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
Yale Law Journal. 1988. Symposium: The Republican Civic Tradition. Vol. 97.
Young, Crawford. 1976. The Politics of Cultural Pluralism. Madison, Wis.: University of
Wisconsin Press.
Zald, Mayer N. 1969. "The Power and Functions of Boards of Directors: A Theoretical
Synthesis." American Journal of Sociology 75: 97-111.
1978. "On the Social Control of Industries." Social Forces 57: 79-102.
Zaret, David. 1980. "From Weber to Parsons and Schutz: The Eclipse of History in Modern
Social Theory." American Journal of Sociology 85: 1180-1201.
Zucker, Lynne G. (Ed.). 1988. Institutional Patterns and Organizations: Culture and Environment. Cambridge, Mass.: Ballinger.
Name index
Bell, Wendell, 19
Bellah, Robert N., 45, 77, 303n, 308n-309n
Bendix, Reinhard, 9, 34-35, 41, 78, 281n,
315n
Bentley, Arthur F., 67
Berger, Joseph, 23
Berkowitz, S. D., 273n, 317n
Berman, Harold J., 206
Bernstein, Richard X, 104, 292n
Bershady, Harold X, 18, 219, 272n, 299n
Birman, Igor, 222
Black, Donald, 3, 27-28, 31, 94, 111, 278n,
294n-295n, 316n, 323n
Blau, Peter M., 41, 304n
Block, Fred, 31-32, 278n
Bloom, Allan, 17, 78, 146, 178, 247, 272n,
275n, 303n, 307n-308n, 314n, 319n-320n,
322n
Blumer, Herbert, 70, 249, 298n
Bobbio, Norberto, 271n
Bollen, Kenneth A., 194, 297n
Bottomore, Tom, 292n
Bould, Sally, 18, 251
Bourricaud, Francois, 134
Braithwaite, John, 5, 13-14, 19, 25, 78, 183,
189, 274n, 286n-287n, 296n, 310n, 315n,
320n
Bredemeier, Harry C , 299n
Brennan, Geoffrey, 23-24, 31, 44-45, 47,
60, 68-69, 71, 77, 98, 112, 215, 249, 271n,
276n-277n, 279n-280n, 282n-283n,
285n-287n, 291n, 293n-296n, 308n-309n,
313n, 319n, 322n, 323n
Brill, Alida, 60, 69, 286n, 309n
Brooke, James, 310n
Buchanan, James M., 23-24, 31, 41, 44-45,
47, 57, 59-60, 68-69, 71, 73, 77, 98, 112,
169, 209, 215, 222, 249, 271n, 276n-277n,
279n-280n, 282n-283n, 285n-287n, 291n,
293n, 294n-296n, 308n-310n, 313n-314n,
319n, 322n-323n
349
350
Bucher, Roe, 30, 67
Burawoy, Michael, 34, 310n
Burger, Thomas, 281n, 299n
Burin, F. S.,92
Burnham, Walter Dean, 201
Burt, Ronald S., 31, 194, 273n, 317n
Burton, Michael G. See Higley, John
Calabresi, Guido, 293n
Calhoun, John C , 283n
Camic, Charles, 134, 299n
Cancian, Francesca, 299n
Cardoso, Fernando Henrique, 5, 27In
Cawson, Allan, 278n
Chambers, William, 201
Charlton, JoyC.,30
Chomsky, Noam, 102
Clinard, Marshall, 13, 286n, 288n
Cohen, Bernard P., 9
Cohen, Ira, 18, 277n
Cohen, Jean, 281n
Cohen, Jere, 134, 299n
Coke, Edward, 289n
Coleman, James S., 6, 24, 41, 48, 133,138,
209, 254, 285n, 296n-297n, 320n
Collins, Hugh, 286n, 294n
Collins, Randall, 1, 4, 15, 28, 54, 98-99,
169-170, 245, 282n, 291n-293n, 296n,
306n, 308n, 320n, 322n
Colomy, Paul, 19, 252, 305n
Comte, Auguste, 201
Connor, Walker, 61, 284n
Cook, Karen, 133
Coser, Lewis A., 4
Craib, Ian, 307n
Crane, Diana, 170, 183, 273n
Crozier, Michel, 41
Dahl, Robert A . , 6 3 , 278n
Dallmayr, Fred R., 104, 292n, 295n
Damaska, Mirjan R., 286n
D'Antonio, William V , 18, 312n
Davis, F. James, 376n
Deal, Terence E.,306n
DeMott, Deborah A., 122, 159, 166
Diamond, Martin, 317n-318n
Dobbin, Frank R., 313n
Domhoff, G. William, 31-32
dos Santos, Theotonio, 5
Dowd, Jerome, 288n
Downs, Anthony, 313n
Dryzek, John S., 26, 43
Duke, David, 314n
Duncan, Otis Dudley, 304n
Durkheim, Emile, 5, 30, 132, 146, 148-149,
202, 273n, 298n
Duverger, Maurice, 200
Name index
Dworkin, Ronald, 40, 60, 77, 283n, 293n,
311n
Dynes, Russell, 18
Dynes, Wallace, 19
Edelman, Lauren. See Dobbin, Frank R.
Effrat, Andrew. See Loubser, Jan
Eisenstadt, S. N.,9, 163
Elkin, Stephen L.,294n
Elster, John, 276n
Ely, John Hart, 40, 49, 68, 77, 287n, 293n,
308n
Enloe, Cynthia H., 61, 284n
Ermann, David, 274n
Esping-Anderson, Gosta, 10, 175, 278n
Etzioni, Amitai, 26, 28, 41, 272n, 281n,
309n
Evan, William M., 41, 189-190, 309n, 313n,
315n
Evans, Peter B., 2, 31, 191, 285n
Factor, Regis A., 281n
Faris, E.,299n
Featherman, David L., 304n
Fellman, David, 60, 286n
Fessler, Daniel Wm., 190, 309n
Finsterbusch, Kurt, 19
Fisk, Winston Mills, 317n-318n
Frankel, Tamar, 159, 166
Freeman, Michael, 307n
Freidson, Eliot, 306n
Freud, Sigmund, 30, 202, 313n
Freund, Julien, 281n
Friedland, Roger, 194
Friedman, Milton, 279n, 306n, 32In
Friedrich, Carl J., 40, 75, 78, 222, 233, 284n,
291n, 315n
Fulcher, James, 33, 61, 271n
Fuller, Lon L., 16-17, 57, 65, 72, 76, 82,
87-89, 93-94, 97-98, 105-117, 119-120,
122-123, 128-129, 131, 150-151,153,
156, 196, 288n-293n, 294n-298n, 301n,
313n, 315n, 318n,323n
Gadamer, Hans-Georg, 308n, 315n
Gans, Herbert, 15, 32, 304n
Garfinkel, Herbert, 317n-318n
Garson, G. David, 72, 284n
Gellner, Ernest, 163, 304n
Geraets, Theodore F , 292n
Gerstein, Dean R., 18, 133-134, 219, 299n
Gibbs, Jack, 27-28, 31, 136, 278n, 288n,
294n, 296n, 307n, 323n
Giddens, Anthony, 4, 31, 98, 174, 250,
273n, 277n-278n, 297n, 310n
Gold, David, 31
Name index
Goldfarb, Jeffrey C , 310n
Goldner,F. H.,62,288n
Goldstein, Herman, 63,120, 296n
Gouldner, Alvin W., 41, 134, 245, 293n,
315n
Gretzinger, Ralph, 274n-275n
Grey, Thomas C , 92, 290n
Griffiths, John, 28, 278n
Grossman, Joel B., 70
Haar, Charles M., 190, 309n
Habermas, Jurgen, 2, 16-17, 32, 36, 41, 45,
57, 63, 72-73, 75, 78, 88-105, 109-110,
113, 121, 123-126, 128-129,131,150151,153-154, 156, 159, 185, 200, 210,
222, 226, 234, 236-238, 240, 243, 246,
249, 255-256, 258, 263, 265, 267, 272n,
275n-277n, 281n, 284n, 287n, 289n-294n,
297n, 299n-302n, 307n-310n, 314n-317n,
319n, 323n
Hagopian, Mark N., 284n
Halas, Elzbieta, 19
Hall, John A., 6, 69, 272n, 315n, 322n
Hall, John R., 19
Hammond, Michael, 19
Hannan, John, 307n
Hansen, Roger D., 164
Hao, Pan, 19
Hart, H.L.A., 64, 94, 107, 289n, 293n,
298n, 31 In, 323n
Hauser, Robert M., 304n
Hawkins, Keith, 97,112, 286n, 310n
Hayek, Friedrich A., 44, 57, 113, 222, 279n,
283n, 285n, 287n, 315n, 321n
Hazelrigg, Lawrence E., 134, 299n
Hechter, Michael, 6, 24, 36, 43, 45, 48, 6869, 98, 133, 138, 202, 208, 215, 243, 254,
272n-273n, 281n, 284n-285n, 289n, 297n,
300n, 313n, 318n
Heinz, John P., 278n
Held, David, 292n
Higley, John, 194
Hobbes, Thomas, 43, 124, 138-139, 279n,
289n, 297n
Hobhouse, L. T.,40
Hoffman, Martin L., 290n
Hollingshead, August B., 288n
Holmes, Oliver Wendell, 64, 92, 107, 290n
Homans, George, 133
Horkheimer, Max, 145, 275n, 316n
Horowitz, Donald L., 68, 287n
Hughes, H. Stuart, 281n
Huntington, Samuel P., 4, 280n
Hurst, John Willard, 187-189, 312n
Jackman, Robert W., 194, 297n
Jacobs, David, 19
351
Jacobson, David C , 281n
Jaguaribe, Helio, 5
Janowitz, Morris, 28-31, 35, 277n-278n,
297n
Jay, Martin, 41, 291n
Jenkins, J. Craig, 36
Jenkins, Patricia, 19, 168, 305n
Johnson, Harry M., 134
Kalberg, Stephen, 45, 281n, 290n
Kant, Immanuel, 295n
Kaplan, Harold, 299n
Kaplan, Howard B., 23
Katznelson, Ira, 35
Kelsen, Hans, 64, 93-94, 290n, 311n
Kennedy, Michael D., 19, 307n
Kerbo, Harold R., 35
Key,V. O.,Jr.,321n
Killian, Lewis M., 36, 249, 321n
Kirchheimer, Otto, 275n
Klockars, Carl B., 19, 119, 315n
Knoke, David, 32, 36, 61, 70-71, 74, 76,
185, 187, 257, 272n-273n, 279n, 285n,
304n,314n,318n-321n
Kornhauser, William, 279n
Korpi, Walter, 9, 175, 278n
Kronman, A., 91-94, 281n, 289n-290n,
295n, 297n
Ladd, Everett Carll, Jr., 201
Lakatos, Imre, 128
Larson, Magali Sarfatti, 1, 54, 169
Laumann, Edward O., 32, 36, 61, 70-71,
74, 76, 185, 187, 257, 272n, 273n, 278n279n, 285n, 304n, 310n, 318n-321n
Law and Contemporary Problems, 119
Lawson, Searle, 274n-275n
Lechner, Frank, 19
Leeds, Anthony, 322n
Lehmbruch, Gerhard. See Schmitter,
Philippe C.
Leifer, Eric M., 249
Levine, Donald N., 19, 281n, 290n, 315n
Lewis, Roy, 307n
Lidz, Victor M. See Loubser, Jan
Lieberson, Stanley, 273n
Lijphart, Arend, 283n-284n
Lindblom, Charles E., 42
Lindsay, A. D.,40
Line, Russell, 275n
Linz, Juan J., 179, 273n
Lipset, Seymour Martin, 9, 34-35, 41, 275n,
322n
Llewellyn, Karl, 107
Lo, Clarence, 31
Locke, John, 279n, 287n, 289n, 294n
352
Lockwood, David, 277n
Loewenstein, Karl, 40, 315n
Lofquist, William, 19, 274n
Lorrain, Francois, 317n
Loubser, Jan, 134, 147
Lowi, Theodore, 59, 61, 63, 67, 72, 113,
186, 279n, 283n-284n, 286n-287n, 291n,
310n, 312n, 315n
Luhmann, Niklas, 4, 32, 62-64, 70, 75, 78,
89, 94-95, 98, 113, 134, 147, 174, 185,
192, 211, 220, 223, 271n-272n, 276n278n, 280n, 282n-283n, 285n-286n, 289n,
291n, 293n-294n, 300n, 303n, 307n-309n,
314n-317n, 319n-320n
Lukacs, Janos, 41, 124, 294n, 310n
Lukes, Steven, 286n, 294n
Lundman, Richard, 274n
Luttwak, Edward, 278n
Name index
Merton, Robert K., 4, 19, 41, 215, 253-254,
271n, 298n, 300n-301n, 322n
Meszaros, Istvan, 78
Meyer, John W., 9, 19, 151, 157, 171-173,
305n-307n
Meyrowitz, Joshua, 322n
Michelman, Frank, 287n, 313n
Michels, Robert, 41, 202, 279n-280n
Miliband, Ralph, 31
Millar, James R., 311n
Milsom, S.F.C., 233
Mintz, Beth, 31
Mitchell, William C , 299n
Mizruchi, Mark S., 19, 31
Mommsen, Wolfgang J., 280n-281n
Moore, Barrington, 9-10, 34-35, 41, 78,
31 On
Moore, Michael S., 305n
Morris, AldonD., 36
Mosca, Gaetano, 202
Muir, W. K., 315n
Munch, Richard, 134, 220, 282n, 294n295n, 300n, 305n, 308n
Murphy, Raymond, 1, 15, 28, 54, 282n,
308n
Nadel, S. F.,273n
Nagel, Ernest, 107, 289n
Nagel, Robert F.,287n
Nedelmann, Birgitta, 18-19
Nelson, Benjamin, 78
Nemedi, Denes, 18
Neumann, Franz, 92, 275n
Nietzsche, Friedrich, 202, 298n, 313n, 320n
Niskanen, William, 313n-314n
Nonet, Philippe, 293n, 295n
Note, 70, 183
Oberschall, Anthony, 36, 273n
O'Connor, James, 31
O'Donnell, Guillermo A., 5, 75, 164, 194,
318n
Offe, Claus, 160, 304n
Oliver, Pamela E.,318n
Oilman, Bertell, 34
Olson, Mancur, 36, 104, 202, 243, 272n,
300n, 318n
O'Neill, John, 292n, 299n
Ortega y Gasset, Jose, 279n
Panitch, Leo, 10
Pareto, Vilfredo, 47, 132, 138-139, 146147, 149, 202, 281n, 298n
Parkin, Frank, 1, 15, 28, 282n, 308n
Parsons, Talcott, 4, 16-17, 23, 28-30, 4 1 -
Name index
43, 87-88, 90, 95, 98, 108-109, 131-135,
138-140, 145-151, 153-154, 160, 174,
183, 187-189, 214, 217-219, 221-232,
243,251-259, 269-273n, 276n-277n,
279n-280n, 281n-282n, 286n, 288n-290n,
295n, 298n-302n, 305n, 307n, 308n,
314n-316n, 320n-321n, 324n
Pennsylvania Law Review, 40, 60, 77, 287n
353
Schluchter, Wolfgang, 42, 78, 279n-281n,
290n, 295n, 315n
Schmidt, SteffenW., 163
Schmitter, Philippe C , 5, 9-10, 36, 61, 73,
75, 175, 178n-179n, 194, 208, 271n, 279n,
284n-285n, 318n
Schroyer, Trent, 292n
Schumpeter, Joseph A., 279n
Schwartz, Michael, 31
Sciulli, David, 17, 31, 34, 109, 139, 168, 200,
219, 227, 251, 272n-273n, 275n, 277n,
279n, 282n-283n, 286n-287n, 289n, 294n,
305n, 314n-315n,318n,320n
Scott, James C.,304n
Scott, John Finley, 29, 133-134, 276n, 289n,
296n
Scott, W. Richard, 9, 306n-308n
Selznick, Philip, 41, 189-191, 209, 241,
293n, 295n, 309n-310n, 313n, 315n
Sennett, Richard, 287n, 315n
Sewell, William H., Jr., 279n
Shell, K. L., 92
Sherman, Lawrence, 120
Shils, Edward A., 281n
Sica, Alan, 281n-282n, 293n, 299n, 315n
Siedman, Louis Michael, 77, 313n
Sieves, Abbe, 317n
Silberman, Charles E., 286n, 310n
Sink, Robert, 274n-275n
Sirianni, Carmen, 34
Sitton, John F., 200
Skocpol, Theda, 2, 9-10, 31, 34-36, 272n,
278n-279n, 285n
Smelser, Neil J., 9, 36, 42, 280n
Smith, Adam, 68, 279n
Soltan, Karol, 19
Sorel, Georges, 202
Spitzer, Steven, 286n, 294n
Sprague, John, 64, 278n
Stammer, Otto, 316n
Stelling, Joan, 30
Stepan, Alfred. See Linz, Juan J.
Stephens, John D., 10, 175, 278n
Stewart, Richard B., 41, 189, 209, 298n,
309n-310n, 312n-313n,320n
Stinchcombe, Arthur L., 214, 320n
Stone, Christopher, 70, 310n
Strauss, Anselm, 30, 67, 249, 292n
Strauss, Leo, 145-146, 314n
Streeck, Wolfgang, 75, 208
Stritch, Thomas. See Schmitter, Philippe C.
Stryker, Sheldon, 19, 250, 302n
Sullivan, Teresa, 19
Sullivan, William N. See Bellah, Robert N.
Summers, Robert S., 64, 107, 290n, 293n,
297n-298n
354
Sunstein, Cass R., 287n, 308n, 313n
Swanson, Guy E., 299n
Swidler, Ann, 231,249
Teixeira, Ruy, 318n
Therborn, Goran, 32, 34, 36, 278n
Thompson, James D., 61
Thompson, John B., 292n
Tilly, Charles, 2-3, 6, 9-10, 32, 34-35,
272n, 297n
Tipton, Steven M. See Bellah, Robert N.
Tocqueville, Alexis de, 279n, 317n
Truman, David, 61, 69, 286n
Tuch, Steven A., 312n
Tullock, Gordon, 313n
Turkel, Gerald, 18, 91
Turner, Jonathan H., 30, 36, 133-134, 249,
281n, 289n, 298n, 321n
Turner, Ralph H., 292n
Turner, Stephen P. See Factor, Regis A.
Unger, Roberto Mangabeira, 70, 293n, 315n
Useem, Michael, 31-32,183, 297n
Vandivier, Kermit, 274n-275n
Van Horn, Russell, 274n
Vile, M.J.C., 76, 113, 234, 287n, 315n
Walker, Henry A., 9
Wallace, Ruth, 18
Wallulis,J. T,292n
Warner, R. Stephen, 19, 134, 254, 276n,
299n
Warren, John, 274n
Warren, Roland L., 137
Waterbury, John, 163
Name index
Waters, Malcolm, 52, 282n, 305n-306n,
315n, 319n
Weber, Max, 9, 26, 31, 40-48, 60, 64, 6768, 76, 81, 88, 90-96,104, 106, 109, 111,
115, 127, 132, 135, 137-139, 145, 149,
154, 200, 202, 209, 215, 222, 224-226,
231, 238, 278n-281n, 288n-290n, 295n,
297n-298n, 301n, 305n
Weil, Frederick D., 126
Wellman, Barry, 41, 273n, 292n
Wellmer, Albrecht, 98-99
Wells, RichardS., 70
Wessely, Anna, 19
White, Harrison C , 317n
Whitehead, Laurence, 75, 194, 318n
Wiarda, Howard J. See Schmitter, Philippe
C.
Wiley, Norbert, 297n, 299n
Wilier, David, 19,133
Williamson, Oliver E., 191
Winch, Peter, 216, 299n
Wirth, Louis, 299n
Wolfe, Alan, 35, 275n, 278n
Wolin, Sheldon, 279n, 313n
Wright, Erik Olin, 31, 34
Wrong, Dennis H., 299n, 302n
Wuthnow, Robert, 293n
Yale Law Journal, 40, 71, 77, 200, 233,
271n, 283n, 291n, 303n, 312n-313n, 315n
Yeager, Peter C , 13, 286n, 288n
Young, Crawford, 287n
Zald, Mayer N., 18, 31, 36, 277n
Zaret, David, 281n
Zucker, Lynne G., 9, 306n
Subject index
Authoritarian/nonauthoritarian distinction,
8, 139, 217
Autonomy, Dahl's concept of, 278n
Autopoiesis, 113, 276n-277n, 282n-283n,
289n, 300n, 303n, 308n, 320n
Autoritat, 94, 291n
Bastard pragmatism, of interest-group politics, 208, 312n. See also Interestgroup pluralism
institutionalization of, 208-209
Behavior. See also Collegial form(ation), actors' behavior within and around
acceptable, 244
acknowledged ranges of expectations
of, 23-24, 110, 156, 211-212, 243244, 292n, 294n
altruistic, 277n
deviant, 23
economically motivated, limits of, 280n
subjectively unacceptable, 24
B.F. Goodrich Co., 274n-275n
Bourgeois legality, 123-124
Bourgeois public (sphere), 200, 209-210,
222, 234-239, 310n
Brazil, 194-196, 310n
Bribery, 244
Bureaucratization, 42-44, 46, 137, 163, 201
restraints on, 145-148
Capitalism
and inadvertent social control, 32-33
institutional, 278n
and purposeful social control, 31-32
reform and, 33
Charismatic leadership, 43
Citizenship, criteria for, 79, 287n
Civil law, 293n, 323n
Civil religion, 44-45, 49, 77, 280n, 282n,
287n, 308n-309n
Clientelism, 163, 201, 304n
355
356
Coercion, 23-24, 126, 276n
latent, 31, 35
legal, 91
Coercive control, 28-29
Coercive order, law as, 290n
Cognitive contributions, of individual professionals and deliberators, 254-257
Cognitive rationality, 269, 320n
Collective action, 317n
Collective force, legitimate vs. illegitimate
uses of, 3, 272n, 297n
Collective power
abuses of, restraints on, 15
arbitrary exercise of, 239-241, 303n. See
also Arbitrary government
in civil society, 13
inadvertant, 110
by private enterprise, 41, 76
purposeful, 62-64,109-110,187,189205
exercise of, 15-16
predictability of, 280n
innovative exercise of, 43
purposeful exercise of, 59, 72, 121
Collectivities, self-regulation of, 29-31
Collegial form(ation), 17, 77, 82, 87, 90,
114, 121-122, 128-130,143,159160, 164-170, 209-210, 220-221,
228, 232, 259, 292n, 294n
actors' behavior within and around, 153,
160-161
availability for transfer or generalizability,
233
characteristics of, 240
compared to constituent group, 233-241
contingency of, qualities and, 169-170
and contingency of qualities, 167
contribution to scholarly context of research, 267
current status and future prospects, 242270
definition of, 80, 164
in residual terms, 160-162
and direction of social change, 8, 153-154
distinctiveness of, 80-81, 167
distribution of, 183
divisional, 157, 260-263
encroachments against, 165-167,178,306n
and group competition and potential conflict, 244-246
historical decline of, 197, 199-202
institutionalization of, 173
as public policy, 205-213
as institutionalized restraint beyond left
and right, 254-266
integrity of, 170, 178, 183, 260, 306n,
311n
Subject index
and public policy, 178
interrelationship with threshold of interpretability, 129
invariant impact and permanent presence
of, 239-241
links to social power, 242-254
local negotiations of meaning within, 249250
loss of qualities, implications of, 167-169
and middle-class sensibilities, 246-249,
319n
orienting hypothesis regarding, 175
and possessive individualism, 242-243
sectoral, 157, 260-263, 321n
sites of, 129
social bases for, 187
and social order, 243-254
and social stratification, 243-254
subtle restraint by, 255-257
support from public policy, 178, 183-184,
205-213, 221-222, 257
unwitting beneficiaries of, 266-270
voluntaristic orientation of, 166, 205-206,
242-248, 262
Common-law theory, 16, 65-66
Common-law tradition, 124, 293n-294n,
297n,323n
Communication
nondistorted, 100
quality of, 102
systematic distortion of, 32, 276n, 278n
Communication communities, 100-101,
291n
Communication theory, 125
Habermas's, 2, 16, 88, 101, 109, 121, 128,
276n, 289n, 292n-293n, 295n, 297n,
319n
Communicative action, 2, 6, 96-106, 121,
124-125, 151-152, 284n
in courtrooms, 124
Communism, 99
Communitarian morality, 209, 309n, 313n
Comparative research
beyond left and right, 175-179
beyond presupposition of exhausted possibilities, 179-180
limits of, 1-10
proposals for, 175-180
and reasoned social action, 220-221
Comparativism, 9-10
and collective prejudice of presupposition
of exhausted possibilities, 14
Competition, 209, 302n
group, in collegial social order, 244-247,
319n
Compliance theory, 26
Concordance, Gibbs's criterion of, 307n
Subject index
Concurrent majority, 283n
Conflict, 209
in collegial social order, 244-246
Conflict theory, 28, 99
Consciousness communities, 291n-292n,
320n
Consensus, 246
and collegiality, 319n
Consensus theory of truth, 101-102, 105,
159, 268, 307n, 323n
vs. societal constitutionalism, 243-249
Consociational democracy, 283n-284n
Constituent force, 68-69, 202, 222, 285n286n, 301n, 321n
vs. constituent group, 233-239
Constituent group, 232-233
characteristics of, 239
compared to collegial formations, 233241
vs. constituent force, 233-239
restricted impact and temporary presence
of, 233-239
Constitution (U.S.), framing of, 317n
Constitutional economics, 44, 48, 277n,
282n, 285n-287n, 295n-296n, 323n
Constitutional theorists, 40-41, 279n
Consumerism, 242-244
Contractarian vision, 283n, 285n
Copy theory of truth, 99, 101-102, 104, 128,
159, 289n
Corporate crime, 5, 13-14, 274n, 288n
Corporatism, 179
Council system, 200
Coup d'etat, 278n
Credentialling, 245, 306n, 322n
Criminal law, 117
Critical Legal Studies movement, 77
Cultural diversity, 273n
Culture of evasion, 119-120, 296n
Decision-making processes, 280n-281n
Deliberative bodies, rise and decline of,
within civil society, 200
Demagogues, 125
Democracy, 323n-324n. See also
Consociational democracy; Liberal
democracy; Social democracy; Western democracy
and integrity of scientific research, 322n
nonliberal, 10
possibilities for, 178
Democracy/authoritarianism distinction, 8
Democratization, 191, 200-201, 205, 209210, 302n-303n
Dependencia, 1, 27In
Depth hermeneutics, 103
Diagnosis, 167
357
Directionality, 214, 224
Parsons's concept of, 188-189
Discourse
artificially protected arenas of, 103, 293n
symmetry-requirement of, 103
voluntaristic qualities of, 292n
Division of powers, 59-60, 62, 73, 75, 189,
261,287n, 311n
Domestic policy-making, 62-63
Domination, 94, 277n
legitimacy of, Weber's definition of, 91
rational-legal, 91, 95-96
Drift, 41-43, 64, 70, 78-79, 90, 96, 98, 109110, 114, 147, 280n, 287n, 314n
liberal-democratic institutions as accomplices in, 60
macrosociological, 82
manifestations of, 42-43
microsociological, 82
negative implications of, 57
problem of, 43-44
problem of recognizing, 187-189
restraints on, 43-45, 55, 131, 145-148,
210-211
external, 164
external procedural, 79-81, 287n
institutionalization of, 151, 153
as intrinsically unreasoned, 224-228
voluntaristic action as, 144-145
theorists' complicity in, 222-224
unmediated, 45-46
Drift/direction distinction, 187-189, 217218, 221
Due process, 295n
norms of, 71, 286n
Duties of law, 295n
Duties of virtue, 295n
Duty. See also Morality of duty; Social duties
vs. aspiration, 117-118
Subject index
358
Electoral participation, 312n
in United States, 201, 312n
Elite consensus, within United States, 318n
Elite interest group pluralism, 314n
Elite pacts, 75,194, 318n
Elite solidarity, 31-32
Elitism, 61
Empirical research
conceptual grounding of, 2-3, 27In
resource mobilization approach to, 36,
204
Empirical study, in social sciences, 306n307n
Energy-policy domain, 320n
Entropy, 225
law of, 280n, 282n
Ethics, 298n
Ethnic communalism, resilience of, in Third
World, 61
Ethnic groups, 292n
Exchange theory, 174, 317n
Expert occupations, 170, 306n
Exploitation, 277n
External normative restraints, on interest
competition, 46-51, 282n
External procedural restraints, 55, 140, 224,
226-227
conceptual grounding, 79-81
on drift, 287n
invariant impact of, 79-81
importance of, 56-59, 151-152
on inadvertent or systemic exercises of collective power, 55-56, 187
indirect effects, 283n
institutionalization of, 79-83, 90, 122, 221
institutionalized, threshold of, 153
institutionalized by collegial formations,
232-233
vs. internal procedural restraints, 81-83
normative or nonrational status of, 79
qualities of, 79
on social authoritarianism, 82
substantive effects, 283n
voluntaristic status of, 90, 202-205
and wasted time and space, 211-213
External restraints, 56, 58. See also External
normative restraints; External procedural restraints; External substantive
restraints
on bureaucratization and drift, 145-148
on drift, 164
on inadvertent exercises of collective
power, 55
institutions and norms of, 55, 77-83
External substantive restraints, 224, 303n
on inadvertent or systemic exercises of collective power, 55-56
359
Subject index
Integration, 223. See also Social integration;
System integration
Intellectuals, 324n
cooptation and marginalization of, 268279
Interactionism, 30-31, 69-70, 286n
Interaction ritual chain theory, 296n
Interest competition, 42, 44-45, 47-48, 5 9 60, 67, 72, 190, 257, 283n. See also
Bastard pragmatism, of interestgroup politics
contribution to democracy, 70, 286n
external normative restraints on, 46-51,
282n
pluralists' concept of importance of, 6870
strategic nature of, 60-64
Interest-group pluralism, 188, 284n
drift of, 312n
Interest group politics, in United States, criticisms of, 1
Intermediation, neocorporatist, 74-75
Internal labor markets, 208
within corporations, 313n
Internal normative restraints, 60
on arbitrary government, 72
procedural, 58, 64-67
substantive, 60-64
Internal procedural restraints, 55,121,166
on arbitrary government, 71
contingency of, on government, 197-199
extension from government to civil society, 204
vs. external procedural restraints, 81-83
on government vs. private enterprise,
189-191
Habermas's oversight of, 123-126
indirect effects, 283n
institutionalization of, 125-126
institutions of, 64-67
integrity of, 231-232
normative, 58, 64-67
organizational expression of, 159-164
proliferation of, 199
and purposeful arbitrariness, 189-205
on purposeful exercises of collective
power, 55-56, 123, 154
by private enterprise, 189
strategic, 58, 64-67
substantive effects, 283n
threshold of interpretability, 111, 124126, 154-159
grounding against normative relativism,
156, 159
irreducible nature of, 156, 158-159
voluntaristic nature of, 156-158
as voluntaristic action, 196-202
Internal restraints, 58. See also Internal normative restraints; Internal procedural
restraints; Internal substantive restraints; Procedural mediation
contemporary crisis of, 67-72
directly substantive, 60
institutions and norms of, 55, 59-77
on purposeful exercises of collective
power, 55, 59
strategic, 60
Internal substantive restraints
on arbitrary government, 75-76
institutions of, 60-64
on purposeful exercises of collective
power, 55-56
strategic, 60-64
International Journal of Ethics, 298n
Intersubjective interests, 209, 313n
Intrinsic means-end schema, 134-135
Irrational action, 281n-282n
Japan, internal labor market in, 208
Judicial review, 59
Juridical democracy, 286n
Juridification, 290n
Labor mobilization, 61
Labor-movement theory, 33, 175
Lacuna of integrative possibilities, 2-3, 5,
37, 54, 69, 272n, 308n
Latin America, 1,193-194
conflict and struggles within, as policy debates, 35-36
Law, 276n
as coercive order, 290n
formalization of, 93, 290n
formally rational, 93, 290n
formal-rational, 290n
internal morality of, 295n
Luhmann's view of, 316n
Marxism's treatment of, 71, 115, 286n,
294n
objectivist epistemology of, 286n
procedural integrity of, 115
rational, 92, 289n
Weberians' views of, 71, 286n
Weber's definition of, 90-91
Law and Economics movement, 77, 287n
Law enforcement, 64-67, 227, 316n
effectiveness of, 109, 120, 122
indices of, 111
by specialized enforcers, 110-111
Lawfulness, Fuller's standard of, 294n
Law journals, 40
Lawless/lawful distinction, Fuller's, 109,
294n
Law of entropy, 280n, 282n
360
Laws, positive, 95, 115. See also Procedural
threshold of interpretability of positive laws
arbitrary, 110
enforcement, 109
rationalization of, 94
Lebenswelt, 229-230
Legal formalism, 107
Legal interpretation, 64-67
Legalism, 92
Legal positivism, 88-96, 107, 117, 289n
Fuller's alternative to, 115-116
Legal procedures, as secondary traditionalism, 94-95
Legal realism, 107-108
Legal system
dual sovereignty in, 285n
social interactions underlying, 107-108
Legal theory, 31 In
Fuller's, 87-89, 105-110, 128, 151, 293n,
295n
Hart's, 107, 293n
Parsons's, 295n, 301n
Legitimacy, 95-96
Legitimation, concept of, 91-92
Legitimation crisis, 76, 92, 105, 126, 290n
Liberal democracy, 43, 310n. See also Western democracy
institutions and practices of, 1-2, 27In
Liberal democratization, individuals' vs.
groups' political inclusion in, 303n304n
Liberalism, criticisms of, 114-115
Liberalization, 191, 200, 205, 209
Liberal theorists, 40-41, 279n
Liberal theory, and pluralist theory, 68-69
Lived social fabrics, 229-230
Lockean liberal tradition, 40-41, 43-44, 4648, 280n, 282n, 285n
Magic, 141
Majority rule, 160-161, 302n-303n, 324n
Manipulation, 31, 35, 50, 276n, 282n
Market, hidden hand of, 46, 282n
Market economy, 115, 222, 242
Market society, 40-41, 43
Marxism, 15-16, 31, 33-34, 36, 41, 71, 92,
104, 133
criticisms of, 114-115
structuralist, 5
as tradition of theory and research, 33-34
treatment of law, 71, 115, 286n, 294n
treatment of morality, 71, 286n
Mass society, 41
Media
in nation-states that lack collegial formations, 321n-322n
Subject index
regulation of, 309n
Meta-rules, 286n, 291n, 294n, 319n
Metering, 284n, 297n
Methodologists, 17-18
Modernization, 280n
nonauthoritarian response to, 45. See also
Social change, nonauthoritarian direction of
Modernization theory, 4, 272n
Monopolist theory, 168-169
Monopoly, 306n
Moral authorities, 140, 257-259
Morality, 115-116
Fuller's concept of, 117
Marxists' treatment of, 71, 286n
Morality of aspiration, 116
Morality of duty, 116-117
vs. morality of aspiration, 294n
Moral theory, substantive, 295n
Motivation crisis, 290n
Nation-states
ethnically, religiously, or regionally divided, 283n
modern
authoritarian vs. nonauthoritarian, 46
bureaucratized vs. nonbureaucratized,
46
totalitarian, 284n
Natural law, 115, 295n, 313n
criticisms of, 114-115
rational, 123
substantive norms of, 78
Natural rights, 47, 57, 60-64, 66, 73-74,
123, 189-191, 198, 210, 261, 283n,
309n,311n
Nazism, Merton's criticisms of, 322n-323n
Negotiated order, 30
Neighborhood,137-138, 142-143
Neocorporatism, 5, 10, 61, 175, 179, 271n,
279n, 283n-284n
criticisms of, 1
European, 73-75
informal, in United States, 314n
societal, 179-180
societal and state, 285n
state, 179-180
Neo-Marxism, 6, 92, 98-99, 124, 126
Neopositivism, 101, 128, 289n
criticisms of, 101, 292n
Habermas's critique of, 291n
Network analysis, 174, 273n
Newspapers, in nation-states that lack collegial formations, 321n-322n
Nihilism, 216, 314n
of contemporary social science, 323n
Noncommodity values, 209,298n, 313n, 320n
Subject index
Nonrational action, 132-133
and transcendental ends, 139-140
Nonrational realm, 140-141
Normative action, 225
vs. voluntaristic action, 144
Normative breakdown, 146
Normative mediation. See also Interestgroup pluralism
Normative orientations, 213, 295n
encroachments against, 302n
institutionalization of, 301n
vs. normative motivations, 158, 301n302n
of rule-making body, 120-121, 296n
Normative relativism, 2-3, 6, 108-109, 115,
127, 224
Normative restraints, 186, 220, 223. See also
External normative restraints; Internal normative restraints
directly substantive, 55-56
external to systemic drift, 131
pluralism's critique of, 67-72
substantive, 55-56, 60-64, 225
Normative sociology, 295n
Normative theory, 108, 294n
Nuclear family, 300n
Organizational constitutionalism, 309n, 313n
Organizational forms, 162-164, 210. See
also Collegial form(ation); Patronclient networks
bureaucratic, 163, 168, 247, 319n
democratic, 160, 163, 168, 247, 319n
Parsons's typology of, 302n
Organizational interest representation, 309n
Organizational jurisprudence, 309n
Organizational pluralism, 309n
Organizations literature, five empirical issues for, 172-173
Organizations research, 41
proposals for, 171-175
Parent-child relationship, 218
Parliamentary democracy, Weber's views on,
280n
Parsonian Dilemma, 228
Party machines, 201
Patron-client networks, 59, 163, 168, 194,
205, 292n, 296n, 302n-304n, 319n
in Brazil, 194-195
in intellectuals' institutionalized environments, 269
Peak associations, 205, 261, 284n
effects of, on Western democratic institutions, 74
intermediation, 74
361
leaders of, 73-74
neocorporatist, 5, 59, 73-75, 27In
Peer review, 268
Pluralism, 179, 191, 286n, 312n. See also
Interest-group pluralism; Organizational pluralism
American, 310n
criticisms of, 27In
critique of normative restraints, 67-72
as critique of Western institutions and traditions, 72-73
Pluralist interest groups, 59
Pluralist theory, 44, 61, 272n, 283n, 285n,
311-312
and liberal theory, 68-69
postwar, 284n-285n
Political machine, 210
Political parties, 59-60
mass, 210
rise of, 200-202
Political sociology
conceptual limitations in, 33-37
critical, 35-36, 278n
postwar concerns of, 41
social control in, 30-33
Political system, definition of, 276n
Political theory, 40, 279n
Positivism, 102, 266-268, 292n, 306n-307n,
323n. See also Legal positivism
Habermas's critique of, 88-89, 289n
Possessive individualism, 244, 287n
and collegial form, 242-243
Postmodernism, 98
Power. See also Collective power; Governmental power
arbitrary, 13. See also Arbitrary government; Collective power, arbitrary exercise of
Power holders, anticipation of challenges to
actions and proposals. See Anticipated reactions
Pragmatism, 98, 292n
Prayer in public schools, 70
Precommitment, 276n
Prejudice, 225-226, 315n
Press, freedom of, 261, 309n
Presupposition of exhausted possibilities, 23, 7, 36, 69, 98,108,126-128,158159, 175, 204-205, 214-215, 217,
219, 226, 231-232, 272n, 294n, 308n,
310n
as collective prejudice, 3-4
comparative research beyond, 179-180
conceptual alternative to, 2
and conceptual limitations in research, 10
Frankfurt school's rejection of, 272n
institutionalization of, 4
Subject index
362
Presupposition of exhausted possibilities
(cont.)
as normative generalization, 5
Private property, 258, 314n
Private/public distinction, 57, 62, 68, 70, 7475, 207, 239, 258, 321n
Procedural aspiration, 129
Procedural duty, 129
Procedural legality, 87, 122-123
Fuller's principles of, 288n
as irreducible threshold, 109-121
Procedural mediation, 55-56, 60, 96-97, 99,
283n
Procedural norms and institutions, importance of, 150, 301n
Procedural reason, 16-17, 88-89, 96-106,
123-128, 258
purposive rationality and, 96-99
Procedural restraints. See also External procedural restraints; Internal procedural restraints
extension of, from government to civil society, 208-211
in system of shared social duties, 112-113
Procedural threshold of interpretability of
positive laws, 60, 64-67, 72, 76, 82,
105-106, 113,284n, 291n
Fuller's concept of, 16-17, 110, 151, 293n
relationship to procedural grounding, 121,
126-128
Professional-client relationship, 218
Professional integrity, 51-53, 66, 252-253
normative standards of, 54
Professionals. See also Health-care professionals
Professions, 288n-289n, 291n-292n
Alexander's view of, 253-254
within authoritarian social orders, 259
Barber's view of, 253-254
collegial formations in, 31 In
criticisms of, 1
form of organization distinctive to, 305n306n
integrity of, 305n
Merton's view of, 253-254
Parsons's treatment of, 227, 253-254,
320n
Protected spheres, 203, 207-210, 212, 223,
241,258-259
within civil society, 166, 169-170
Protocol statements, 102
Psychoanalysis, 103
Public choice, 36
Public-choice theory, 174, 204, 313n314n
Public interest, 234
Public opinion, 238, 258, 261-262, 321n
Public policy, voluntaristic, 207
Subject index
Research. See also Comparative research;
Empirical research; Organizations
research; Scientific research; Survey
research
and collective prejudice, 8-10
conceptual framework in, 10-11
context of, and organizational forms, 267
Marxism and, 33-34
Research enterprise, characterization of,
267-268
Resource mobilization, approach to empirical research, 36, 204
Resources, competition over, 23, 276n, 287n
Revolution, 294n
Ritual behavior, 139-140
Rule-making body, normative orientation
of, 120-121, 296n
Rule of law, 208, 313n, 321n
institutionalization of, 208-209
Rules of the game, 68, 286n, 291n
Sacred qualities, 142-143, 300n
Savings and loan scandal, 308n
Scandinavia, 5,175
neocorporatism in, 13-15
social democracy in, 1, 271n
Scientific research, 267
integrity of, and democracy, 322n
Selective enforcement, 119-120, 296n
Self-despontaneification, 276n
Self-interest, 277n. See also Interest competition
Self-restriction, 24-25, 50, 282n
cognitive, 25, 276n
unnecessary, 25-27,110
Separation of church and state, 60,62,73,
284n
Shaming, 310n
reintegrative, Braithwaite's theory of, 296n
Small-town values, 308n
Smithean complacency, 279n-280n
Social action
irrational, 281n-282n
nonrational, 281n-282n
reasoned, 97-98, 214-215, 217, 222, 256
and comparative research, 220-221
Weber's concepts of, 9
Social authoritarianism, 40-41
Social capital, 209,256,296n-297n, 320n321n
Social change
direction of, 7-8, 56-57, 105, 187-189,
274n, 288n. See also Drift/direction
distinction
and collegial formations, 77
drift of. See Drift
nonauthoritarian direction of, 122, 140,
148, 257-259, 261
363
institutionalization of, 153
prospects for, 15, 36, 46, 48-51, 72-73
social infrastructure of, 14-15,37-39,
49,69,77,127,163-164,207,236,262
systemic pressures of, 40, 279n
Social closure, 54, 305n-306n, 308n
theories of, 282n
Social control, 8, 216, 272n. See also Social
integration/social control distinction
American literature of, 27-33, 37
Black's approach to, 323n
definition of, 276n, 288n
excessive, 28
formal, 42-44
inadvertent, 27, 37, 294n
capitalism as mechanism of, 32-33
influentials' competition as mechanism
of, 33
informal, 24-26, 29, 43, 276n, 287n
institutional or systemic, 25-26,29,31,276n
internalized mechanisms of, 308n
Janowitz's concept of, 28-30
in literature, 27-33
mechanisms of, 24, 27, 41, 250, 316n
purposeful, 27, 31, 37-38, 94, 114, 279n
capitalist state as instrument of, 31-32
rational, 294n
restraints on, 37-38
in social theory and political sociology,
30-33
systemic, 69
third parties in, 278n
voluntary, 279n, 282n
Social democracy, 34, 61
criticisms of, 1
institutions and practices of, 271n
in Scandinavia, 1, 27In
Social duties, 25
as optional performances, 117-118
overextension of, 117-119
shared, 25, 37, 60, 64-67, 110, 112, 117
clarity, 112
congruence, 113
constancy, 113
evasion of, 119-120
generality, 112
interpretability, 93
noncontradiction, 112-113
possibility, 113
procedural restraints on, 112-113
promulgation, 112
prospectivity, 112
recognition and understanding of, 297n
retroactive enactments of, 112
threshold of interpretability, 113, 156,
243, 266
threshold restraints, 113
voluntaristic nature of, 156-159
364
Social integration, 143, 150-159, 273n
concept of, 5-8
definition of, 28-30
implications of, 37-39
definition of, 83-84, 272n, 288n
heterogeneous actors' and competing
groups', 27-28, 30, 36-39, 140
nonliberal or nonmarket, 128-129, 298n
possibilities for, 187, 206-207, 220, 248249, 258
specifying, 154
vs. system integration, 277n
voluntaristic, 294n
Social integration/social control distinction,
3, 6-7, 10, 27-28, 51-54, 56-57, 67,
111-114, 124, 139, 158, 189, 252,
272n, 320n
Social movements, heterogeneous actors'
and competing groups' integration
within, 36-39
Social order, 6, 174, 243, 246-247, 254,
273n, 300n
authoritarian, 259
vs. nonauthoritarian, 295n
and cognitive limitations, 25-26
and collegial form, 243-254
within collegial formations, 243-246
definition of, 23
legitimacy of, 31, 278n
Lockean, 132
nonauthoritarian, 114, 147-148, 259
foundation of, 263-266
infrastructure of, 260-263
power holders in, anticipation of challenges. See Anticipated reactions
social infrastructure of, 187, 32In
problem of, 243
relativist definition of, 23-24
spectrum of types of, 177-178
Social sciences, 50
accession to relativism and subjectivism,
98
and critical theory, 219
Fuller's contribution to, 109-121
reason in, 100
Social solidarity, 243
Social stratification, 264
and collegial form, 243-254
Social systems, self-regulation of, 320n
Social theorists, 17-18, 40
Social theory
critical, 89, 289n
Habermas's, 291n
Parsons's, 217-220, 223, 255, 295n, 308n,
315n
conceptual limitations and dilemma,
226-227
Subject index
radical, 89, 289n
Weber's, 41, 294n
Social unit
absolutist critique of, 105
actors' self-restriction within, 24-25. See
also Self-restriction
disordered, 23-24, 276n
ordered, 23-24
subjective interests with, 280n. See also
Interest competition
Societal constitutionalism
agenda for, 48-51
agent of change for, 233
conceptual grounding of, 123-128, 221
vs. consensus theory, 243-249
as critical theory, 15-17, 89
foundations of, 121-130
four analytical distinctions of, 54-56
vs. functionalism's accounts of professionals' motivations, 251-254
vs. governmental constitutionalism, 57,
232-233
normative means of, 122-123
vs. other non-Marxist theories, 221-222
qualitative ends of, 128-130
vs. symbolic interactionism, 249-251
theory of, 7-8, 38, 66, 152-153, 204, 248249, 321n
comparative research informed by, 175180
conceptual foundations of, 17
conceptual openness of, 220
orienting hypothesis, 175
presuppositions, 174-175
and research, 274n
synthesis of procedural duties and procedural aspiration, 127
threshold of interpretability, characteristics of, 154-159
vs. tradition, 77-83
Sociology. See also Weberian sociology
postwar concerns of, 41
Sociology of law, Weber's, 71, 87-88, 286n,
290n
Solidarity, 132, 272n-273n, 317n
elite, 31-32
Solidarity Movement, 307n
South Africa, legal system of, 116, 295n
Sovereignty, monarch's versus constituent
force's, 234
Soviet Union, legal system of, 116, 295n
Speech acts, 16, 102
Statistics, as distortions, 273n
Strategic action, 284n
Strict constructionism, 77
Structural equivalence, 307n, 317n
Structuration, 277n
Subject index
Structuration theory, 174, 250, 278n
Subjective interests. See also Interest competition
balance of power between, 68
social contract theorist's reification of,
313n
sovereignty of, 67-68, 79-81, 108-110,
223-224
Substantive norms, shared, actors' supposed
internalization of, 317n
Substantive rationality, 45, 225-227, 315n
Weber's concept of, 16-17, 282n
Substantive rationalization, 315n
Substantive reason, 258
Substantive restraints, 283n. See also Internal substantive restraints
extension of, 207-208
Surveillance, 297n
Survey research, 276n
and purposive-rational action, 136-137
Sweden, separation of church and state in,
207, 284n
Swedes, fetishization of hygiene, 300n
Symbolic interactionism, 72, 108, 147, 174,
216, 292n, 296n, 298n
vs. societal constitutionalism, 249-251
Symbolic means-end schema, 134-135
Systemic drift. See Drift
System integration, 277n
Systems theory, 32, 98
Lockean, 303n
Luhmann's, 89, 174, 278n, 319n
Talking clubs, 237-238. See also Bourgeois
public (sphere)
Therapeutic critique, 125
Threshold of interpretability. See also Procedural threshold of interpretability of
positive laws; Societal constitutionalism, threshold of interpretability
of internal procedural restraints, 111,
124-126, 154-159
Totalitarianism, 284n
Tradition, 224-226, 228-232
anachronism of, 77-79
analytical aspects of, available for transfer, 230
prospects for, 232-241
vs. societal constitutionalism, 77-83
substantive aspects of, transferred to new
sites, 316n
as transferable, generalizable, and invariant in impact, 230-231
Tribal nationalism, 58
Truth. See also Consensus theory of truth;
Copy theory of truth
procedural turn to, 99-101
365
United States
application of societal constitutionalism
to, 311-312
authoritarianism in, 14-15, 275n
constitutional crisis in, 76-77
energy and health policy domains within,
285n
internal labor market in, 208
legal system of, 116, 295n
lower middle income groups in, 312n
postwar, 4
poverty in, 312n
Universalization thesis, Habermas's, 103
Universal pragmatics, Habermas's, 102
Universal syntactics, 102
University faculty, 322n
Urbanization, 202
Utilitarian dilemma, 43, 272n
Utilitarianism, 133
Utopianism, 308n, 322n
366
Wasted time and space, and external procedural restraints, 211-213, 314n
Weberian Dilemma, 79, 110,114,140,145146, 148, 153, 184-187, 222, 249
Fuller's alternative to, 115-116
as negative liberalism, 43-45
resolution of, 46-51
Weberian pathos, vs. liberal complacency,
43-44
Weberians, 71
views of law, 71, 87-88, 286n, 290n
Weberian sociology, 293n
limits of, 51-53
Welfare state, 33
crises in, 278n
Janowitz on, 28-29
Luhmann on, 277n
Western democracy, 206, 221
Subject index
authoritarianism in, 13-14
comparison to protection rackets, 3
conflict and struggles within, as policy debates, 35-36
criticisms of, 1, 3
encroachments against internal procedural
restraints in, 198
institutions and practices of, 1-2, 27In
legitimation crisis of, 76, 92, 105, 126,
290n
moralistic endorsement of, 272n
moral status of, 4-5
Western Europe, 5
neocorporatism in, 73-75
Western institutions and traditions
Habermas's absolutist critique of, 105
pluralism as critique of, 72-73
problems for, 75-77